CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Technet24 | Cisco Certifications | Videoconferencing

CCNA
Collaboration
210-065

CIVND Official Cert Guide

BRIAN MORGAN, CCIE No. 4865
JASON BALL

Cisco Press
800 East 96th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46240

ii

CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
Brian Morgan, CCIE No. 4865, and Jason Ball
Copyright © 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc.
Published by:
Cisco Press
800 East 96th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46240 USA
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval
system, without written permission from the publisher, except for the inclusion of brief quotations in a
review.
First Printing November 2015
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Number: 2015945796
ISBN-13: 978-1-58714-442-4
ISBN-10: 1-58714-442-5

Warning and Disclaimer
This book is designed to provide information about the CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 exam.
Every effort has been made to make this book as complete and as accurate as possible, but no warranty
or fitness is implied.
The information is provided on an “as is” basis. The authors, Cisco Press, and Cisco Systems, Inc. shall
have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damages
arising from the information contained in this book or from the use of the discs or programs that may
accompany it.
The opinions expressed in this book belong to the author and are not necessarily those of
Cisco Systems, Inc.

Trademark Acknowledgments
All terms mentioned in this book that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been appropriately capitalized. Cisco Press or Cisco Systems, Inc., cannot attest to the accuracy of this information.
Use of a term in this book should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service
mark.

Special Sales
For information about buying this title in bulk quantities, or for special sales opportunities (which may
include electronic versions; custom cover designs; and content particular to your business, training goals,
marketing focus, or branding interests), please contact our corporate sales department at corpsales@pearsoned.com or (800) 382-3419.
For government sales inquiries, please contact governmentsales@pearsoned.com.
For questions about sales outside the U.S., please contact international@pearsoned.com.

iii

Feedback Information
At Cisco Press, our goal is to create in-depth technical books of the highest quality and value. Each book
is crafted with care and precision, undergoing rigorous development that involves the unique expertise
of members from the professional technical community.
Readers’ feedback is a natural continuation of this process. If you have any comments regarding how we
could improve the quality of this book, or otherwise alter it to better suit your needs, you can contact us
through e-mail at feedback@ciscopress.com. Please make sure to include the book title and ISBN in your
message.
We greatly appreciate your assistance.

Publisher: Paul Boger
Associate Publisher: Dave Dusthimer
Business Operation Manager, Cisco Press: Jan Cornelssen
Executive Editor: Brett Bartow
Managing Editor: Sandra Schroeder
Senior Development Editor: Christopher Cleveland
Project Editor: Seth Kerney
Copy Editor: Keith Cline
Technical Editors: Jhun DeLeon, Marcello Federico
Editorial Assistant: Vanessa Evans
Book Designer: Mark Shirar
Composition: Studio Galou
Indexer: Tim Wright
Proofreader: Megan Wade-Taxter

iv

CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide

About the Authors
Brian Morgan, CCIE No. 4865, is a consulting systems engineer with Cisco specializing in collaboration technologies. In over 20 years in the networking industry, he has
performed in a number of roles, including pre- and post-sales engineering, network consultant, Certified Cisco Systems Instructor, and engineering director for a telecommunications company. When he is not spending time with family and friends, Brian enjoys
working with local high school and college students participating in local Cisco Network
Academy programs, as well as STEM and FIRST Robotics programs in North Texas.
Jason Ball is married to his beautiful bride of 18 years, Siobhan Ball. They have two
children, Isaac and Maureen. Both children have caught his passion for the technology
industry. They are both involved in a robotics program through FIRST Lego League,
with his wife coaching both their teams. Through this program, they learn skills like programming, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, civil engineering, and other
skills like gracious professionalism. Outside of this program, his daughter is getting into
software design, and his son is taking courses through North Carolina State University
called Young Engineers, offered for children between 12 and 18 years of age, where he
is furthering his IT skills.
Jason was a slow starter in the IT industry. His beginnings date back to 1989 with an
opportunity to work with audio/video systems. In 1993, his focus changed to public
speaking. He traveled around for many different types of speaking engagements, encountering groups of varying ages. In 2003, he was introduced to multicast media. This unfamiliar and exciting opportunity rekindled a desire for involvement in technology.
In 2009, a new opportunity presented itself. Jason was recently unemployed when a connection with Scott Waschler, an employee at TANDBERG, opened a door to contract
as a technical trainer. In May 2010, Cisco purchased TANDBERG, and a new world of
technology emerged. This is a journey that will never end, and Jason is continually hungry to learn all he can and to share that knowledge with others who are also eager to
learn.
Jason currently works for Compass Business Solutions, a Learning Partner of Cisco.
Compass specializes in teaching Collaboration-related courses, including CIVND 2. He
holds many certifications, most of which are with Cisco. His current certifications with
Cisco include CCNA Route/Switch, CCDA, CCSI, CCNA Video, CCNA Voice, CCNA
Collaboration, CCNP Voice, CCNP Collaboration, CSE, LVCI, BACI, Cisco Video
Network Specialist, and TVS Certified Specialist.

About the Technical Reviewers v

About the Technical Reviewers
Jhun DeLeon is an industry veteran when it comes to voice, video, and data networking,
having deployed numerous complex TelePresence/videoconferencing projects for large
companies with global presence. When Cisco started selling TelePresence solutions, Jhun
shifted his focus to TelePresence, or what is called collaboration. Jhun worked at Cisco
System as a voice engineer working on unified communications. After Cisco, Jhun has
worked with Cisco Partners doing design, architecture, and implementation of unified
communications, TelePresence, videoconferencing, digital signage, and physical video
surveillance.
Marcello Federico is a technical leader in the Cisco Collaboration Technology group,
focused on video technologies and collaboration APIs. He is currently a consulting systems engineer covering the Pacific Northwest Enterprise segment where he works with
his customers on creating their unified communications architecture and strategy. Prior
to Cisco, Marcello held various systems engineering roles focused on the Enterprise,
selling DSP media processing blades, software SDKs, and API stacks. Marcello graduated
from the University of Western Ontario and obtained a degree in computer science with
a specialization in software engineering. He loves to write code and continues to learn
about the latest programming techniques and how to apply them to the Cisco collaboration APIs. He lives in Seattle, WA with his wife, Denise; children, Domenic and Cole;
and his trusty old cattle dog, Chester. In his spare time he enjoys playing soccer and golf
and spending time with his family.

vi

CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide

Dedications
Brian Morgan: This book is dedicated to Sunshine and the pursuit of much and more.

Jason Ball: To my wife, Siobhan. I couldn’t do what I do if you didn’t do what you do.

Acknowledgments

Acknowledgments
Brian Morgan: This book would not have been possible without the support and assistance of my awesome team in SLED West Collaboration, in particular Mike Popovich
and Luc Bouchard. Their willingness to accommodate the erratic schedule (and moodiness) that has accompanied the writing of this book has left me astounded.
A huge thank-you is not nearly sufficient for the efforts, patience, guidance, and professionalism of the editorial team: Brett Bartow and Christopher Cleveland.
Most of all, I want to thank my co-author, Jason Ball. He is, without a doubt, the master
of the diving catch.
Jason Ball: Special thanks must be given to James Lehto, who helped open the door for
me to write this book. My co-author, Brian Morgan, has proven to be a great asset and a
new friend. Thanks must also go out to Brett Bartow and Christopher Cleveland for their
patience and proficiency throughout this process.
My co-worker, Jeff Hubbard, has been an invaluable asset, sounding board, and punching bag for me to abuse while writing this book. If he had to hear me say “I’m writing
this book” one more time, I might have become the punching bag. You have proven to
be a great friend, and for that I am truly grateful.
Finally, I must acknowledge my wife. You have been more supportive than I could have
ever asked. You have carried the slack, encouraged me, and pressed me at exactly the
times that I needed it. The success of this book is as much to your credit as it is to mine.

vii

viii

CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide

Contents at a Glance
Part I: Cisco Business Video Solutions
Chapter 1

Introduction to Cisco Video Communications

Chapter 2

Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery

Chapter 3

Cisco Video Surveillance

Chapter 4

Cisco Collaboration Overview

Part II: Cisco IP Phones, Collaboration Endpoints and Software Clients
Chapter 5

Cisco IP Phones, Desk Endpoints, and Jabber Overview

Chapter 6

Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber

Part III: Cisco TelePresence Endpoints
Chapter 7

Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics

Chapter 8

Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints

Chapter 9

Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints

Chapter 10

Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints

Chapter 11

Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture

Chapter 12

Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints

Part IV: Multipoint Calling
Chapter 13

Cisco Multipoint Solution

Chapter 14

Cisco TelePresence MCUs

Chapter 15

Cisco TelePresence Server

Chapter 16

Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS)

Chapter 17

Cisco WebEx Solutions

Part V: Final Preparation
Chapter 18

Final Preparation

Appendix A

Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes

Appendix B

Exam Updates

Glossary

CD-Only Appendixes
Appendix C

Memory Tables

Appendix D

Memory Table Answer Key

Appendix E

Study Planner

Contents ix

Contents
Introduction xviii
Part I

Cisco Business Video Solutions

Chapter 1

Introduction to Video Communications
“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz
Foundation Topics

3

3

5

Video Use Cases 5
Video as an Extension of Telephony 5
Video Meetings and Conferences 6
Extending Video Communications to Teleworkers 6
Video Contact Center 7
Business-to-Business Video 7
Architectural Overview 8
Call Control 9
Endpoints 10
Conferencing 10
Collaboration Edge

11

Applications 12
Summary

13

Exam Preparation Tasks 13
Chapter 2

Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 15
“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 15
Foundation Topics

18

Legacy Digital Media Architecture 18
Streaming Video
IPTV

19

20

Content Portals

20

Cisco Digital Media Suite

21

DMS Components 22
Cisco TCS

22

Cisco Digital Media Manager

23

Cisco Multimedia Experience Engine
Digital Media Players 28
Cisco Digital Signs

29

Cisco Cast 30
Cisco Show and Share

31

25

x CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Capture Transform Share 32 Enterprise Content Delivery System 33 Exam Preparation Tasks 34 Review All Key Topics 34 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 3 34 35 Cisco Video Surveillance 37 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 37 Foundation Topics 40 Legacy CCTV Video-Surveillance Architecture Evolution 40 Cisco Physical Security Solution 42 Cisco Video-Surveillance Components 43 Input and Output Devices 43 Management 45 Storage 46 Interactive View Summary 47 50 Exam Preparation Tasks 51 Review All Key Topics 51 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 4 51 Cisco Collaboration Overview 53 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 54 Foundation Topics 56 Legacy Videoconferencing 56 Early Transport 56 IP to the Rescue Early Call Control 57 59 Introducing Cisco Collaboration Solutions 61 Unified Communications 62 Customer Collaboration 62 Conferencing 63 Collaboration Endpoints 64 Cisco Collaboration Architecture 65 Call Control 66 Signaling 67 CAC 67 51 .

and Software Clients Chapter 5 Cisco IP Phones. and Jabber Overview “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz Foundation Topics 79 82 Cisco IP Phone Portfolio 82 Cisco 3900 Series Phones 82 Cisco 7800 Series Phones 84 Cisco 7900 Series Phones 85 7925G/7925G-EX/7926 IP Phones 86 7942G/7962G IP Phones 88 7945G/7965G/7975G IP Phones 92 Cisco 8800 Series Phones 95 Cisco 8811 IP Phone 96 Cisco 8831 IP Phone 97 Cisco 8841/8851/8861 IP Phones Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phones 97 101 Cisco 8900 Series Phones 105 Cisco 8945 IP Phone 105 Cisco 8961 IP Phone 106 Cisco 9900 Series Phones 109 Cisco 9951 IP Phone 109 Cisco 9971 IP Phone 110 Cisco Collaboration Desktop Endpoints 112 Cisco EX60 112 Cisco EX90 114 Cisco DX650 116 Cisco Jabber Software Clients 118 Cisco Jabber for Desktop 118 79 xi . Collaboration Endpoints.Contents Unified Dial Plan 68 VCS and Cisco Expressway 68 Endpoints 71 Gateways 72 Media Services 73 Scheduling and Management 75 Exam Preparation Tasks Review All Key Topics Define Key Terms 76 76 77 Part II Cisco IP Phones. Desk Endpoints.

xii CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Cisco Jabber for Tablet 120 Cisco Jabber for Smartphone 121 Exam Preparation Tasks 123 Review All Key Topics Define Key Terms Chapter 6 123 123 Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 125 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 125 Foundation Topics 130 Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Protocol Overview 130 Cisco IP Phone Configuration 132 Auto-Registration 133 Manual Configuration 134 Cisco IP Phone Registration Process 137 Cisco Jabber Configuration 140 Cisco Jabber Installation and Registration Process Service Discovery 143 143 Login and Registration 148 Tuning 149 Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Status Verification 150 Exam Preparation Tasks 153 Review All Key Topics 153 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms 154 154 Part III Cisco TelePresence Endpoints Chapter 7 Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 157 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 157 Foundation Topics 160 CTS Software-Based Endpoint Overview DX Endpoint Overview 160 162 TC Software-Based Endpoint Overview 163 Peripheral Device Overview 167 Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing 168 Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence Characteristics and Installation 169 Summary 174 Exam Preparation Tasks 176 .

Contents Review All Key Topics 176 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 8 176 177 Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz Foundation Topics 179 179 182 Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Overview 182 CTS Software-Based Endpoint Setup 185 Configuring CTS Software-Based Endpoints 186 Calibrating CTS Software-Based Endpoints 189 CTS Software-Based Endpoint User Accounts 192 Summary 194 Exam Preparation Tasks 195 Review All Key Topics 195 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 9 195 195 Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 197 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 197 Foundation Topics 200 DX Series Capabilities and Protocol 200 DX Series User Interface 204 Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints Registering Cisco DX Series Endpoints Summary 205 207 212 Exam Preparation Tasks 213 Review All Key Topics 213 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 10 213 214 Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 217 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 217 Foundation Topics 220 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Overview 220 Configuring a TC Endpoint to Register with a Cisco Unified CM Registering a TC Software-Based Endpoint with the Cisco VCS Using SIP 221 Registering a TC Software-Based Endpoint with the Cisco VCS Using H.323 221 220 xiii .

323 223 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Setup 225 Using the Onscreen Display with the Remote Control 226 Using the Web Interface via HTTP or HTTPS 228 Using the Command-Line Interface via Telnet or SSH Using the Cisco Touch 8 or Touch 10 228 229 Using Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing 230 Registering a Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint with a Cisco Unified CM 231 Registering a Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint with a Cisco VCS Calibrating a Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint 235 Calibrating Audio Input and Output Components 235 Calibrating Video Input and Output Components 236 Validating Network Settings 239 Subscribing to Corporate Directories or Phonebooks 241 Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint Call Scenarios 242 Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint User Accounts 244 Summary 245 Exam Preparation Tasks 246 Review All Key Topics 246 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 11 247 247 Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 249 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 249 Foundation Topics 252 NAT and Firewall-Traversal Overview 252 Cisco NAT and Firewall-Traversal Solution Components 257 Mobile and Remote Access 258 Jabber Guest 262 Configuring Call Mobility 263 Summary 266 Exam Preparation Tasks 267 Review All Key Topics 267 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms 267 267 231 .xiv CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Call Processing with SIP 222 Call Processing with H.

Contents Chapter 12 Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz Foundation Topics 269 269 272 Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 272 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Maintenance 275 Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 277 Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence CTS SoftwareBased Endpoints 281 Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints 283 Using the Cisco DX Series Problem Reporting Tool 285 Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence 285 Summary 287 Exam Preparation Tasks 288 Review All Key Topics 288 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms 288 289 Part IV Multipart Calling Chapter 13 Cisco Multipoint Solution 291 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 291 Foundation Topics 294 Cisco Multipoint Solutions and Product Overview Define Multipoint. and Multiway 294 300 Describe Ad Hoc Multipoint Conferences 302 Summary 303 Exam Preparation Tasks 304 Review All Key Topics 304 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 14 304 304 Cisco TelePresence MCUs 307 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 307 Foundation Topics 310 Cisco TelePresence MCU Installation 310 Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco VCS Registration 314 Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Registration 319 xv . Multisite.

xvi CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Cisco TelePresence MCU Conference Creation and Management 323 Cisco TelePresence MCU Troubleshooting 327 Summary 332 Exam Preparation Tasks 333 Review All Key Topics 333 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 15 333 333 Cisco TelePresence Server 335 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 335 Foundation Topics 338 Cisco TelePresence Server Installation 338 Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco VCS Registration 340 Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Environment 341 Cisco TelePresence Server Conference Creation and Management 343 Cisco TelePresence Server Troubleshooting 345 Summary 347 Exam Preparation Tasks 348 Review All Key Topics 348 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 16 348 348 Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 351 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 351 Foundation Topics 354 TMS Overview 354 Adding Systems to TMS 356 Scheduling Conferences Using TMS 360 Managing Conferences Using TMS 364 TMS Reporting 365 Summary 368 Exam Preparation Tasks 369 Review All Key Topics 369 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms Chapter 17 369 Cisco WebEx Solutions 371 “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 371 369 .

Contents Foundation Topics 374 WebEx Products and Features 374 WebEx Meeting Center 375 Summary 382 Exam Preparation Tasks 383 Review All Key Topics 383 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Define Key Terms 383 383 Part V Final Preparation Chapter 18 Final Preparation 385 Tools for Final Preparation 385 Exam Engine and Questions on the CD Install the Exam Engine 385 385 Activate and Download the Practice Exam 386 Activating Other Exams 386 Premium Edition 386 The Cisco Learning Network 387 Memory Tables 387 Chapter-Ending Review Tools 387 Study Plan 387 Recall the Facts 388 Practice Configurations 388 Using the Exam Engine 388 Appendix A Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes Appendix B CCNA Collaboration 210-065 (CIVND) Exam Updates Always Get the Latest at the Companion Website Technical Content 395 Glossary 397 CD-Only Appendixes Appendix C Memory Tables Appendix D Memory Table Answer Key Appendix E Study Planner Index 418 395 391 395 xvii .

All other considerations held equal. and somewhat obvious. this book does not try to help you pass by memorization. ■ Braces within brackets ([{ }]) indicate a required choice within an optional element. ■ Italic indicates arguments for which you supply actual values. The CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam is just one of the foundation topics in the CCNA Collaboration certification. Many reasons exist for these certifications. if the primary objective of this book were different. to help you fully understand and remember those details. So. In actual configuration examples and output (not general command syntax). One key methodology used in this book is to help you discover the exam topics that you need to review in more depth.xviii CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Command Syntax Conventions The conventions used to present command syntax in this book are the same conventions used in the IOS Command Reference. In fact. Although this book and the accompanying CD together have more than enough questions to help you prepare for the actual exam. and to help you prove to yourself that you have retained your knowledge of those topics. ■ Vertical bars (|) separate alternative. the certified employee/consultant/job candidate is considered more valuable than one who is not. Goals and Methods The most important. however. To that end. boldface indicates commands that are manually input by the user (such as a show command). but helps you truly learn and understand the topics. the method in which they are used is not to simply make you memorize as many questions and answers as you possibly can. ■ Braces ({ }) indicate a required choice. but the most popularly cited reason is that of credibility. This book would do you a disservice if it did not attempt to help you learn the material. the book’s title would be misleading. ■ Square brackets ([ ]) indicate an optional element. Introduction Professional certifications have been an important part of the computing industry for many years and will continue to become more important. goal of this book is to help you pass the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam (210-065). the book will help you pass the CIVND exam by using the following methods: . the methods used in this book to help you pass the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam are designed to also make you much more knowledgeable about how to do your job. and the knowledge contained within is vitally important to consider yourself a truly skilled routing/switching engineer or specialist. mutually exclusive elements. The Command Reference describes these conventions as follows: ■ Boldface indicates commands and keywords that are entered literally as shown.

Several book features will help you gain the confidence that you need to be convinced that you know some material already. Although other objectives can be achieved from using this book. the book is designed to help you get to the point where you can pass the exam with the least amount of time required.Introduction ■ Helping you discover which test topics you have not mastered ■ Providing explanations and information to fill in your knowledge gaps ■ Supplying exercises and scenarios that enhance your ability to recall and deduce the answers to test questions ■ Providing practice exercises on the topics and the testing process via test questions on the CD Who Should Read This Book? This book is not designed to be a general networking topics book. 210-065 CIVND Exam Topics Table I-1 lists the exam topics for the 210-065 CIVND exam. This book is intended to tremendously increase your chances of passing the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam. Or one of many other reasons. knowledge. a promotion. This table also lists the book parts in which each exam topic is covered. many people like to make sure that they truly know a topic and therefore read over material that they already know. What would getting the CCNA Collaboration mean to you? A raise. For instance. who needs more certified employees for a higher discount from Cisco. For instance. and experience you already have obtained. if you have attended the CICD and CIVND courses. However. recognition? Would it enhance your resume? Perhaps it would demonstrate that you are serious about continuing the learning process and that you are not content to rest on your laurels. although it can be used for that purpose. the book is written with one goal in mind: to help you pass the exam. Regardless of the strategy you use or the background you have. So why should you want to pass the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam? Because it is one of the milestones toward getting the CCNA Collaboration certification (no small feat in itself). there is no need for you to practice or read about IP addressing and subnetting if you fully understand it already. mainly based on the skills. Maybe it would please your reseller-employer. and to also help you know what topics you need to study more. you might take a different approach than someone who learned collaboration architecture via on-the-job training. xix . Strategies for Exam Preparation The strategy you use for the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam might be slightly different from strategies used by other readers.

c Room power recommendations Chapter 8 2.2.1.h Digital media players Chapter 2 2.1.1.1.h Video convergence Chapter 4 2.) Chapter 8 2.1.1.2.xx CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide Table I-1 210-065 CIVND Exam Topics CICD 210-065 Exam Topic Chapters in Which Topic Is Covered 1.a Room lighting recommendations Chapter 8 2.1.b Room acoustics recommendations Chapter 8 2.0 Video Concepts 1.2.0 Endpoint Configuration 2.g Viewing distance Chapter 8 .e Room materials (windows.2.1.1.f Media convergence Chapter 2 1.e Media players Chapter 2 1.f Room size and background wall Chapter 8 2.2.1.g Cabling connections Chapter 7 2.1.d Recording and storage Chapter 2 1.1 Describe video product models 2. 17 1.a Mobile devices Chapter 5 2.a Provisioning and scheduling management Chapters 9.2.f Peripherals and add-ons Chapter 7 2.1.d Room HVAC recommendations Chapter 8 2.c Streaming video Chapter 2 1.c Multi-purpose systems Chapter 5 2.1.d Surveillance cameras and encoders Chapter 3 2.2 Describe environment recommendations 2.1.1 Describe the functional components of video solutions 1.g Media management Chapter 2 1.b Desktop systems Chapter 5 2.b Video compositing Chapter 2 1.e Immersive systems Chapter 7 2. wall material.1. etc. floor material.1.2.

3. 15.2 Identify endpoint issues 3.e FECC Chapter 11 2. 10.b MCU capabilities versus TelePresence Server Chapters 14.1 Describe troubleshooting methodologies Chapter 13 3.d Registration Chapters 6.f User acceptance test Chapter 6 2. 12 xxi .g Multiway versus multisite Chapter 14 3. 8.f Resolution setting Chapter 11 2.2. 11.c Network connectivity Chapter 13 3.3.4 Describe features and functions 2.3.4.3 Implement desktop endpoints and surveillance cameras 2.Introduction CICD 210-065 Exam Topic Chapters in Which Topic Is Covered 2.g Microphone calibration Chapter 6 2.3.3.d PIP Chapter 11 2.3.a Cabling Chapter 13 3.4.4.2.a Auto collaboration Chapter 11 2.i Media playback on PCs Chapter 6 2.3.2.h Camera calibration Chapter 6 2.4.b Peripherals Chapter 13 3.h Physical security recommendations Chapter 3 2.c Control plane Chapter 5 2.a Network settings Chapter 5 2.e Test call Chapter 6 2. 9.b GUI interface and CLI Chapter 5 2.2.2.0 Troubleshooting and Support 3.3.4. 16 2.4.c Audio add in Chapter 11 2. 10 3.d Cables Chapter 5 2.4.3.e Call setup Chapters 6.2.

While you are learning about topics that can help you pass the CIVND exam.3 Describe scheduling versus adhoc versus on demand features Chapters 17 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Certification Guide The objective of this book is to help you pass the CCNA Collaboration CIVND exam (210-065). Although this book and the accompanying CD have many exam preparation tasks and example test questions. So this book helps you pass not by memorization. 13 3. The methodology of this book helps you discover the exam topics about which you need more review.1 Describe multipoint control units Chapter 15 4.4 Manage configuration 3.2. 13 3.a Switching and layout options Chapters 10. fully understand and remember exam topic details.4. 14.6 Monitor events and alerts Chapter 13 4. 16 4. you will also become more knowledgeable about how to do your job. the method in which they are used is not to simply make you memorize as many questions and answers as you possibly can. 13 3. The .2.c Reset to defaults Chapters 10.b Restore Chapters 10. but by helping you truly learn and understand the topics.2.0 Conferencing Concepts 4.2.2.f Media quality Chapter 13 3. and prove to yourself that you have retained your knowledge of those topics.5 Implement key CLI commands Chapter 13 3. 15.4.a Backups Chapters 10.g Mid call feature issues Chapters 10.4.c Conferencing add-ons Chapters 14 4. 13 3.4.3 Collecting system information 3.d Password recovery Chapters 10.b Status Chapters 6. 15. 13 3. 16 4. 13 3.2 Describe conferencing features 4.3.a Logs Chapter 13 3.3.xxii CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide CICD 210-065 Exam Topic Chapters in Which Topic Is Covered 3.b Cascading Chapters 14.

.

it is designed to be flexible and allow you to easily move between chapters and sections of chapters to cover just the material that you need more work with. “Introduction to Video Communications”—This chapter discusses Cisco collaboration architecture from the perspective of prescriptive design using the Cisco Preferred Architecture documentation available at Cisco. “Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber”—This chapter focuses on the configuration of Cisco IP Phones both in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and on the phones themselves. Also .com. desktop units. “Cisco IP Phones. Chapters 1 through 17. and Cisco Jabber. and Jabber Overview”—As the title implies. Desktop Endpoints. Digital Signs. “Cisco Collaboration Overview”—This chapter examines the evolution of videoconferencing. and Cisco video-surveillance components and architectures. including a bank of multiple-choice questions. cover the following topics: ■ Chapter 1. “Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery”—This chapter wanders back in time for a brief history lesson on legacy digital media architecture. the order in the book is an excellent sequence to use. ■ Chapter 6. ■ Chapter 4.xxiv CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide ■ ■ Definition of key terms: Although Cisco exams might be unlikely to ask a question such as “Define this term. Cisco Cast. asking you to write a short definition and compare your answer to the Glossary at the end of the book. The core chapters. ■ Chapter 5. beginning with legacy videoconferencing architectures and working forward to today’s Cisco collaboration solutions. This includes current Cisco IP Phones. and Show and Share. This discussion includes an overview of the Cisco collaboration components and general collaboration architecture. You can use the practice exams to get a feel for the actual exam content and to gauge your knowledge of switching topics. this chapter focuses on the Cisco collaboration endpoint portfolio. The discussion covers legacy closed-circuit television. If you do intend to read them all. How This Book Is Organized Although this book could be read cover to cover. This section lists some of the most important terms from the chapter. ■ Chapter 3. It then moves back into the twenty-first century to discuss the Cisco Digital Media Suite. CD-based practice exam: The companion CD contains an exam engine. “Cisco Video Surveillance”—This chapter takes a look at video from a physical security standpoint. It describes the requirements for phone registration and how to verify phone status information. Chapters 1 through 17 are the core chapters and can be covered in any order.” the CIVND exam requires that you learn and know a lot of networking terminology. Cisco’s physical security solutions. ■ Chapter 2.

there is some discussion of Touch panel configuration. In addition. “Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture”—This chapter provides something of an evolutionary picture of Cisco’s edge access architecture. This includes code upgrades. C series codec configuration options. this chapter walks through available call control options and configuration using both SIP and H. This chapter covers the components of the architecture. peripheral calibration. This includes the client installation. this chapter covers intelligent proximity features available on newer endpoints. the mobile and remote access solution. ■ Chapter 10. creating an entirely new user experience. “Configuring Cisco DX650 Endpoints”—This chapter goes into the setup and configuration of Cisco’s new collaboration desktop experience endpoint. Closing out the chapter is a discussion on troubleshooting and problem reporting on the DX650 and issue identification/isolation for Cisco the Jabber Video for TelePresence (Movi) client. The discussion covers the collection of logs and status information from TC software-based endpoints. and troubleshooting of Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. and issue identification/isolation. ■ Chapter 7. both inside the network and outside.and far-end camera control. and Cisco Jabber Guest. These endpoints are capable of utilizing the Cisco Touch series control panels. This chapter then discusses Cisco’s newest edge architecture. In addition. “Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints”— This chapter discusses the installation. including desktop units such as the EX and DX series endpoints and room-based and immersive endpoints. ■ Chapter 12. and how to register the endpoint with CUCM. The discussion then shifts focus to Cisco TelePresence CTS endpoints for the same discussion points. “Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics and Installation”—This chapter discusses the Cisco TelePresence endpoint portfolio. configuration (on both the client side and CUCM side). media encryption. “Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints”— This chapter focuses on the setup and configuration of Cisco TelePresence Serverbased endpoints and on user provisioning for their use. TC software configuration and maintenance. It is an evolution of firewalltraversal technologies to include a wide range of collaboration services in order to provide a seamless. There is some discussion of Cisco TC software components and deployment. and verification.323 protocol options. and how to enable intelligent proximity. This chapter discusses the operating system. and the Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence client (formerly known as Movi).Introduction included in this chapter is a breakdown of the configuration and registration of Cisco Jabber. sometimes called collaboration edge. mobility. parameter configurations. and the configuration and deployment of Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence (Movi). VPN-less user experience. known as Expresway. ■ Chapter 11. ■ Chapter 8. “Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints”— This chapter focuses on what to do when things may not be working as planned or expected. So. These options include near. configuration. the DX650. This is a dramatic departure from Cisco’s traditional endpoint look and feel. xxv . ■ Chapter 9. This includes the concepts of firewall traversal and video call control.

“Memory Table Answer Key. ■ Chapter 16. deployment. “Final Preparation. ■ Appendix D. “Study Planner. complete the tables and lists. multisite. and videoconferencing. conference resource scheduling and management. Register your product at ciscopress. and multiway videoconferencing features. you can submit those at Cisco. In addition. whiteboarding/annotation. configuration.” contains the answer key for the exercises in Appendix D. select Contact Us.” includes guidelines that you can follow in the final days before the exam. “Memory Tables. “Cisco Multipoint Solution”—This chapter digs into the products and solution components involved in deploying multipoint. updates. ■ Chapter 17. remote control. Cisco might make changes that affect the CIVND exam from time to time. For More Information If you have any comments about the book.com. audio. and recording of conferences. ■ Chapter 15. The goal is to help you memorize facts that can be useful on the exams. and type in your message. the CD-ROM includes quiz questions and memory tables that you can work through to verify your knowledge of the subject matter. “Cisco TelePresence MCUs”—This chapter describes the purpose. this book includes tools to help you verify that you are prepared to take the exam.com/register for convenient access to downloads. Chapter 18. . configuration.com/web/learning/certifications/associate/index.html for the latest details. ■ Appendix E. Just go to the website. you can find the following appendixes on the CD that is included with this book: ■ Appendix C. and corrections as they become available. You should always check http://www. “Cisco WebEx Solutions”—This chapter discusses Cisco WebEx Meeting Center for cloud-based web. “Cisco TelePresence Server”—This chapter discusses the installation.xxvi CCNA Collaboration 210-065 CIVND Official Cert Guide ■ Chapter 13. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center also includes the ability to allow for screen sharing. “Cisco TelePresence Management Suite”—This chapter provides a look into TMS for endpoint provisioning and management. You can print this appendix. and as a memory exercise.cisco. ■ Chapter 14. In addition to the 17 main chapters. where you can track your progress through your study. and videoconference monitoring and reporting. file transfer.” is a spreadsheet with major study milestones. and use of Cisco TelePresence MCU hardware. and deployment of Cisco TelePresence Server in both VCS and CUCM call control environments. Also.” holds the key tables and lists from each chapter with some of the content removed.

This page intentionally left blank .

This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Video Use Cases: This section provides a brief discussion of potential use cases for video. . ■ Architectural Overview: This section provides a high-level view of the core components of Cisco video solutions.

” Table 1-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Video Use Cases 1–2 Architectural Overview 3–5 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. This chapter provides an overview of potential video use cases and architecture. You can find the answers in Appendix A. Table 1-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. read the entire chapter.CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Video Communications High-quality. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. Thankfully. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security.com as Cisco Preferred Architecture guides. These preferred architecture guides are written specifically for design and deployment engineers and are referenced throughout this book. the current generation of video technologies and offerings has greatly changed that view. Video has long been seen as a gimmick technology. . Cisco has pushed video into the technological spotlight. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. Through the use of prescriptive best practices. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. A number of conditions have contributed to the view that video is simply not viable as a communication medium. immersive video capabilities provide what may be the single most transformative technology available today. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. at best. These prescriptive recommendations are made available on Cisco.

Endpoints c. Conferencing d. An email address b. A user’s Microsoft Active Directory credentials d. Applications Which Cisco video architecture component is responsible for the success or failure of the user experience? a. Internet connectivity Which Cisco video architecture component provides the foundation for all other components? a. Call control b. What is a SIP URI? a. Endpoints c. Conferencing d. 5. 3. Collaboration edge e.4 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide 1. Call control b. Endpoints c. A URI b. The address typed into a browser to reach a web page What is the minimum requirement to establish a conference call (audio or video)? a. Applications Which Cisco video architecture component allows for VPN-less access and is responsible for interoperability functions? a. A globally unique identifier utilized for SIP dialing c. Bridging resources d. Collaboration edge e. Conferencing d. 4. Call control b. Collaboration edge e. 2. A URL c. Applications .

.

The same holds true for videoconferences. Extending Video Communications to Teleworkers As businesses search for new ways to remain profitable and reduce expenses. Documents had to be manually distributed to meeting attendees before meeting time. which allows meeting attendees to follow shared content from mobile devices (including screenshot and scroll-back capabilities for presentations). simply put. The process to initiate them is identical. you can place video communications capabilities in the home or remote offices of teleworker employees. Videoconferencing can be accomplished in a number of ways. a conference call is a conference call. is a reduction in multitasking. all parties dial a predetermined number and join an already existing bridge.6 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide With video integrated into the desk phone. Face-to-face communication tends to be more productive and consistently engaging than audio only. Features such as Proximity. some kind of bridging resource. uncertainty. and doubt among attendees and IT personnel alike. more and more are turning away from traditional brick-and-mortar office space for some or all of their workforce. As an extension of telephony. manage. For a meet-me conference. the user experience is greatly enhanced. In fact. In an ad hoc (or instant) conference. attendees can simply grab the pieces they want or scroll through the slides on a mobile device. there is usually talk of basic conferencing in the form of ad hoc or meet-me capabilities. There was no real concept of true collaboration. Where videoconferencing used to create cringeworthy responses was in the meeting room. there is no difference when using video-capable endpoints. the option always exists to mute the video on a bad hair day. or in some cases zero-touch. a point-to-point call is established. followed by one party initiating the addition of the other attendees. in many ways. in many cases. User adoption was further hampered by the inability for end users to schedule. This provides the in-office experience while eliminating the need for those workers to use corporate-owned office space. Of course. providing just the right immersive video experience may be better than being there. initiation/join. Video Meetings and Conferences There was a time when the very mention of a videoconference spread fear. for better or worse. In traditional telephony. Again. either directly or through the use of Cisco Jabber (with desk phone control and a webcam). These so-called immersive systems provide an in-person experience second to none. The IT department was always required to accomplish any video-related resources. With Cisco collaboration technologies. Conversations and interactions are more productive simply by virtue of making eye contact with a colleague in the next office or half a world away. The dreaded rolling television with a pseudo-cam on top of it and an ISDN connection that could only be initiated by individuals with specialized knowledge has become a symbol of everything the video user experience should not be. or initiate their own conference calls. One side effect of video. Videoconferencing has become fluid and effortless using one-touch. With Proximity. The morning and evening commute now consists solely of the walk from one part of the home to the other. . All communications within the office can now be face to face. add a facet to meetings not previously considered a viable possibility short of asking for the presentation to be emailed out and possibly asking the presenter to back up a slide or two. The minimum requirements for an audio conference is.

These same tools start to become an expectation in all dealings with peers. Video Contact Center The use of contact center agents is an extremely well-established means of servicing and maintaining contact with customers. streaming video. desktop video. and peer businesses acquire video capability. Video contact center agents. customers and agents can engage in a more interpersonal discussion. Obviously. immersive TelePresence. inefficient interactive voice response (IVR) designs. In today’s world. and more. and other potential technologies required to fulfill the job function in question. People calling into customer service lines now want to quickly speak to a representative. web access. and on down to the individual customer. this doesn’t typically pose much of an issue because all that is required is a video-capable endpoint and a means of reaching it across the network. As more and more customers. it behooves a financial institution to provide that extra touch of technology and professionalism to make a customer feel more at ease with the decision to do business with them.Chapter 1: Introduction to Video Communications 7 Teleworker architectures are by no means a one-size-fits-all proposition. desk phone video. clients. Business-to-Business Video As video adoption increases and accelerates. soft phone video. Escalation of instant messages to video calls or videoconferences can be done in a click. instead of trying to navigate the menus in an attempt to find what they seek. Poorly designed scripts. Advanced teleworkers may require fully functional contact center agent capabilities. Other teleworkers may be fully mobile and always on the go. Using a solutionsuch as Cisco Remote Expert. voice/video capabilities. This allows a level of collaboration far superior to the traditional contact center. partner companies. It simply becomes that which is expected in all business-related interactions. collaboration becomes natural. colleagues. and a score of other issues have caused a revolt of sorts by customers. When large amounts of money are being deposited and withdrawn. just as if they were in the same room. When customers call a business. such as high-end banking. More on that as the book progresses. immersive video endpoints. they not only get to speak to a representative. customer companies. When business is done face to face. and so on are all possible requirements that can be easily implemented for any type of teleworker. architecturally. In other words. they also get to make eye contact and interact face to face. it becomes the norm. This proves especially valuable in high-touch or white-glove customer service-focused institutions. Internally. there is a bit more to it than that. The solution architecture varies along with the job function of said teleworker. we often encounter an increasingly negative view of contact centers. which include some mix of virtual private networking (VPN). Each of these possibilities carries with it a specific set of highly secure and reliable architectures. Seeing and speaking to a person provides the in-person experience customers are demanding from businesses today. Hybrid teleworkers may spend only a percentage of time in the office and the rest of their time in the remote/home office. it becomes pervasive within an enterprise. Business-to-business (B2B) video is a 1 . it is easy to see where the video contact center agent may come into play.

.

Although the Cisco Unified Presence Server (CUPS) is still a separate virtual server. and desktop share for users Conferencing Cisco TelePresence Conductor Manages conferencing ports. and resources Cisco TelePresence Server Audio and videoconferencing resources (virtual server) Expressway-C Interoperability and firewall traversal Expressway-E Remote endpoint registration to CUCM and B2B communication Cisco TelePresence ISDN Gateway Interoperability with H. codec selection. advanced video features Cisco TMS Suite Extension for Microsoft Exchange Enables TMS scheduling via Microsoft Outlook Collaboration edge Applications Call Control Call control is the component that provides the foundation of the video architecture. desk phone. parameters.Chapter 1: Introduction to Video Communications 9 Table 1-2 Components in the Cisco Video Architecture Module Component Function Call control Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) Endpoint registration. desktop video. called and calling party presentation. It handles endpoint registration. In essence. and immersive TelePresence endpoints. analytics Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) Scheduling. in particular. Without call control. it is administered through the CUCM 1 . there is no solution. web conference integration. once installed. From a video architecture perspective. management. content. CUCM provides the common platform for voice and video endpoint registration and management. and trunking operations. call processing. it is the single most important function. desktop video endpoints. In addition. and TelePresence units Real-time voice.320 endpoints Cisco Prime Collaboration Provisioning. This includes soft phone. call admission control. media resources CUCM IM and Presence Instant messaging and presence Cisco Integrated Services Router (ISR) Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST) Endpoints Cisco Jabber. dial plan. video. There is quite a bit more that goes on with CUCM. monitoring. Call control is more than just a signaling mechanism. the instant messaging and presence (IM&P) capabilities have been rolled into CUCM from an administrative standpoint. Cisco has made great strides in consolidating all elements into a single call control entity to ease overall administration tasks.

they are all identical in how they are configured in CUCM. DX80. Endpoints There has been a slight shift in nomenclature as it pertains to collaboration architecture. With the diversity of the endpoints available comes a diversity in features that each may access and use. High Definition Plus (HD+). This is accomplished by positioning the right components within the network. one party or the other adds additional participants. The term session provides a more generic descriptor while carrying the same essential connotation. The endpoint is the face of the system as it provides the user experience.10 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide administrative web page. if any. From an administrative perspective. it may well become necessary to expand the resources available for conferencing. learning curve. Conferences can be classified into three types: ■ Ad hoc (instant): This is a conference that is not scheduled. however. it needs to function in a similar manner to the old way. That said. The endpoint may be any phone or video device in the Cisco portfolio. or anyone else who requires it. Where the collaboration architecture used to reference phones and calls. is to offer the same ease of use and consistent experience regardless of how many individuals are in attendance. a call is no longer necessarily audio only. network-based presence. be it a 3905. Whereas call control provides a foundation. It begins as a point-to-point call. endpoints provide a means of accessing the wide array of services and applications available within the remaining architectural components. Cisco Collaboration Meeting Rooms (CMR) are persistent meeting rooms that can be joined by dialing a URI and clicking a hyperlink in an invitation email (which launches WebEx) or by simply dialing . or MX700. An endpoint is no longer necessarily merely a phone. with very little. With call control and endpoints in play. The ability to communicate only via point-to-point video will have a negative impact on adoption of the technology. Once established. Participants can join from any standards-compliant video endpoint using standard definition (SD). 8861. For multiparty calls. ■ Personal (persistent): Formerly known as a rendezvous bridge. the remaining pieces of the architecture provide modularity in functionality. power users. Conferencing capabilities build upon the existing infrastructure for point-to-point calls. This allows a single pane of glass for call control and for IM. federation. These components are sized based on usage expectations and user habits. The idea. high definition (HD). As adoption grows. Conferencing A conference is loosely defined as three or more people communicating in real time. or a higher-end resolution known as FullHD (more on those later in the book). If the endpoint is difficult to use or complicated to deploy. If video is the new way. This is a core capability of legacy voice deployments and video deployments. personal meeting rooms are static meeting spaces defined on a per-user basis. and the use of Cisco Jabber on desktop and mobile devices. additional resources will be required. there may be a high potential for adoption and growth problems. These rooms can be allocated to executives. it now references endpoints and sessions.

264 AVC interworking with Microsoft’s proprietary SVC implementation. The start time and resources needed are set ahead of time. reliable services to their user communities working outside of the traditional office setting. ■ Scheduled (meet-me): A conference call planned in advance. Other terms that might describe a personal meeting room include meet-me and static bridges. video endpoints. Like other WebEx meetings. in clustered pairs). Collaboration edge is a new implementation of an existing technology. The collaboration edge architecture also enables native interoperability with Microsoft Lync audio and video. and so on) even if those resources are not collocated. Optionally. When the user launches a client from a mobile device or laptop.Chapter 1: Introduction to Video Communications 11 the pilot phone number and entering the meeting number. It is suggested that the Expressway-E and Expressway-C be deployed in a highly available configuration (that is. conferencing uses the Conductor and TelePresence server. The Conductor coordinates resources for conferences. across the firewall to the Expressway-C. The connectivity is established from the remote clients to the Expressway-E using Domain Name System (DNS) Service (SRV) records. Collaboration Edge Businesses have long struggled to find the most efficient way to provide secure. the architecture shows the Expressway-C on the internal network. It has the ability to cascade across bridges and allocate resources best suited for the types and needs of attending clients (SD/HD/HD+/FullHD. an ISDN gateway can be deployed in support of legacy H. This allows Expressway-C to support standards-compliant H. This ensures that services are always available even when there may be network-related issues in progress. CMR meetings can be joined from the WebEx client on any mobile device. It will be the device also in charge of handling B2B calls and cloud connectivity (WebEx). This mechanism allows Cisco to provide mobile/remote access to teleworkers without the need for a VPN connection or additional licensing typically associated with that connection. Registration is processed. In Figure 1-1. The solution consists of two core components: Expressway-E and Expressway-C. firewall traversal. Expressway-E acts as a traversal server for external clients. the required conferencing resources are reserved and guaranteed available at start time. Rich Media Session licenses are required on the 1 . the Expressway-E sits in the demilitarized zone (DMZ) to handle external requests coming in. For scheduled conferences. As noted in Figure 1-1. The bringyour-own-device (BYOD) movement has done little more than increase the pressure to find innovative access methodologies which provide the necessary access to services and applications while aligning to business and security policies. and then on to the other relevant components as requested by the mobile client. The firewall traversal mechanism opens a connection through the Expressway-E. and the user is able to log in successfully. the DNS lookup resolves the records for services required by the client application and makes contact.320 endpoints. The TelePresence server handles the audio/video portion of the conference. It creates outbound connections to the Expressway-E (and therefore through the firewall without need to open specific ports). and so on. generally. Expressway-C acts as the traversal client.

With Collaboration System Release (CSR) 10. their endpoints.x. monitoring. TMS also has a suite extension (TMSXE) specifically for Microsoft Outlook. When configured to sync with Active Directory (AD). The TMSXE module replicates calendars between TMS and Microsoft Exchange to keep track of room resources. clients. and reporting module of the Prime Collaboration suite. It also assists in making the needed changes when CUCM IP address changes need to be made. Cisco Prime Collaboration is a suite of applications that allow provisioning. If Microsoft Lync clients are connecting back to the network via a Microsoft Edge server. conference scheduling and control.12 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Expressway-C for each session to be passed through. and more. TMS is also used in scheduling conference rooms. managing CMRs. Specifically. and reporting for video endpoints. It integrates with Microsoft AD and with Lotus Notes for directory and phonebook functionality. PCD is a migration/upgrade assistant module that provides for rapid installation and maintenance of CUCM and TelePresence components. However. It imports them into the database and provisions all the configured services for a user of that type and in that location. call quality. deployment. Expressway-E is required because it provides traversal using relays around Network Address Translation (NAT) (TURN) services to Lync on behalf of the Cisco receiving endpoints. . just as a traditional network management suite might do. and voice mailboxes. It all comes down to work flows and the desired degree of granularity. and so on. management. it is monitoring metrics such as jitter. This allows the creation of meetings/ conference right from the Microsoft Outlook calendar page. Cisco has begun including the Cisco Prime Collaboration Standard suite of applications (for the first cluster) at no additional cost. and more for voice and video calls. mean opinion score (MoS). directory/ phonebook functions. It can provide a one-jump path for CUCM migration from very old versions to the latest version. An upgrade is available to Prime Collaboration Advanced. PCP can also replace the use of the CUCM Administration page for dayto-day move/add/change or even troubleshooting. endpoint/infrastructure management. and measurement of collaboration-related metrics. these are Cisco Prime Collaboration and Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS). troubleshooting. allocating resources. TMS is a server application meant to perform provisioning. However. which adds additional functionality to PCP and PCA while adding the Prime Collaboration Analytics module. Applications Applications available for end users are numerous. and Prime Collaboration Assurance (PCA). services. This includes Prime Collaboration Deployment (PCD). the applications that apply here are those mentioned in the video architecture. It makes the needed changes throughout the cluster. PCP detects new users. It keeps constant track of the processes. PCP is a provisioning tool that allows the creation of business rules and work flows that allow for zero-touch deployment of new users. configuration. Prime Collaboration Provisioning (PCP). PCA is the monitoring.

This chapter addressed only the high-level video architecture and its core constituent components. However. the information presented in this chapter is part of a prescriptive best practice for video architecture. 1 . or circumstance. immersive. B2B. distance. The information presented here is not included in the exam blueprint.Chapter 1: Introduction to Video Communications 13 Summary Video is indeed the new dial tone. conferencing. personal. it is unlikely that you will encounter it on the exam itself. be it consumer. It is becoming a way of life for a large percentage of the world’s population. or any other of the implementation types you might think of. Therefore. desktop. It is necessary information for deploying and managing Cisco video solutions. People are simply coming to expect to be able to make eye contact in any conversation regardless of device. The Cisco Preferred Architecture for Video guide details the basics of the architectures and what is needed to implement the capabilities discussed both in that document and in this book. Video technologies are seeing expansive growth on all fronts. It is highly recommended that anyone seeking a collaboration certification be familiar with the Cisco Preferred Architecture documents and the architectures they describe for the certification pursued. Exam Preparation Tasks This chapter provided an overview of the architecture and components contained in the core Cisco video architecture.

transcoding. along with optimization capabilities. . including high-level architecture and the individual components therein. and publication using the DMS architecture.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Legacy Digital Media Architecture: This section provides an overview of the evolution of digital media as a viable form of content delivery over recent decades. ■ Cisco Digital Media Suite: This section discusses the Cisco Digital Media Suite solution. ■ Capture Transform Share: This section briefly overviews the content capture.

transformation. it is necessary to understand. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. For more information on QoS. check out the following sites: ■ Cisco Quality of Service: http://www. DMS consists of a number of software and hardware components. Although QoS is beyond the scope of this chapter. at least in part.html “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. The age old question “why?” comes to mind when businesses and educational institutions are first presented with DMS as a potentially useful and valuable architecture. each dependent on one another. DMS is a video content creation.com/c/en/us/ td/docs/solutions/Enterprise/WAN_and_MAN/QoS_SRND_40/QoSIntro_40. it is well worth exploring and understanding. As such. Every question deserves an answer. staff training. and delivery architecture intended for use in a variety of manners. restaurant menus. including education. followed by a more lengthy discussion of the DMS solution and its constituent components. With that in mind. DMS is a video-based solution.cisco. a small discussion of history is in order. A well-designed quality of service (QoS) deployment is critical to the success of any video implementation.” .com/c/en/us/products/ios-nx-os-software/ quality-of-service-qos/index.CHAPTER 2 Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery This chapter provides an overview of the Cisco Digital Media Suite (DMS) solution. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. in turn. Like many architectural solutions.html ■ Enterprise Medianet Quality of Service Design Guide: http://www. its traffic must be properly protected and prioritized throughout the network. As the name implies. make use of the underlying network and collaboration infrastructure. Table 2-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. They. sport stadiums. editing. You can find the answers in Appendix A. and as many other uses that a moderately active imagination might contrive.cisco. read the entire chapter. the roots of the technology. In addressing that simple question.

Digital media architecture solutions d. 2. Cisco TCS b. Dynamic distribution using network-based architecture b. By what means was content distribution accomplished in legacy architecture? a. scheduling. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. 4. Multicast network protocol capabilities Which Cisco DMS component is used for content recording? a. Distribution via standards-based protocols In legacy architecture. Cisco Cast b. simple web pages. and wiki pages b. 3. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. Cisco DMM c. Proprietary distribution methodologies d. Cisco DMP Which of the following Cisco DMS components is used as a centralized application for managing.16 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 2-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Legacy Digital Media Architecture 1–2 Cisco Digital Media Suite 3–6 Capture Transform Share 7–8 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. early content portals were constructed using what resource? a. Cisco DMP . Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. Cisco TCS c. Cisco Cast d. 1. Intranet resources including internal servers. and publishing content? a. Internet resources including hosted servers and network services c. Manual distribution c. Cisco DMM d.

Videoconferencing b. Cisco DMP d. Audio conferencing ECDS is a solution that provides which of the following benefits? a. Cisco MXE b. 6.Chapter 2: Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 17 5. Cisco Cast c. Cisco DMM Among the services offered by the Cisco Capture Transform Share solution is which of the following? a. Content distribution management d. Video on demand capabilities b. Cisco DMP d. 8. Audio conference resources c. WAN optimization d. 7. Cisco TCS Which Cisco DMS component is used in controlling playback of digital media? a. Cisco TCS b. Video on demand and streaming c. WAN optimization 2 . Cisco Cast c. Which Cisco DMS component is used in transcoding recorded media content? a.

. Initial systems were watch-only systems. Over time. software costs. high power consumption. The business world had no time to wait for the battles to be won and lost in order to implement the systems they needed for security. In addition to these. System administration difficulties. and content delivery. there is going to be someone smart enough to meet it and capitalize on it. With the coming of applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint and other slide-showcapable software packages. The cost of PC hardware. of course. at best. content hosting. Where there is a need. These network-based capabilities were often server-based solutions that would store content on local hard disks then push it out across a private network to proprietary display systems. recording capabilities evolved from reel-to-reel systems to the videocassette recorder (VCR) and then on to network-based storage capabilities. and so on. This could be used to deliver morning news relevant to the business. and so on. plants. They would also provide the interface to keyboard. digital signage became a viable capability. and security (both physical and software related) obstacles made these solutions challenging. certainly. All content to be presented was largely created and sourced by the entity owning the system. Innovation waits for no one. recording capabilities for audio and video started to be implemented and used. and monitor to make local tweaks to and display the created content. The PC-based architecture has a number of significant drawbacks that really prevented its widespread use for dedicated digital signage. These systems were adapted for use in delivering content to televisions stationed throughout office buildings. lack of failover/redundancy capabilities. announcements. mouse. typically over physical media such as coaxial cable.” which is meant to be openly provided to all capable endpoints via over-the-air broadcast. Those PCs would be network attached in order to provide remote management and content access. The “closedcircuit television” essentially signifies that the content is being sent to only a very limited set of endpoints. It is the opposite of “broadcast television. they were needed right now. The lack of standards-compliant media was a huge challenge in attempting to make use of this kind of technology.18 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Foundation Topics Legacy Digital Media Architecture Early implementations of what evolved into digital media systems were largely proprietary systems meant to provide surveillance capabilities. This meant that someone had to be physically watching the screens at all times. was one significant limiting factor. These architectures were typically built upon PC-based platforms. the fact that many early solutions were proprietary meant that there could only be one source of content in specific formats for the solution. And. As the technologies advanced. they lacked any capability to record and store the images being collected. These types of systems were needed by businesses for a number of reasons. These systems were not attached to any external content provider. The fact that many systems were closed and proprietary is no surprise.

That is. video encoding/transmission. Cisco Power over Ethernet (Cisco PoE). 10BASE2 (thin coaxial cable). During this time in the evolutionary stage of video streaming. Eventually. and 10BASE-T (twisted pair) were all in widespread use as transmission media. It all came down to just how network aware the proprietary application in use happened to be. IBM’s Token Ring (at 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps) technology still had a significant foothold in the realm as well. the content had to be pushed by an administrator to a server somewhere. 2 . With all the chaos in the industry. video. ISL gave way to 802. so to speak. rather than network-based. of course. No standard existed to fill the needs demanded by businesses. Technologies such as InterSwitch Link (ISL) for LAN Trunking.1ac/801. Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP). The use of web-based services with audio. So. Cisco PoE has become 802. SCCP is giving way to Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) now that feature parity has become a reality between the two. But. and delivery. Ethernet eventually won that battle as well. one prevalent Layer 3 protocol. 10BASE5 (thick coaxial cable).Chapter 2: Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 19 Cisco has done much of that type of innovation over the three decades of its existence. At the same time. it is worth keeping in mind that the technologies in use in the 1990s were a wild mix of Layer 1. and Skinny Signaling Protocol (SCCP) are big examples of that kind of innovation. CDP has begun a transition to Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). in the minds of many. were still prevalent in the majority of network architectures. there is one prevalent Layer 1 infrastructure for the local-area network (LAN). Cisco created a temporary solution while the relevant standards were being ratified and put in place. and Layer 3 protocols as numerous communications methodologies fought for survival. such as Novell’s Internetwork Packet eXchange (IPX) and Apple’s AppleTalk. and other content overlay is quite new on the scene. administrators were required to manually push the content to each local PC. content distribution was almost entirely manual.1af/802. No one single protocol had yet won the day. Ethernet had a number of available flavors and competing technologies. The media and protocols used in making the servers communicate was largely irrelevant. which is then made accessible to the PC end stations actually presenting the content. transport. and the battle came down to 10BASE-T Ethernet versus Token Ring. Cisco instituted a technology migration to those standards. it too will be settled in due time. TCP/IP was still a relative novelty in the view of many (non-UNIX) server administrators. Broadcast-based protocols. and a wide array of standards focused on communication. In many architectures. Once the respective standards became a reality and ready for prime time. Today.1Q. Streaming Video Providing access to streaming video in legacy environments was similarly fraught with challenges. audio encoding/transmission. Layer 2. the world was still largely server-based. 10BASE-T won out over its coaxial cable-based cousins. So. the problem largely goes back to proprietary formats and the absence of viable standards in video creation. But. and much more beyond that. a similarly prevalent Layer 2 protocol infrastructure. Again. The video battle still rages to a large degree.at PoE. servers were the network. encoding.

Those security mechanisms are certainly in place. including VCR/DVD. In most cases. There was no means of simply embedding the video into the web page to be streamed from a central location. share. anywhere. network administrators began to push more and more of the capabilities out to the user community. These IP Television (IPTV) feeds could reach the PC-based endpoints or proprietary display systems deployed throughout the campus.20 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide IPTV Large corporations were able to make use of streaming architectures within a campus environment by leveraging LAN-attached video encoders that were capable of leveraging IP-based streaming. nor could they typically be deployed in a mixed-vendor endpoint environment. and anyone can create. therefore. a client installed on the desktop could then be used to play each file individually. This was usually accomplished via Common Internet File System (CIFS) or File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to deliver the file to the user’s local PC. The proper use of video still required an IT personnel resource. satellite. these feeds could not typically be easily stored or archived. both static and mobile. Resources were largely decentralized at this point. However. . Content came from a number of sources. it did not allow users to share content. and distribute it. Once downloaded. upload. of course. During the early evolutionary phases of content distribution technologies. In many cases. These services are intended to provide anytime. The use of multicast technologies became a prevalent delivery mechanism during this time. Although the use of intranet services and wikis did offer a more streamlined means of providing content. As the concept of the intranet came about. Those user-facing tools that were available were somewhat less than intuitive. content is content. and content upload. It was not unusual for a separate desktop client to be needed for each type of video format to be played. formats. In today’s world. ease of use was not all that high on the list. they were not allowed to upload their own content either. This was the case even once standards-compliant streaming protocols. and custom content recorded via video camera either at a company-owned studio or simply in someone’s office. There are obvious needs for security and protection of confidential information. video distribution technologies presented more challenges than solutions. Content Portals In the pre-YouTube world. and clients were in play. any device support for all content relevant to the business. Each server held a different library of content (and. had to be accessed independently). it seems. As the user clicked each link. the files could be accessed and downloaded. sharing. All these content sources could be pushed through a video encoder and onto the IP network. User interfaces for these content portals are intuitive and support a wide range of software clients and hardware platforms. This limits user interactivity. cable TV. this amounted to a simple web page format or a wiki-type blog format that presented links to the video files and hopefully some kind of description of the file content.

departments. scalable. colleagues. and more. The subsystems of the DMS solution are as follows: ■ Cisco Digital Signs: Digital signage subsystem that dynamically delivers content to be displayed ■ Cisco Cast: IPTV application that allows on-demand delivery of content ■ Cisco Show and Share: Enables users to create live and on-demand content using social media aspects such as tagging. Show and Share DMP and LCD Cisco Cast Digital Media Manager Figure 2-1 Cisco Digital Media Suite Components 2 . peers.Chapter 2: Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 21 Cisco Digital Media Suite In DMS. DMM is a centralized web-based management portal through which all products can be administered. digital signage. Figure 2-1 shows the core components of the Cisco DMS solution. Cisco provides a comprehensive set of tools that enable companies to create flexible. customers. The DMM is also used in managing. video sharing. commenting. and IPTV applications. All the applications in the Cisco DMS solution work with the Cisco Digital Media Manager (DMM). Making the integration of digital media into the day-to-day business flow enhances communication and changes the way we collaborate and interact with our peers. DMS includes a number of modular components. and rating Each of these subsystems is discussed in later in this chapter. DMS offers an all-in-one solution for webcasting. scheduling. This modularity allows the creation of a custom-tailored solution based on the business needs at the time of deployment and the ability to grow. and publishing digital media content. as desired. and easily accessible content for end users. and others. and add additional modules. Like any other architecture.

.

.

Show and Share server status. clustering. Users can be assigned to groups and roles specific to their function. The Dashboard provides a summary of DMPs in inventory. digital signage users. and so on. Show and Share. the DMP functionality would not be impacted.24 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 2-3 DMM Home Page The DMM is the primary management interface for the Digital Signs. and so on. Cast. Clicking the Administration tile on the home page brings you to the Dashboard. in addition to failover. This administration portal is the heart of the DMS solution. Along the top row of the page are additional tabs for configuration of the system and its controlled subsystems. and so on. be it admin. and administration of the DMM server itself. services are stopped and started. It is where configuration and troubleshooting take place. Figure 2-4 shows the DMM Dashboard page. . If there should happen to be some failure with the DMM. read-only. licensing is applied.

.

additional enhancements become available. Optionally. a title is given to the video. Figure 2-7 shows the options available to enhance the video. Once you select the desired output formats and click the Next button. .26 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 2-5 MXE Manual Video Upload The process is rather straightforward. a description and tags can be added followed by a click of the Next button. Figure 2-6 MXE Output Format Selection Numerous formats are available for the output video. What is shown in the figure is only a subset of the available options. The file is uploaded via the Browse button. the output formats need to be selected. Once uploaded. With that done. Figure 2-6 shows the output format selection page.

Once the video is selected and configured. Also. Figure 2-8 shows the job status page. you can convert the video into the selected formats. and graphic overlays. as each conversion completes. After all options are satisfactorily chosen. a link becomes available to download it or stream it. you can preview the video and make changes if so desired. Figure 2-8 Video Conversion Job Status The format conversions take place in tandem on the MXE. as permitted by the format. When each one completes. Each format will have a submission date and time and a status. you can add bumpers. an .Chapter 2: Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 27 2 Figure 2-7 MXE Video Enhancement Features As the video is processed. trailers. watermarks.

.

.

.

.

32 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Based on size and scale. Once the call is dropped. and SnS as a single architecture for content recording. SnS can be deployed in fully on-premises. Once Pulse Analytics has completed processing a particular video. If the keywords were spoken during the class session.5 added a connector for Microsoft SharePoint. For recording. the solution provides for video on-demand and video-streaming services. It is the grouping of TCS. It also allows the user to surface all video from SnS directly in SharePoint. the text of the audio is available to those viewing the content. or Pulse Analytics. and reviewing ■ Multiformat file types and recording from USB cameras ■ Creation of secure video communities ■ Ability to enable commenting. the viewer can search on keywords such as “photosynthesis” or “cell wall” or anything else pertaining to the topic. rating. archiving. or distributed deployment models. each instance will be returned along with actionable links to the specific point in the discussion where the keyword occurs and who spoke the word. the workflow kicks in. Pulse Analytics is a speech. simply hang up the call. Spoken words are associated with individual speakers and made searchable. if a professor records a biology class wherein the topic of conversation is plant life. .and voice-recognition mechanism that transcribes audio to text and identifies speakers in recorded content. With that complete. publishing. the content can be pushed automatically to the SnS portal or held for approval. and distribution management ■ Seamless integration into the digital-content network SnS 5. colocated. such as bumpers. It provides a powerful tool for asynchronous student/teacher interaction or other non-real-time communication between presenter and viewer. To end recording. In addition to allowing for viewing of videos. MXE. it will remember that speaker for future content publications. and publication. Capture Transform Share Capture Transform Share (CSX) is a solution more so than a product. transcoding/formatting. As might be expected. Recording is initiated simply by placing a call to the URI of your TCS account. This allows content to be published from SharePoint to SnS. the solution uses TCS. Additional options can be added. watermarks. The layout can be customized based on the type of device or media format. and word tagging ■ Highly flexible user/group management and viewing rights ■ Advanced content storage. SnS provides the following functions and features: ■ Workflows for flexible authoring. The recording is pushed to the MXE for transcoding to any desired format and optimized for numerous playback devices. it allows posting of comments directly from SharePoint. For example. Once a speaker is named.

.

.

This page intentionally left blank .

This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Legacy CCTV Video-Surveillance Architecture Evolution: This section covers the evolution of video surveillance from the early CCTV monitoring systems to the IP cameras in use today. Cisco video-surveillance management software. ■ Cisco Video-Surveillance Components: This section provides an overview of Cisco cameras and analytics. and the Cisco media management and storage components. ■ Cisco Physical Security Solution: This section covers the hardware and software products of the Cisco video-surveillance solution. .

However. To some degree. This chapter offers a high-level overview of the solution Cisco offers in IP surveillance. read the entire chapter. You can find the answers in Appendix A. and the architectural design of how all the different elements work together. like IP video surveillance and digital signage. all three of these venues overlap. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. Cisco has many products in other venues of video. The subsequent sections cover Cisco’s physical security offering. Most people assume that means video communications exclusively. each can stand independently from the others as well. However. Table 3-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. the components involved with their solution. The first section reviews legacy closed-circuit TV (CCTV) video-surveillance architecture and how it has evolved into what is available today.” Table 3-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Legacy CCTV Video-Surveillance Architectures Evolution 1–2 Cisco Physical Security Solution 3–4 Cisco Video-Surveillance Components 6–9 . If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics.CHAPTER 3 Cisco Video Surveillance The Cisco CIVND 2 course is designed to cover Cisco video solutions.

what product is used to allow multiple cameras feed to display on a single monitor? a. The Cisco Physical Access Manager appliance c. VHS recorder As the traditional video-surveillance solution evolved. what product was developed that increases the capacity of recordable storage? a. DMPs d. Cisco Video Surveillance Multiservices Platform What Cisco product is a complete IP-based dispatch and incidence-response solution? a. 2. through a converged IP network? a. Cisco IPICS b. Multicast d. VHS recorder b. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. The Cisco Physical Access Manager appliance c. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. CCTV b. along with other physical-security elements. 3. In a traditional video-surveillance solution. Multiplexer c. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. Encoders c. Cisco Video Surveillance Manager d. 1. Cisco VSM d. Cisco Video Surveillance Multiservices Platform . DVRs What product allows for Cisco Physical Access Gateway devices to connect conventional wired sensors. Cisco IPICS b.38 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. 4.

Cisco Video Surveillance Multiservices Platform b. 9. Cisco Video Media Server Software c. Cisco Video Virtual Matrix Software Which Cisco product is responsible for sending video feeds to storage and viewer portal stations? a. What Cisco product is used to leverage analog video cameras in an IP videosurveillance deployment? a. ISR c. VSM b. DAS 3 .Chapter 3: Cisco Video Surveillance 39 5. Cisco VSM b. Encoders d. Cisco Integrated Services Router Generation 2 c. Decoders Which Cisco product is responsible for changing layouts that are displayed on the viewer portal stations? a. Cisco Video Media Server Software c. Cisco Video Virtual Matrix Software Which Cisco product allows for up to 1 TB of storage for video-surveillance feed? a. Cisco Video Operations Manager Software d. 7. Cisco Video Operations Manager Software d. Cisco Video Operations Manager Software d. Cisco Video Media Server Software c. 8. NAS d. Cisco VSM b. Cisco Video Surveillance Manager b. Cisco Video Virtual Matrix Software Which Cisco product is responsible for interacting with the video-surveillance software through a web portal? a. 6.

.

.

.

There are four series of cameras to choose from in the Cisco 3 . Cisco Medianet offers the features PoE. and other media management and storage components. such as PCs. and the Cisco media management and storage components. As mentioned before. operations like PTZ and camera switching. public switched telephone network (PSTN). video-surveillance monitoring software. Interactive view elements monitor endpoints such as operator view stations.Chapter 3: Cisco Video Surveillance 43 A Cisco end-to-end solution can be broken down into three categories: ■ Threat detection can be categorized by the physical security elements in a surveillance solution. motion sensors. motion detection. Storage involves compressing media when needed and using scalable storage solutions. motion sensors. and layout changes. Components of a Cisco Digital Media Suite (DMS) could be incorporated. Digital Media Player (DMPs). and enhanced network security. Cisco LCD Displays. ■ Threat monitoring is based on real-time and recorded threat-monitoring services. Management elements include features like central management of previously mentioned devices. and video analytics. Cisco video-surveillance management software. This chapter does not go into microphones and motion sensors in a Cisco video-surveillance solution.264. Cisco IP surveillance cameras also include embedded security and networking. It also contains distribution elements notifications and media store distribution. bandwidth optimization. and PTZ control. storage optimization. automated provisioning. and the Cisco Digital Media Manager (DMM). analog cameras. whether that be a Voice over IP (VoIP). or video collaboration solution. distribution. Input and Output Devices The Cisco IP cameras include standard-definition (SD) and high-definition (HD) capabilities. microphones. encoders. Such services may include door sensors and badges. such as cameras. This service includes the IPICS allowing integration with existing communication devices. Cisco Video-Surveillance Components The remainder of this chapter covers Cisco cameras and analytics. Management can also determine where recorded media is to be stored. as well. All three of these services work together to offer a complete and highly effective Cisco video-surveillance solution. whether that be locally attached storage or a networkattached storage (NAS) or storage-area network (SAN). media control. ■ The third category of the Cisco end-to-end solution is threat response. and access control. fingerprint scanners or other biometric sensors. The Cisco video-surveillance solution can be divided into four service domains: ■ Input and output devices ■ Management ■ Storage ■ Interactive view Input and output devices are Cisco IP cameras. They communicate using IP and standards-based interfaces and protocols such as MPEG and H.

and dome models.264 compression. bullet. The Cisco Video Surveillance 3000 series IP cameras are full-functioning HD cameras with H. and box cameras 1080p30 Cisco Video Surveillance 4500E series True 1080p HD multipurpose camera 1080p30 or 720p60 Cisco Video Surveillance 3000 series HD cameras IP dome cameras 1280x800 at 30 fps Cisco Video Surveillance PTZ series SD and HD IP 360 dome cameras Up to 1080p . Figure 3-3 shows box and dome cameras. with H. The Cisco Video Surveillance 4500E series IP cameras offer true HD video at 1080p. The Cisco Video Surveillance PTZ series IP cameras are available in SD or HD resolutions.1-megapixel HD IP dome.44 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide solution. Some come in a box model. It is an outdoor fixed HD camera in vandal-resistant housing. These cameras can be used indoors or outdoor and support up to 1080p30 resolutions. These dome cameras can support resolutions up to 1280x800 at 30 frames per second. and some come in the dome model. box. Each has different capabilities to cater to the various needs of the customers.1-megapixel lens and offers HD video capability in bullet. These dome IP digital cameras are designed for superior performance in a wide variety of video-surveillance applications. The 6000 series comes in both box and dome models. Figure 3-3 Box and Dome Cameras The Cisco Video Surveillance 7000 series IP cameras support a 5-megapixel lens. Table 3-2 compares each of the camera series mentioned. The Cisco Video Surveillance 6000 series IP cameras support a 2.264 support. Cisco PTZ IP cameras can be remotely controlled to monitor a wider area than traditional fixed cameras. Table 3-2 Cisco Video-Surveillance Camera Features Camera Model Camera Type Resolution Cisco Video Surveillance 7000 series 5-megapixel HD IP dome cameras Resolutions up to 2650x1920 Cisco Video Surveillance 6000 series 2. This series offers excellent image quality with resolutions up to 2560x1920 and PTZ support.

as configured per the archive settings. thirdparty systems are supported by the Cisco DMS solution. display. These software components of the VSM are the three management software solutions that are discussed in this section. and the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server Software must be installed on the server to use them. This software is responsible for the recording. Encoders are an optional component of the Cisco Physical Security Multiservices Platform. Management The Cisco Video Surveillance Manager Software (VSMS) is the management and control plane for the Cisco video-surveillance solution components. Tools are available to manage multiple Cisco Video Surveillance Media 3 . This software is responsible for simultaneously distributing live and archived video streams to viewers over an IP network. Video can be stored in direct-attached storage (DAS). Many third-party endpoints are supported as well.264 support. The Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server software is the core component of the networkcentric Cisco video-surveillance solution. Cisco VSMS is a software suite that includes the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager. For archive viewing. This includes third-party IP surveillance cameras and legacy analog cameras through encoders. the software replicates the unique input video streams to multiple output streams. For security purposes. These devices use digital signal processors (DSPs) to convert analog signal from legacy analog cameras to digital format. based on request. The Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager is the core engine for the Cisco surveillance solution. and SAN storage systems. The way it works is that each IP camera or encoder sends a single video stream to the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server. and streaming of video feeds. Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server. Tools available in the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager include a web-based portal that can be used to configure. Additional support on these encoder cards includes RS-232 for remote PTZ control of cameras. this process becomes efficient because traffic needs to traverse the network only when requested by remote viewers. D1 resolution is 704x480. as well. the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server continuously receives video from the IP camera or encoder. In environments with remote branch locations. and is the highest SD resolution available in common analog-based CCTV deployments. storing. The software sends video streams to the viewer only when requested. It offers centralized administration of all the Cisco video-surveillance solution components and supports Cisco video-surveillance endpoints. The resolution of these capture cards is D1. Also. and third-party camera and encoder support is provided. with motion JPEG (M-JPEG) and H. and control video from any Cisco surveillance camera or encoder. The Cisco Video Surveillance Storage System complements the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server software. Video requests and streams are delivered to the viewer by using HTTP traffic (TCP port 80) or over HTTPS (TCP port 443). NAS. Cisco IP surveillance cameras are supported by third-party management software. There are two cards available offering either 16 BNC connection panel or an 8 BNC connection panel on a single card. Application programming interfaces (APIs) can be used for third-party integration.Chapter 3: Cisco Video Surveillance 45 Another output device is the Cisco Video Surveillance Encoder. Note that although only Cisco IP surveillance cameras are mentioned in this chapter. and Cisco Video Surveillance Virtual Matrix. it uses authentication and access management for video feeds. manage. In case of multiple view requests.

.

.

Figure 3-4 illustrates the Operations Manager Viewer scenario. No additional requests are made to the camera. Using this software. 3. UDP.48 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide that have been discussed and explains the flow of media. and so on of the computer. or multicast sends these views to the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager. Note The number of video feeds that can be shown depends on the CPU. the communication signaling paths. The camera sends the video feed to the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server. If another Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager Viewer requests the video from the same IP camera. the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager software is being used through Microsoft ActiveX web browser. If all the feeds are displayed. The Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server requests video feed form the appropriate cameras. 4. The Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager updates the view on the appropriate view portal stations based on the parameters selected by the operations manager. 5. The Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server using TCP. RAM. and interactive views that can be used in a Cisco video-surveillance solution. the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server simply replicates the video stream as requested. . When an operator is interacting with the Cisco video-surveillance software. The following steps outline the process Cisco’s video-surveillance software follows to change camera views: 1. some might show as thumbnails only or might even make the PC unresponsive. This traffic can use TCP port 80 (HTTP) or 443 (HTTPS). the operator can select which cameras need to be viewed on which displays and in what camera positions. The protocol used is based on what was requested by the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager. 2. The Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager then sends a signal to the Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server requesting the video feed from the selected cameras. The two scenarios that are discussed are the Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager Viewer and the Cisco Video Surveillance Matrix Viewer. 6.

.

.

.

■ Cisco Collaboration Architecture: This section explains how these technologies work together to create a cohesive. end-to-end user experience second to none.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Legacy Videoconferencing: This section covers the history and evolution of videoconferencing technologies and infrastructure. ■ Introducing Cisco Collaboration Solutions: This section provides an overview of the technology categories comprising Cisco collaboration solutions. .

.

If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. 2. BRI b. Table 4-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions.” Table 4-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Legacy Videoconferencing 1–3 Introducing Cisco Collaboration Solutions 4–6 Cisco Collaboration Architecture 7–9 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. read the entire chapter. 3. E1 PRI Which of the following first provided centralized call control capabilities for H. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. MGCP d. T1 PRI c. E1 PRI . T1 CAS b. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. T1 CAS d. Gatekeeper b. You can find the answers in Appendix A.54 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. Which of the following transport technologies uses 23 B channels and a D channel? a. E1 CAS d.323 video endpoints? a. MCU Which of the following provided a total usable bandwidth of 128 kbps? a. 1. CUCM c. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. T1 PRI c. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security.

8. Cisco WebEx Meetings Server c. Call control solutions b. Contact center solutions d. TMS Which of the following solutions allows for VPN-less access from mobile devices and endpoints. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center b. IM/presence. Bridging resource c. Endpoints b. ASA d. Unified communications Which of the following provides an on-premises web/audio/videoconferencing solution? a. CUCM b. 5.Chapter 4: Cisco Collaboration Overview 55 4. Cisco WebEx Event Center d. and other UC services? a. Expressway b. 6. Conferencing solutions c. voice messaging. TMS c.) a. MXE b. Call control d. VTS Which of the following are call control elements? (Select all that apply.) a. outside the network. to internal voice/video calling. CAC 4 . 9. Expressway d. Cisco WebEx Training Center Which management tool is Microsoft Windows Server based and can be installed onto either a virtual or physical server operating system instance? a. VCS c. 7. VCS d. Cisco TCS Customer collaboration refers primarily to which of the following? a. Which of the following are needed to facilitate a videoconference? (Select all that apply. TMS c.

.

.

323. For those companies that were just not quite there financially. even over distance. the need to support the use of Internet-based endpoints revealed a somewhat significant issue regarding quality of service and reliability. A video call is generally accepted to imply a point-to-point nature. These resources would need to support any combination of ISDN-based or H. however. there is a means of mixing the media and getting it to all participating endpoints. A large percentage of these providers were productizing hosted best-effort MCU services and expanded reachability made possible by a brand-new transport option called the Internet. . whereas the PSTN-based endpoints would be making use of ISDN technologies.58 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Initially.323 protocol capabilities. Either way.320 is a general recommendation for running voice. or they may be softwarebased MCU equivalent entities. we do finally see the advent of true conferencing as a technological possibility.323 is quite similar in operation to ISDN. Multipoint conferencing technologies began to rapidly evolve in terms of reachability. Obviously. Figure 4-2 shows how this expanded architecture looked in terms of transport and reachability between endpoints. This is accomplished largely by the rapid spread of WAN technologies throughout the globe. and so on. there is still no true central call control element. In the figure.323-based connections for both audio and video participants. Bridging resources can come in the form of hardware-based multipoint control units (MCUs). The call does not become a conference until a third endpoint is added to the call. and data over ISDN circuits. a conference requires a bridging resource. Many early adopters of videoconferencing technologies did eventually get around to investing in their own infrastructure. With the availability of both hosted and private videoconferencing resources came the need to expand the options of who could and could not attend a videoconference. all the transport mechanisms discussed thus far are represented. At this point. all video communications were established using H. H. albeit out of band. video. troubleshooting. hosted MCU providers began popping up all over the place. in terms of messaging. As mentioned at the beginning of this chapter. By keeping the traffic on-net. Those using the Internet and WAN transport would be using H. The PSTN side of the connection handled audio. large corporations are suddenly able to eliminate the geographic barriers that made ISDN-based calling so expensive. This is largely due to the fact that H.

.

.

from an exam perspective. conferencing resources. including a gatekeeper for call control. ■ Collaboration endpoints: These are the video and telephony desktop. a WAN infrastructure transporting on-net video. such as contact center applications and voice self-service products. and conferencing management/scheduling tools.” the Cisco Preferred Architecture includes five subsystems within the collaboration architecture. data. Introducing Cisco Collaboration Solutions Cisco collaboration solutions consist of a number of architectural components. gateways. and Cisco TelePresence integrations. The technology categories include the following: ■ Unified communications: Solution components aimed at bringing together voice. Cisco TelePresence room-based and immersive endpoints. Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) is the essential glue that holds the entire architecture together. This includes call control. and an MCU to provide bridging resources. ■ Customer collaboration: Solution components aimed at customer interaction. high quality. and content sharing. mobile. and applications. and MCU. The ISDN gateway is a customer premises equipment (CPE) device that provides an interworking function between the ISDN network/PBX and the IP-based endpoints. This includes IP Phones. a PBX for PSTN/ISDN connectivity.Chapter 4: Cisco Collaboration Overview 61 In the figure. The gateways are essentially extensions of the CUCM as it controls the ports through which calls will ingress and egress. ■ Conferencing: Solution components used to enable anyplace/anytime multiparty communications with a focus on security. The network provides the foundation on which the collaboration applications rely. and mobile applications. the only components typically on premises are the IP Phones. software clients. Additional flexibility in the solution is provided by the simple fact that the solution can be wholly on-premises or it can be cloud-based in the form of a hosted collaboration service (HCS). The underlying foundation is the call control element. video. The architecture is nearly identical aside from the fact that a service provider is hosting all of the relevant pieces within their network. Regardless of how the Cisco collaboration solution architecture is broken down. This includes audio and videoconferencing products. there is a distinct mix of technologies. Many of the pieces can be mixed and matched to fit what is right for a given business or need. In an HCS solution. However. The rest of the collaboration solution components are in the provider cloud infrastructure. and gateways. There is a high degree of modularity in the overall solution. This typically focuses on Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (UCCX) and Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (UCCE) solutions for customer interaction. rather than the subsystems. gatekeeper. HCS solutions are priced based on 4 . collaboration desktop endpoints. and software components used by end users to communicate. the pieces remain fairly much the same. “Introduction to Video Communications. As mentioned in Chapter 1. collaboration endpoints. web conferencing applications. the more relevant aspects of collaboration architecture include technology categories.

.

showing participation level. there are three essential types of conferences: ■ Instant (or ad hoc) conferences ■ Personal (or rendezvous/meet-me) conferences ■ Scheduled conferences In all three cases. and of course the actual video endpoints participating in the conference. The scope of possibilities has also expanded. Reporting is provided on a per-attendee basis. a conference bridge resource (hardware or software based MCU). The Cisco acquisition of WebEx immensely upped the standard for web/audio/ videoconferencing in a cloud-based environment. web. they require CUCM or Video Communication Server (VCS) for call control. including planning/promotion. application integration.) ■ WebEx Support Center: A customer support meeting interface primarily aimed at remote desktop and content sharing for real-time IT support and customer service regardless of geographical separation. and labs. and hybrid solutions allowing the seamless integration of both on-premises and cloud-based conferencing resources in a single meeting. Conferencing now requires a much wider array of service offerings. These rooms can be scheduled or launched instantly. event delivery. but expanding to include web conferencing. cloud-based conferencing options. an indicator is placed by the attendee name and the time away from the main screen logged. Meeting Center allows attendees to use audio. a CMR Hybrid (formerly known 4 . CMR allows the creation of user-specific. and follow-up campaign reporting. In the context of this discussion. CMR provides the capability to use cloud-based videoconferencing infrastructure rather than a company needing to purchase its own onpremises infrastructure. Audio and videoconferencing architectures have become more and more feature rich. Tools are provided for successful delivery of online events. Cisco has expanded the cloud-based capabilities of WebEx services by introducing the Collaboration Meeting Room (CMR). including the traditional on-premises audio and videoconferencing. Meetings can be recorded with the click of a single button. Content can be shared into the meeting by any authorized participant. (Any time WebEx is not the primary application on the screen. interactive environment. If there is already an existing on-premises Cisco TelePresence implementation. personalized WebEx meeting rooms. ■ WebEx Training Center: Provides an education-focused. and video resources for day-to-day meetings. CUCM or the MCU bridge resource can be either on-premises or hosted (cloud-based). the basic requirements are the same. Cisco WebEx includes four centers for meetings: ■ WebEx Meeting Center: The default meeting front end for Cisco WebEx. breakout sessions for discussion. allowing companies to scale their solutions to never-before-seen capacities. This includes video capabilities.Chapter 4: Cisco Collaboration Overview 63 Conferencing Conferencing has expanded greatly over the years to encompass more than simply bridging phone calls together. As mentioned in the chapter introduction. ■ WebEx Event Center: Allows for large-scale meetings.

.

.

and so on. videoconference layout customization. Over the course of the evolutionary path of both voice and video technologies. This includes conference bridging resources (audio/video). Even the other service domains depend entirely on the existence of the call control plane to function. and routing decisions for setup. whether point-to-point (P2P) or multipoint (P2MP). ■ Scheduling and management: Centralized management services for collaboration endpoints.a. ■ Media services: Audio and video media services. PSTN connectivity. It has done so for quite a long time before Cisco’s acquisition of TANDBERG. dial plan. Call control from Cisco’s perspective now rests squarely upon Cisco Unified Communications Manager. With the acquisition of TANDBERG. the service domain focuses on only one aspect. Call Control Of all the service domains. and register with. annunciator services. ■ Endpoints: The user interface to the collaboration infrastructure. ■ Gateways: Connectivity to other systems and their associated network infrastructure. SIP trunking connectivity. audio/video recording services. desktop clients. This is the case both for on-premises solutions and hosted solutions. VCS is discussed in a bit more detail later in the “VCS and Cisco Expressway” section. The technologies have come a long way since the creation of the first phone. the first camera (still/video). This includes analog systems. transcoding services. and other signaling aspects associated with end-to-end communications. video endpoints. certainly. maintenance. and more. proprietary) forms.323 and SIP endpoints. the first telephone switch. media services) attach to. It is common for these systems to integrate with both e-mail services on the back end and e-mail clients at the user interface. The heart of the TANDBERG infrastructure included the Video Communications Server. call control has come in numerous flavors. music-on-hold services. immersive room systems. VCS can operate independently of CUCM. and other advanced collaboration user systems. endpoint bandwidth management. legacy PBX connectivity. Cisco greatly increased the pace of innovation in the video communications market. and so on. smartphone clients. and other media-based applications or services. VCS is a video aggregation and call processing engine for standards-based video endpoints. the call control plane to make use of call-based services. . media termination point (MTP) services. but also interworking between the two protocols. tablet clients. transfer. teardown. including both standards-compliant and nonstandards-compliant (that is. Call agents (a. It provides not only for H. endpoints.66 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Whereas unified communications encompasses multiple aspects of the collaboration solution. This includes desk phones. vendor-proprietary systems. conferencing resource reservation/scheduling. web-based services. gateways.k. business-to-business (B2B) connectivity. call control is the most important simply due to the fact that every other aspect of the Cisco collaboration architecture relies on it as the common foundation. and more. The service domains of particular importance in this discussion include the following: ■ Call control: A central entity within the infrastructure that is in charge of call/session control.

.

.

.

voice mail. presence. where VCS has done so since its creation. At present. A number of the former VCS functions are now handled by CUCM. business-to-business (B2B) calls. This brings to light the two additional manners in which VCS can be deployed: Expressway-C and Expressway-E. whereas Expressway-E is deployed in the DMZ or outside the firewall. voice. the 7800 series. often with significant manipulation of the called-party number being necessary to facilitate the call setup. Cisco has released a new twist on the VCS firewall-traversal mechanism that allows for multiple traffic types to make use of the secure connection. MX. Under the hood. All endpoints register to CUCM.x and later. it is VCS made somewhat subservient to CUCM. Note that not all endpoints are supported with the MRA functionality. In addition. Expressway is also the mechanism that allows the use of the CMR Hybrid capability. Expressway architecture provides a means of allowing VPN-less access to collaboration resources to clients and endpoints outside the network. CUCM did not support URI dialing natively. Expressway-C is deployed inside the firewall. The domain portion of the URI had to be stripped or added as appropriate for the call direction. Expressway supports video. content sharing. Figure 4-7 shows how the Expressway architecture ties into the Cisco Preferred Architecture for collaboration. This feature set is known as Mobile and Remote Access (MRA). the newer lines of SX. . Gone are the days wherein a virtual private network (VPN) tunnel was required on each device that wanted to access corporate collaboration services. 8800 series. For example. URI dialing support has since been added to CUCM with version 9. and IX series TelePresence endpoints are supported. traditionally. This new architecture is known as Cisco Expressway. it does not need to actually register endpoints as it has in the past. Expressway is still VCS. The Expressway-C and Expressway-E variations have the same essential function and deployment locations within the architecture as their VCS-C and VCS-E counterparts. External calls. albeit a slightly scaled-down version of VCS in terms of total functionality. and interoperability/interworking calls still have the same requirements in terms of traversal/nontraversal calls. and EX and DX series endpoints are supported for external connectivity.70 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide the two. although they are now known as Rich Media Sessions (RMSs). and IM traffic over the same connections rather than simply video traffic. Expressway provides secure firewall traversal and line-side support for CUCM registrations. So. This is because.

.

.

.

and multistream. TCS is a software-based virtual appliance that provides recording. This includes high-density support for various conference views. The current generation of ISRs (2900/3900/4400 series routers) is using PVDM3 modules.74 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide For audio conferencing. the coexistence of PVDM2 and PVDM3 resources in a single chassis is not supported. or it can be invoked for every call. Multistream is a new Cisco feature that allows the use of multiple screens both for videoconference and content sharing. A Cisco ISR conference bridge will contain some number of Packet Voice Digital Module (PVDM) resources. a hardware conference bridge resource consisting of digital signal processors (DSPs) is required. live streaming. CTS supports conferencing services for both H. active presence. The software version can run on a VMware ESXi host on nearly any supported hardware platform. PVDM3 modules can also handle some degree of videoconferencing. be they H. the PVDM2s will be shut down. These hardware resources also support multiple formats and adaptive rate matching to provide the best possible experience to a wide array of standards-compliant endpoints.323 and SIP video endpoints. If both are detected. Another aspect of media services for Cisco videoconferencing is the Cisco TelePresence Content Server (TCS). . and desired video codec support. Cisco TelePresence MCUs are hardware resources specifically created to deal with videoconference bridging. CUCM has some default software conference bridging capabilities built in. These resources are registered to CUCM as a conference bridge resource and those resources invoked when required. and on-demand sharing of videoconference content. multivendor interoperability. MCUs come in many shapes and sizes depending on the number of conferences. The CTS can be hardware based or software based. The hardware-based version is essentially a virtual server running on a blade in an MCU chassis. The hardware can support multipoint collaboration up for full highdefinition (HD) video at 720p60 or 1080p60. It can connect easily to Cisco MCU resources and is tightly integrated with Cisco’s scheduling and management platform. or it can be posted to a Cisco Show and Share portal. resolution desired. The Cisco Virtual TelePresence Server (VTS) is a virtualized appliance for extremely highdensity videoconferencing. Note that although the older PVDM2 hardware can be used in these ISRs (via installation in a network module such as the NM-HDV). Cisco TCS supports the use of Cisco video endpoints or any standards-compliant H.323 and SIP endpoints as long as they are standards compliant. PVDM3 modules contain between 8 and 256 DSP channels. number of attendees per conference. multiscreen. but they are not necessarily optimized to do so. the URI of the TCS is simply conferenced into the call. including continuous presence and picture-in-picture (PIP). scheduled as a videoconference resource to automatically record the call and all shared content. To invoke the TCS manually. This includes enhanced view modes. If greater scale is needed. The recording function can be invoked manually.323 or SIP. The content can then be distributed to any PC or portable media device. The hardware MCU is giving way to virtualized resources in the form of the Cisco TelePresence Server (CTS).

any standards-compliant endpoints. VTS. TMS offers the capability to control and manage multiparty conferences. The one-button-to-push meeting access feature is available in TMS 13. easy interface for quick conference scheduling and resource booking options. a traversal license is used for each H. This includes feature augmentations such as one-button joining of a meeting. TMS integration with Microsoft Exchange and Outlook combine to provide a flexible.Chapter 4: Cisco Collaboration Overview 75 Note When interworking between H. TMS is a Microsoft Windows Server-based software package geared specifically for providing a web browserbased interface (using Microsoft Internet Information Services and the . available resources. Shortly before the scheduled start time of the meeting. Obviously. a button shows up on the video endpoints scheduled to join a particular conference. At meeting time. TCS. either Cisco VCS or Cisco Expressway is necessary to provide that functionality.1 and later. and more. a participant merely touches the button to join or initiate the conference. infrastructure. including the use of the MCU. and more. CTS. but the only real requirement is that the Microsoft Windows Server and its hardware platform meet the required specifications. an RMS is used.323 endpoint. and so on.323 and SIP endpoints is required. When VCS is in play. From a user perspective. The Microsoft Windows Server installation can be virtualized or installed on a bare-metal server. For Expressway. Scheduling and Management The scheduling and management of Cisco video endpoints and conference resources is performed primarily by the Cisco TelePresence Management Server (TMS). an installed plug-in allows the use of an intuitive scheduling tool right from an end user’s Microsoft Outlook client. 4 .NET Framework) to the video units. Cisco prefers the use of Cisco UCS platforms. On the back end. TMS can integrate with Microsoft Exchange for scheduling through Microsoft Outlook clients.

.

H. digital signal processor (DSP). gatekeeper. Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP). Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM). T1 PRI. WebEx Support Center.263. WebEx Meetings Server. H. universal resource identifier (URI).Chapter 4: Cisco Collaboration Overview 77 Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: 2B+D. gateway. WebEx Training Center 4 . call admission control (CAC). Rich Media Session (RMS). Mobile and Remote Access (MRA). Expressway-C. 30B+D. firewall traversal. TelePresence Content Server (TCS).320. T1 CAS. Cisco WebEx Meetings Server (CWMS). Virtual TelePresence Server (VTS). traversal call. H. Basic Rate Interface (BRI). Expressway-E. E1 PRI. WebEx Meeting Center. private branch exchange (PBX). Cisco TelePresence Server (CTS). 23B+D. Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). CMR Hybrid. Integrated Switch Digital Network (ISDN). E1 CAS.264. Packet Voice Digital Module (PVDM). Video Communications Server (VCS) Control. Unified Contact Center Express (UCCX). call control. TelePresence Management System (TMS). Unified Contact Center Enterprise (UCCE). nontraversal call. H. Common Intermediate Format (CIF). WebEx Event Center.323. multipoint control unit (MCU). Video Communications Server (VCS) Expressway. Collaboration Meeting Room (CMR). analog terminal adapter (ATA). quality of service (QoS).

.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco IP Phone Portfolio: This section provides an overview of the features and capabilities of the currently available Cisco IP Phone models. ■ Cisco Collaboration Desktop Endpoints: This section briefly discusses the Cisco EX series and DX650 desktop collaboration endpoints. ■ Cisco Jabber Software Clients: This section provides a high-level description of the Cisco Jabber software client and platforms on which it is available.

“Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. desktop video endpoints. it is simply a collaboration endpoint. remember: They are all simply endpoints. software client. the true advance in technology was the fact that the phone was an Ethernet-connected device running a TCP/IP stack and capable of providing basic telephony features. When adding endpoints to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM). IP Phones. In the past. The portfolio has evolved greatly since the first Cisco IP Phones were made available after the Cisco acquisition of Selsius in 1998. At that time. This chapter focuses on the Cisco IP Phone portfolio. Table 5-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. and immersive TelePresence room-based video endpoints. Now the lines are blurring. or an immersive video endpoint in a conference room.CHAPTER 5 Cisco IP Phones. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. software-based clients. the distinction was important. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. It seems that video has become an increasingly vital means of communication. This means that video capabilities must move from that one conference room or the executive board rooms into the masses. You can find the answers in Appendix A. Cisco has slowly started to move away from differentiating IP Phones. read the entire chapter. A possibly-not-so-well known reference to Selsius remains in the system to this day. desktop video endpoint.” . The SEP stands for Selsius Ethernet Phone. But. Whether the device in question is an IP Phone. The hexadecimal portion is the Media Access Control (MAC) address of the device being added. collaboration desk endpoints. devices are shown with a device name similar to this: SEP000CABCDEF12. whether video capable or not. are simply collaboration endpoints. Desk Endpoints. Making a video call is now easier than making a traditional voice-only call. and the Cisco Jabber soft client (in its various forms). So. Every device must allow people to communicate in the manner of their own choosing. These endpoints all have similar characteristics at the most basic levels and can be managed in a nearly identical manner. and Jabber Overview To simply state that the Cisco endpoint portfolio is extensive and diverse is an immense understatement.

7925G c. 1. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. 7821 c. such as those in which there is a risk for atmospheric explosible gases? a. 7921 . Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 6 With which of the following handsets can the 7916 expansion module be used? a. 3.80 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 5-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Cisco IP Phone Portfolio 1–5 Cisco Collaboration Desktop Endpoints 6–8 Cisco Jabber Software Clients 9–10 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. 7926G b. 1 b. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. 2 c. Which Cisco IP Phone is Gigabit Ethernet capable? a. 7861 What is the maximum number of lines supported by the Cisco 7965 IP Phone? a. 2. 7841 d. 4. 7861 Which phone is built to function in hazardous environments. 4 d. 7942 c. 7945 b. 3905 b. 7965 d. 7925G-EX d.

and Wi-Fi? a. Bluetooth.5. CTI b. 10. Apple iOS d. XMPP d.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones.2 b. SCCP c. Windows Mobile The Cisco DX650 is supported beginning with which version of Cisco Unified Communication Manager? a.1. JTAPI 10. 6. EX60 b. 8945 The DX650 operating system is based on which of the following? a. 9. 8.1. 7. DX650 d.0.2 c. 8961 d. 4. Blackberry c. 8831 Which of the following does Cisco Jabber for Windows use for desk phone control? a.3 d. SIP b. 9951 c. 7. 81 Which phone supports VGA quality video. CDP 5 . Android (Jellybean) b. SIP c. and Jabber Overview 5. 9971 b. 8. SCCP d. EX90 c. Desk Endpoints. What protocol does Jabber use for instant messaging functionality? a.5 Which of the following supports the multisite feature? a.

break room phone. conference room phone. the 3911 and 3951. It is Class 1 Power over Ethernet (PoE) capable or can use an external power supply. single-line. The most up-to-date information about all Cisco collaboration endpoints is available here: http://www. The 3905 is an entry-level. It has a small 128x32 pixel monochrome display but no programmable soft keys. This section covers the following Cisco IP Phone models: ■ 3900 series ■ 7800 series ■ 7900 series ■ 8800 series ■ 8900 series ■ 9900 series The order of discussion is merely based on numeric value of the series rather than form.html Cisco 3900 Series Phones The 3900 series currently contains only the 3905 model as of the time of this writing. Different users will have different needs/desires in how and where they choose to communicate.82 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Foundation Topics Cisco IP Phone Portfolio The Cisco IP Phone portfolio consists of a rather wide array of options and feature sets. and so on). SIP-only handset. It has an integrated 10/100 switch and speakerphone as well. It addresses the need for basic dial tone at a very cost-effective price point. were retired in 2010. Figure 5-1 shows the 3905 model phone. Therefore. So. or features.com/c/en/us/products/collaboration-endpoints/index. This diversity of features allows flexibility in deployment based on the needs of the individuals using the phone and the phone’s general purpose (lobby phone. There is no one-size-fits-all mindset when it comes to collaboration technologies. although it does support call-waiting. Its predecessors. It is a single-line device. .cisco. it does not support XML applications. The focus rests squarely on creating the best user experience regardless of the devices in question. functions. there is no real need to cover them here.

5 . from left to right. are Redial. the 3905 is purpose built to provide phone service in a hospital waiting room. and Speakerphone. break room. These keys. along with a Select button and a Settings button for phone configuration. Desk Endpoints. The phone can be wall-mounted or simply placed on a desk or tabletop. and Hold/Resume. Below the keypad is an additional row of buttons for Mute. or anywhere else requiring a simplified feature set. college dorm room. The buttons just below the display include a Previous button (to go back one menu level). Just below the navigation pad is a row of three feature keys. hallways. up and down navigation buttons. Transfer. hotel lobby. Table 5-2 provides a feature overview of the 3905 IP Phone. Table 5-2 83 Cisco 3905 IP Phone Features Feature/Function Characteristics Integrated switch 10/100 Display 128x32 monochrome LCD Speakerphone Yes Line keys 1 Programmable soft keys 0 Fixed feature keys 8 MWI Yes XML support No Headset port No Signaling protocol SIP PoE class Class 1 As is evident. Volume Control.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. It has eight fixed feature keys that provide access to several functions. there is a Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) in the top-right corner. and Jabber Overview Cisco 3905 IP Phone Figure 5-1 As seen in the figure.

.

1 and later 8.5.5. and Jabber Overview Feature/Function 7821 7841 7861 Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys 2 4 16 Programmable soft keys 4 4 4 Fixed feature keys 11 11 11 Advanced features Multicall per line Multicall per line Multicall per line Wideband audio Wideband audio Wideband audio EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) 85 Gigabit Ethernet Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol SIP SIP SIP 802.3af Yes Yes Yes PoE class Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 CUCM version 8. That said.5.1 and later Cisco 7900 Series Phones The 7900 series phones have long been the so-called workhorse of the line for many years now.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. Desk Endpoints.1 and later 8. the models listed here are discussed in their constituent family groups. 5 . this series includes the following models: ■ 7925G ■ 7925G-EX ■ 7926G ■ 7942G ■ 7962G ■ 7945G ■ 7965G ■ 7975G The 7900 series phones are grouped into families of sorts. These are based on their intended use/features. These phones have undergone an unimaginable number of evolutions and revolutions over the years. Currently.

Figure 5-3 shows the 7925G model. Its bright yellow color makes it stand out in any environment. which allows the handset to run Java MIDlets locally. This allows for customized content/information to be presented to the 2-inch color screen. and so on The exterior is coated in a rubber casing to aid in handling and provide some drop protection. It is Atmospheres Explosibles (ATEX) Zone 2 certified for use around hazardous gases.S.86 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide 7925G/7925G-EX/7926 IP Phones The 7925G. and 7926 models are 802. why choose one model over the others? Up to this point. chemicals. .11a/b/g wireless handsets. military 810F standards. 7925G-EX. One of the more interesting additions to these handsets is the introduction of an on-board Java virtual machine. and other potentially explosive environments. The differences are somewhat based on the intended use of the phone and the environment in which it will be used. Figure 5-3 Cisco 7925G Wireless IP Phone The 7925G is the general-purpose handset model and is the most widely deployed of the three. liquids. Also built in is a button for push-to-talk functionality that can be enabled via XML application integration. The 7925G-EX is ruggedized and built for hazardous environments. Each of the models supports Bluetooth 2. Figure 5-4 shows the 7925G-EX handset sitting in an optional speakerphone/ charger cradle (compatible with all three models). So. they each seem relatively similar in form and function.0 with Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) hands-free profile. They are hermetically sealed to avoid contamination by dust. These handsets meet U.

and Jabber Overview 87 5 Figure 5-4 Cisco 7925G-EX Wireless IP Phone The 7926G has a built-in 2D image barcode scanner. the only real difference is the barcode scanner situated in the top of the handset. Figure 5-5 Cisco 7926G Wireless IP Phone Barcode Scanner .Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. which is decoded by the phone. This is useful in any environment wherein inventory/assets need to be tracked. It uses light emitting diodes (LEDs) to illuminate the target barcode and takes a picture of it. The 7926G looks identical to the 7925G in almost every way. The resulting information is then relayed to a customer/partner developed backend system application for processing/storage. The 2D barcode scanner is not a laser-based scanner. Desk Endpoints. Figure 5-6 shows a top-down view of the handset to detail the barcode scanner. As mentioned.

push-to-talk via XML. 7942G/7962G IP Phones The 7942G and 7962G IP Phones may be the two most deployed phone models in the Cisco IP Phone portfolio at present. Java MIDlet capabilities.88 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 5-4 shows an overview of the features of these wireless handsets. They are significant evolutionary steps over their predecessors in that they brought wideband audio and Internet low bit rate codec (iLBC) into widespread production. 2D barcode scanner Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) SCCP SCCP 802. Java MIDlet capabilities.1 and later For shared handset environments. push-to-talk via XML. intercom. Table 5-4 Cisco 7900 Wireless IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7925G 7925G-EX 7926G Display 2-inch 176x220pixel color 2-inch digital. ATEX Zone 2 certification Bluetooth v2. speed dials. Each has a 4-bit grayscale display and dynamic backlit tricolor buttons (green/yellow/red for line status) for line appearances. busy lamp field (BLF). The multicharger dock can hold/charge six phones at a time. the 7962 has six. Java MIDlet capabilities Bluetooth v2. These phones can be used with either SCCP or SIP. 16-bit graphical TFT color Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys N/A N/A N/A Programmable soft keys 2 2 2 Fixed feature keys 5 5 5 Advanced eatures Bluetooth v2. 16-bit graphical TFT color 2-inch digital.1 and later 4. . or application use. Figure 5-6 shows the 7942G IP Phone. The 7942 has two of these buttons.1 and later 4.11a/b/g Yes Yes Yes CUCM version 4. a multicharger dock is also available. pushto-talk via XML.

which are pointed out as each model is discussed. Figure 5-7 Cisco 7962G IP Phone . Figure 5-7 shows the 7962G IP Phone. and Jabber Overview 89 5 Figure 5-6 Cisco 7942G IP Phone The form factor shown in the Figure 5-6 is common across the 794x/796x models with only minor differences. Desk Endpoints.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones.

The adjustable footstand of the phone has to be removed and replaced with a fixed footstand that supports the form factor of both the phone and the expansion modules. sidecars). in the case of multiple expansion modules. or each other. and countless other services ■ Help: Provides access to online help pages as well as real-time call statistics and codec information while a call is active ■ Volume Control: Provides volume increase/decrease functionality for both the handset and speaker ■ Headset: Provides headset hookswitch control when a headset is attached ■ Mute: Mutes the handset or speakerphone microphone ■ Speakerphone on/off: Activates or deactivates the speakerphone function One additional button is the blue up/down navigation pad located in the center of the phone. The second expansion module can be used only by adding an additional external power supply.k. The expansion modules easily mount to the right side of the phone. stock quotes. time clock.a. This button is used to scroll through available options within the phone menus or to scroll through and select individual calls when multiple calls are active. Note The 7915 is not supported with the 7942G.90 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide The lower-right quadrant of the phone includes nine buttons: ■ Messages: Provides easy access to voice mail ■ Settings: Provides access to phone customization. and troubleshooting features functions ■ Directories: Provides access to corporate and local directories and configured speed-dial entries ■ Services: Provides access to XML and Java applications such as Extension Mobility (EM). The 7962G supports the use of up to two 7915 expansion modules (a. Figure 5-8 shows the 7915 expansion module. . weather. configuration. The first expansion module can piggyback off of the PoE supplied to the phone by the access switch or external power supply.

highresolution. each 7915 provides 2 display page buttons (under the display) and 12 dynamic tricolor backlit buttons identical in function to the 6 buttons on the phone itself. Table 5-5 Cisco 7942G and 7962G IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7942G 7962G Integrated switch 10/100 10/100 Display 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale Speakerphone Yes Yes Line keys 2 (lighted) 6 (lighted) Programmable soft keys 4 soft keys. Table 5-5 shows an overview of the features of the 7942G and 7962G. This configuration allows each expansion module to provide a total of 24 buttons. In keeping with consistency of look and feel with the 7962G. 6 line keys (can be lines. speed dials. grayscale display and is not backlit. or programmable line keys) 4 soft keys.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. or programmable line keys) Fixed feature keys 10 10 . speed dials. Desk Endpoints. and Jabber Overview 91 5 Figure 5-8 Cisco 7915 Expansion Module As shown in the figure. the 7915 has a 4-bit. 2 line keys (can be lines.

the 7945G and 7965G have a four-way navigation pad with a Select button (signified by a check mark) in its center. and 7975G add to the functionality of the 7942G and 7962G by providing 16-bit color.3af Yes Yes PoE class Class 2 Class 2 CUCM version 4. intercom. Like their cousins. When the phone is idle for an extended period of time. To mitigate some portion of the increased power draw. When this happens.92 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/Function 7942G 7962G Advanced features High-resolution screen High-resolution screen Application integration capabilities Application integration capabilities Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Up to 2 7915 expansion modules Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Signaling protocol SCCP or SIP SCCP or SIP 802. bumping the power need up to Class 3 compared to the 7942G and 7962G models. It is clear from the figure that the button layout is nearly identical with the exception of the center button. 7965G. speed dial. these phones support either SCCP or SIP. the 7965G has six programmable line buttons. these phones require additional power. the display button illuminates (green). When the phone rings.1 and later 7945G/7965G/7975G IP Phones The 7945G. and in line with. these phones have a Display button placed to the right of. Figure 5-9 shows the 7945G model. backlit screens. the row of programmable soft keys running along the bottom of the screen. Figure 5-10 shows the 7965G model.1 and later 4. BLF. Pressing the Display button manually wakes it. and Gigabit Ethernet capabilities. The 7945G and 7965G were developed with a similar form factor to the 7942G and 7962G. Of course. the screen automatically wakes. These phones can be configured with screen timeout values. Whereas the 7942G and 7962G have an up/down navigation pad. . those line buttons can be configured as lines. The 7945G has two programmable line buttons. or application keys. the screen blanks out to reduce power usage. As such. or is taken off hook.

. Due to those factors.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. Desk Endpoints. the 7975G phone has eight programmable line buttons and five programmable soft key buttons. the form factor on the 7975G is slightly larger than the 7945G and 7965G. and Jabber Overview 93 5 Figure 5-9 Figure 5-10 Cisco 7945G IP Phone Cisco 7965G IP Phone The 7975G IP Phone adds an additional dimension of functionality with touchscreen capabilities. The touchscreen display is larger than the displays on the 7945G and 7965G. In addition. Figure 5-11 shows the 7975G phone.

Figure 5-12 Cisco 7916 Expansion Module .94 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-11 Cisco 7975G IP Phone With the addition of color and backlighting to the 7965G and 7975G phones comes color and backlighting of the expansion module. Up to two of these modules can be attached to a single phone. The 7916 expansion module attaches to the right side of the phone. The 7915 is also supported for use with the 7965G and 7975G. Note Neither the 7915 nor 7916 is supported with the 7945G. Figure 5-12 shows the 7916 expansion module.

.

These phones are a new design. Cisco 8811 IP Phone The 8811 phone is the entry-level model of the line. It also has an integrated Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) virtual private network (VPN) client. This phone does have support for headset integration (RJ-9 and AUX ports) and is equipped with a Gigabit Ethernet port/ integrated switch. while the desk phone itself handles the audio. 8861. from the bottom up. and 8865 phones. They were built with a focus on providing a highly intuitive user experience. but it does not necessarily have the limitations one might assume in an entry-level handset. Each has been hardware enhanced for high-quality wideband voice and increased echocancellation capabilities.11af/at power along with Cisco EnergyWise. 8845. The lines are sleeker. yet very obviously influenced by the iconic 7900 series phones. That said. The 8811 is the only model featuring a monochrome display. It is a Class 2 PoE device. six desktop handset models and one conference room phone model. The series includes the 8811. The display is a 5-inch 800x480 monochrome display with white backlighting. This makes it ideal for both knowledge workers and teleworkers alike. For video communications with the audio-only models. Figure 5-13 shows the 8811 phone. 8841. In addition. Cisco has introduced some interesting new features in this line. the Jabber client on the user desktop can be used for video. 8851. vibration-isolation techniques have been employed on the speakers and microphones to ensure an optimal communication experience. nearly any Cisco IP Phone can be video enabled in this manner. The 8800 series phones include both audio-only and video-capable models. supporting 802. while maintaining a look and feel reminiscent of its predecessors. 8831.96 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide support SCCP. There are seven phone models in the line. Figure 5-13 Cisco 8811 IP Phone .

In terms of what is visible from the figures included herein. Volume. Hold/Resume. The base station speaker and microphones each include a mute button as well. and 12 fixed function keys (Messaging. Two 8831 speakers can be daisy-chained together to reach across a large conference table. Speakerphone. Mute. Cisco 8841/8851/8861 IP Phones These three models are combined into a single section primarily because they look nearly identical. These microphones are available in both wired and wireless configurations. End Call. and a navigation pad. the phone combines soft keys and fixed function keys to keep the most commonly used features at your fingertips. Speaker On/Off. Headset. The 396x162-pixel monochrome display is white backlit. Figure 5-14 shows the 8831 phone. Desk Endpoints. there is little visible difference. This phone includes 5 line keys (multiple calls per line key). the coordination of muting/ unmuting each phone as participants with to speak becomes cumbersome. a five-way navigation pad. the only real difference in appearance from the 8811 is the monochrome display. Mute. Transfer. In fact. Directory. Services. Conference. a wired control panel with dial pad. This avoids the age-old problem of a large table with two conference phones dialed into a meeting. For 5 . It consists of a base speaker unit. wideband audio speakerphone. 4 programmable soft keys (context sensitive). whereas these three models have color displays. it is a SIP device. and Return [or backing up one menu level in the phone’s menu structure]). In such meetings. a single phone can provide 360-degree coverage in the largest conference room. wired microphones must be used. It also contains fixed feature keys for Volume Control. Figure 5-14 Cisco 8831 IP Phone The 8831 is a full-duplex. from a frontal view. Cisco 8831 IP Phone The 8831 is purpose built for conference rooms. When daisy-chaining speakers. With the 8831. As with the other models in this series. if any. and up to two microphones. and Jabber Overview 97 As shown in the figure.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. The wireless microphones are rechargeable and come with the charging base. The control panel with dial pad has four programmable soft keys and one line key. at best. It has a 10/100 Ethernet port for connectivity and is classified as a Class 3 PoE device.

This is primarily for reference to illustrate the differences discussed momentarily. first. let’s focus on what they have in common. Figure 5-15 shows an 8841 phone. Each model has 5 line keys (multiple calls per line key). Directory. They do have significant feature variation. Services. Conference. however. None of these. Hold/Resume. there is no SCCP support in any of the 8800 series models. 4 programmable soft keys (context sensitive). and Return [for backing up one menu level in the phone’s menu structure]). and the 8861 is a Class 4 PoE device. Again. Figure 5-16 shows a rear view of the 8841 phone. End Call. Speakerphone. Headset. . The 8841 is a Class 2 PoE device. and 12 fixed function keys (Messaging. The phones have a 10/100/1000 integrated switch and are SIP devices. are touchscreen displays. The similarities come to a somewhat abrupt end there. But.98 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide that reason alone. a five-way navigation pad. Volume. however. Transfer. Mute. The reasons for the differences in power draw are due to newly introduced features and ports on the phone itself. Figure 5-15 Cisco 8841 IP Phone All three models include a 5-inch high-resolution (800x480) Wide Video Graphics Array (WVGA) color display. All the phones support 802. front-view pictures of all three models are not included as has been the case up to this point in this chapter.11af/at PoE and Cisco EnergyWise. the 8851 is a Class 3 PoE device.

the desk phone rings along with it and provides answer options. Another added feature is USB support. switch port. This allows the use of the superior acoustical resources of the desk phone over that of the smartphone. visible ports include. Intelligent Proximity for desk phones allows the pairing of the phone to a smartphone. The figure shows the white phone model primarily because the contrast makes the port differences more evident.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. and handset. power. In Figure 5-16. headset. network. Also note that there are no ports along the left outer edge of the phone. When the smartphone rings. It will synchronize contacts and call history and provide voice/video connectivity. AUX. A call in progress can be moved back and forth from the desk phone to the smartphone by selecting a different audio source on the smartphone when a call is in progress. . from left to right. This allows the same functionality at the desk phone as one might see in a modern car with Bluetooth functionality. Desk Endpoints. The 8851 has one USB port intended for use in charging smartphones. and Jabber Overview 99 5 Figure 5-16 Rear View of the Cisco 8841 IP Phone These phones come in either charcoal or white color options. The 8851 and 8861 have added Bluetooth functionality in support of a feature known as Intelligent Proximity. Figure 5-17 shows the rear view of the 8851 phone.

One of those ports. is for smartphone charging. The 8861 has two USB ports. Figure 5-18 Rear View of the Cisco 8861 IP Phone . Figure 5-18 shows the rear view of the 8861 phone. the only visible difference is the outer left edge where a USB port has been added. the other is for charging tablets. like the 8851.100 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-17 Rear View of the Cisco 8851 IP Phone Comparing the figure to Figure 5-16.

480x272-pixel. for example. Figure 5-19 shows the 8800 KEM. is also used in providing support for key expansion modules (KEM). These two models bring integrated 720p HD video to the desk phone. However. some modifications make them slightly differ in look. The font size has a small and large configuration option for added customization of key labels. 8861. and 8865. on the 8851. This USB support. The 8851 supports the addition of two KEMs. In Figures 5-17 and 5-18. This is not an add-on camera. the left outer edge is the KEM connection location.3–inch. Desk Endpoints. 5 Figure 5-19 Cisco 8800 IP Phone Key Expansion Module Each KEM contains 18 physical keys and 2 page keys. an additional USB port has been added on the back of the phone as well.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. These phones use the same basic form factor as the rest of the 8800 line. But. whereas the 8861 and 8865 support three. backlit graphical display. This means that the addition of KEMs can provide up to an additional 72 line/feature keys for the 8851 and 108 line/feature keys for the 8861 and 8865 phones. The 8800 KEM has a 4. It is a true . The first KEM attaches to the side of the phone using a special interface port and the USB port. for a total of 36 additional keys per module. Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phones The two newest phones in the Cisco IP Phone portfolio are the 8845 and 8865 models. the 8861 has the side USB port. and Jabber Overview 101 Like the 8851. namely the addition of the small camera at the top of the display. such as that used with the 9971. Each KEM contains an identical port configuration on both sides.

In the absence of PoE. Figure 5-20 Cisco 8845 IP Phone The 8865 has been enabled with more a somewhat more advanced feature set than the 8845. Figure 5-20 shows the Cisco 8845 IP Phone.11a/b/g/n/ac environments where wired network connectivity may not be available but HD video calling capabilities are desired. In addition. view swap (remote end or self-view). This is the same Intelligent Proximity functionality as has been discussed with the 8851 and 8861 phones. self-view video. these include a 5-inch high-resolution display at 800x480 resolution. and video UI and conference/transfer initiation. Both models include 10/100/1000 Ethernet capabilities with an integrated switch. the 8865 has been configured to include wireless networking support for 802. The video calling features include a selectable position picture-inpicture (PIP).102 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide integrated HD camera. This includes the addition of USB ports for charging of smartphones (side USB port) and tablets (back USB port) in the same manner as the 8861’s configuration. Like the 8841/8851/8861 models. minimize video. Both endpoints also include support for Bluetooth connectivity for headset and Intelligent Proximity pairing to smartphones. 5 line keys. There is also a privacy shutter on the integrated camera to stop the video broadcast. . Refer back to Figure 5-18 for the port layout. Another added capability of the 8865 is support for the use of up to three 8800 series KEMs. and 12 fixed feature keys. a Power Cube 4 is required to power the phone. 4 programmable soft keys. Figure 5-21 shows the Cisco 8865 IP Phone.

the 8851. Table 5-7 Feature/ Function Cisco 8800 Series IP Phone Features 8811 Integrated 10/100/ switch 1000 Wireless No capability 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 N/A 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 Yes – 802.11a/b/ g/n/ac No . The 8845 does not easily map to its counterpart handset. but it does not include the USB or KEM support available to the 8851. Desk Endpoints. The 8845 does include Bluetooth and Intelligent Proximity. these phones look nearly identical. video aside.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. are identical from a feature perspective. and Jabber Overview 103 5 Figure 5-21 Cisco 8865 IP Phone Looking at both Figure 5-20 and Figure 5-21. Both phones. however.11a/b/ g/n/ac 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 Yes – 802. there are aesthetic differences evident upon closer examination. however. Table 5-7 provides an overview of the features of the 8800 series phones. The 8865 is essentially an 8861 with added video.

privacy shutter Yes – 720p HD. USB smartphone and tablet charging Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone). USB smartphone charging Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Speakerphone Line keys Programmable soft keys Fixed feature keys Integrated video . 80-deg FoV.264 AVC. 80-deg FoV.104 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/ Function Display 8811 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 backlit monochrome Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 4 1 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 12 9 12 12 12 12 12 No No No No No Yes – 720p HD. H. USB smartphone and tablet charging Handsfree MWI Yes Yes Yes Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone). daisychain configuration Gig Ethernet. privacy shutter Advanced Gig features Ethernet. wideband audio Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone). 25-deg vertical tilt. H.264 AVC. wideband audio Wired or wireless microphone kit. Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone).

.

106 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-22 Cisco 8945 IP Phone The 8945 includes 4 tricolor LED line/feature keys. Directories. Video Mute. A Class 3 PoE device. Messages. Cisco 8961 IP Phone The 8961 is a collaboration endpoint intended for use by knowledge workers. managers. As an added feature. and Hold/Resume. Speakerphone. Bluetooth support has been built in to this model for use with hands-free headsets. and executives desiring desktop voice communication capabilities. The 5-inch . Headset. Adding to its green capabilities is a deep sleep option. making this an ecofriendly and rugged phone. the Bluetooth support on this model does not have Intelligent Proximity. However. Transfer. The fixed function keys include Applications. the 8945 has a 10/100/1000 integrated switch and supports both SCCP and SIP for line-side signaling. Audio Mute. the 8961 has clean. which cuts the power consumption down to less than 1 watt during off-hours. Volume Control. The body of the 8945 is built from reground and recycled plastics. 4 programmable soft keys. unlike the 8851/8861. Conference. uncluttered lines and an intuitive user interface. and 12 fixed function keys. Redial. Designed with ergonomics in mind.

Like the 8945. only one KEM can be attached to this phone. however. . Desk Endpoints. unlike the previously discussed phone models. It has a USB port for use with wired headsets or the base station of wireless headsets. Figure 5-24 shows the KEM for the 8961 phone. the 8961 is manufactured from reground/recycled plastics. It also supports the deep sleep mode feature for off-hours power saving. The 8961 supports only SIP for line-side signaling and is classified as a Class 4 PoE device. Figure 5-23 shows the 8961 IP Phone. It is designed to enhance the user experience when using multimedia applications. such as XML or MIDlet applications developed both by Cisco and by third-party developers. It has an integrated 10/100/1000 switch built in.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. It also supports Cisco EnergyWise implementations. and 12 fixed feature keys. 4 programmable soft keys. and Jabber Overview 107 640x480-pixel TFT display is backlit and has an antiglare finish and an adjustable viewing angle. 5 Figure 5-23 Cisco 8961 IP Phone This phone features 5 programmable line/feature keys. This same KEM is also used with the 9900 series phones. discussed in the next section. The 8961 uses the Cisco Unified IP KEM.

antiglare display. The KEM has a 480x272-pixel color.108 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-24 Cisco Unified IP Key Expansion Module The KEM has 18 tricolor LED buttons for lines/features and 2 page buttons. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Line keys 4 5 Programmable soft keys 4 4 . 24-bit color 5-inch 640x480 TFT. Table 5-8 Cisco 8900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 8945 8961 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT. backlit.3AT PoE or can be powered by a Power Cube 4 external power supply. It is line-powered when the phone is using 802. adding a total of 36 additional line/feature buttons to the phone’s capacity. Table 5-8 provides an overview of the features of the 8900 series phones.

.

This phone does support the use of XML-based applications and services and the use of up to three KEMs. The display supports the use of both left-to-right and right-to-left language deployments as needed in global deployments. Two USB ports are also on board for use with wired headsets. The first KEM is powered via the PoE provided by the access layer switch. Additional KEMs require the use of external power. BLF. . The other 6 keys are session keys that can be tied to applications. Additional features added to the 9951 phone include support for Bluetooth 2. Unlike the display of the 9951. arrayed around the keypad. 640x480-pixel TFT display is backlit and has an antiglare finish and an adjustable viewing angle. the 9971 display is a touchscreen. call park. the phone supports high-definition voice for increased sound clarity.110 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-25 Cisco 9951 IP Phone There are also 4 programmable soft keys in a row just beneath the display as well as 12 fixed-function feature keys on the phone itself. It has 12 tricolor LED keys arrayed in 2 columns of 6 on either side of the display. Figure 5-26 shows the 9971 IP Phone.0 for wireless headset support. Cisco 9971 IP Phone The 9971’s 5. speed dials. 24-bit. call forward. services.6-inch. The 9951 includes an integrated 10/100/1000 switch port to facilitate the connection of a wired workstation to the phone. and so on. or other similar functions. Whether wired or wireless. Six of these keys are programmable for use with telephony functions such as line keys.

the phone supports high-definition voice for increased sound clarity. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Line/session keys 10 12 . 24-bit color 5. Table 5-9 provides an overview of the features of the 9900 series phones. The first one is powered via 802. Note that when the phone is deployed wirelessly. Additional KEMs require the use of external power. The 9971 includes an integrated 10/100/1000 switch port to facilitate the connection of a wired workstation to the phone. the 9971 phone includes support for Bluetooth 2.0 for wireless headset support.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones.3AT PoE provided by the access layer switch. and Jabber Overview 111 5 Figure 5-26 Cisco 9971 IP Phone Like its 9951 smaller counterpart. the integrated 10/100/1000 switch port cannot be used.6-inch 640x480 TFT. Desk Endpoints.11 a/b/g wireless network radio. Whether wired or wireless. The 9971 extends the functionality of the 9951 with an additional line and session key and the addition of an 802. Two USB ports are also on board for use with wired headsets. Table 5-9 Cisco 9900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 9951 9971 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT. This phone does support the use of XML-based applications and services and the use of up to three KEMs.

.

Figure 5-27 shows the Cisco TelePresence EX60. the EX60 can be registered as a SIP endpoint in a similar fashion to any other Cisco IP Phone. Figure 5-27 Cisco TelePresence EX60 5 . In the spirit of providing a face-to-face communication experience.6. it flips the picture so that both parties see the document right-side up. When it detects that it is being moved into vertical position.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. Although the endpoint can be used with either VCS or CUCM. The camera also has a privacy shutter built in to the bezel. future development efforts will be primarily focused on CUCM-related functionality. The camera has a 1/3-inch 2. This was a crucial step in merging the legacy TANDBERG Video Communications Server (VCS) architecture with the vision and future of a single Cisco collaboration call control foundation. allowing a 50-degree horizontal / 29-degree vertical field of view. It also includes a handset for times when private audio communication is desired.5-mm jacks built in to the unit.1-megapixel sensor. This allows the local user to control whether the far end can see him/her. The accompanying TelePresence Touch 8 pad allows for simple. The EX60 includes a TelePresence PrecisionHD camera that can be used as a document camera by moving it to point straight down. intuitive operation of the endpoint. Beginning with Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8. the unit includes an integrated microphone along with two speakers built in to the front of the display panel. and Jabber Overview 113 15 degrees from vertical. Desk Endpoints. The use of an external headset and microphone is also supported via 3. It is the video equivalent of an Audio Mute button.

it flips the picture so that both parties see the document right-side up.5-mm jacks built in to the unit. the EX90 has an optical. . and provides a 160-degree viewing angle. while the endpoint can be used with either VCS or CUCM.1-megapixel sensor.114 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Regardless of deployment model. Another key difference between the EX60 and EX90 is support for a feature known as multisite. The EX60 is supported with Cisco TelePresence Version TC4. It has a 24-inch HD display capable of 1920x1200 resolution and 5-ms response time. As mentioned. the EX90 also has a built-in subwoofer for higher sound quality.263. it is quite evident that they share a common ancestry. As a video communications endpoint. Like the EX60. it can serve as a nicely sized second monitor for a single DVI-I attached workstation or laptop.to 27-degree vertical field of view. EX60 does not support it. When it is not filling its role as a video endpoint. The EX90 includes a TelePresence PrecisionHD camera that can be used as a document camera by moving it to point straight down. In both form and function. content can be shared into the video stream at 720p.261. the EX60 supports H. H. it supports resolutions of 1080p30 and 720p60. allowing a 45. It also includes a handset for times when private audio communication is desired.6.264 video standards. motorized zoom feature. beginning with CUCM 8. The use of an external headset and microphone is also supported via the dual USB ports or 3. This feature is enabled through the addition of an option key in the TC code.to 65-degree horizontal / 40. The accompanying TelePresence Touch 8 pad allows for simple. H. Figure 5-28 shows the Cisco TelePresence EX90 used in an education setting. the EX90 can be registered as a SIP endpoint. whereas EX90 does.0. the EX90 includes an integrated 10/100/1000 switch to facilitate both network and workstation connectivity via a single network drop. depending on the zoom factor. Unlike the EX60. In addition to the integrated microphone and dual front speakers. The tilt of the unit can be adjusted within the range of 5 to 15 degrees from vertical. and H. The camera also has a privacy shutter built in to the bezel. When it detects that it is being moved into vertical position. Like the EX60. Through this connection. Cisco EX90 The EX90 is really the big brother to the EX60.0 and later or TE6. intuitive operation of the endpoint. The camera has a 1/3-inch 2. future development efforts will be primarily focused on CUCM-related functionality.263+.

privacy shutter. 170-degree viewing angle. optical motorized zoom. 5-ms response 24-inch LCD with LED backlight. 1/3-inch 2. and Jabber Overview 115 5 Cisco TelePresence EX90 Figure 5-28 Regardless of deployment model.264 video standards. privacy shutter. Table 5-10 provides an overview of the features of the Cisco EX Series Endpoints.263 H. As with its counterpart.264 .Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones.to 27-degree vertical field of view Video standards H. The EX90 also has additional capabilities including HDMI in.261 H.261 H. the EX90 supports H. HDMI out (dual display option). 50-degree horizontal / 29-degree vertical field of view PrecisionHD.264 H. 1920x1200.263+. as well as audio in/audio out (3. and H.263 H. 5-ms response Speakerphone Yes Yes Camera PrecisionHD.0.5-inch LCD with LED backlight. Desk Endpoints. 1920x1080. content can be shared into the video stream at 1080p.263.263+ H.263+ H. H.1 mp. it can serve as a nicely sized second monitor for a DVI-I or HDMI attached workstation or laptop.5-mm jack on rear panel). Table 5-10 Cisco EX Series Endpoint Features Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 21. Through this connection. document camera mode. 1/3-inch 2. 160-degree viewing angle. The EX90 is supported with Cisco TelePresence software version TC3.1 and later or TE6. 45-to 65-degree horizontal / 40.1 mp. H.261. document camera mode.

4-degree horizontal field of view. widescreen Super Video Graphics Array (WSVGA) capacitive touchscreen LCD with 1024x600 pixel resolution.6(2) and later 8.0 or TE6. as well as an extensive list of applications.0 CUCM version 8. with privacy shutter. backlit. Figure 5-29 Cisco DX650 . It supports HD voice and video communications.6(2) and later Cisco DX650 The Cisco Desktop Experience line of endpoints began with the DX650.1 or TE6. The display can tilt between 5 degrees forward to 25 degrees backward to allow for the optimal viewing angle. WebEx Meetings. Only the DX650 is covered at this time. The DX650 is an Android OS (Jellybean)-based collaboration endpoint with a 7–inch. Two additional endpoints have subsequently been added to the line: DX70 and DX80. in addition to applications available on the Google Play Store.323 VCS: SIP/H.323 TelePresence software version TC4. The camera has a 75-degree vertical / 67.116 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Resolution 1920x1080 (16:9) 1920x1200 (16:10) Signaling protocol CUCM: SIP CUCM: SIP VCS: SIP/H. This includes Cisco applications. An integrated 1080p capable camera. Access to these applications can be tightly controlled via the CUCM administration web application. and yes. such as Jabber IM and Presence.0 TC3. such as Pandora. is also included. Figure 5-29 shows the Cisco DX650. Angry Birds. and more. Netflix.

In addition. If higher-power devices are connected.11a/b/g/ncapable radio built in. It has an HDMI port and a display port for external display connectivity. The use of external displays is encouraged with the DX650.a. the DX650 is supported in CUCM 7. Desk Endpoints.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones.1(5) and later 5 . it has two standard USB (type A) ports for keyboard/mouse/flash drive.x and later). Contacts and call histories can be synchronized into the DX650 as well to provide a more seamless experience. The difference really comes down to what types of devices need to be powered by the USB ports. this access requires a CUCM version capable of supporting that architecture (9.3af power or class 4 device with 802. the DX650 must pull more power from the switch. Table 5-11 Cisco DX650 Features Feature/Function DX650 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 Display 7-inch diagonal.3at power. it is also compatible with the Cisco mobile and remote-access (a. For wireless connections. favorites list right on the desktop. An additional feature known as Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice allows a paired smartphone to make use of the superior audio capabilities of the DX650 for calls to and from that phone. and the ability to perform directory searches.k. however. The DX650 is PoE capable and is a Class 3 device with 802. Bluetooth support is also built in to this device. It has a visual telephony and messaging interface.264 AVC Resolution WSVGA 1024x600 Signaling protocol SIP CUCM version 7. The DX650 can be used in both wired and wireless environments. It supports both numeric and URI dialing features. and so on connectivity and one micro-USB port. Otherwise. It includes a 10/100/1000 integrated switch for wired connections. Table 5-11 provides an overview of the features of the DX650. 75-degree vertical / 67. The functionality is not simply for headset use. privacy shutter. it has an 802. collaboration edge) architecture for VPN-less connectivity. the DX650 is a SIP-based collaboration endpoint. backlit WSVGA capacitive touchscreen LCD with 1024x600-pixel resolution Speakerphone Yes Camera 1080p. and Jabber Overview 117 First and foremost. HD video support includes H. although it works very well with a variety of available models. Obviously.1(5) and later. The DX650 comes with the Cisco AnyConnect VPN client embedded.4-degree horizontal field of view Video standards SIP only H.264 and advanced video coding (AVC) up to 1080p30.

.

and Jabber Overview 119 Figure 5-30 Cisco Jabber for Windows For comparison. In cases where the screen share is initiated from a multiparty IM session. Figure 5-31 Cisco Jabber for Mac In viewing both Figure 5-30 and Figure 5-31. The client can be in either desk phone mode or soft phone mode when the share is initiated. the screen share can include up to five participants. it becomes evident that these two clients present a common user experience even though they are running on top of two very different platforms. the share is initiated via Binary 5 . Each has the characteristic aesthetic traits of the OS. Desk Endpoints. No call need be active between the two endpoints.Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. but identical in form and function otherwise. If only an IM session is active. the screen share is initiated via XMPP. The same holds true for Jabber on all supported platforms. Desktop sharing can be initiated from the client as well simply by initiating an IM session. Figure 5-31 shows the Cisco Jabber for Mac client. The share can also be used to control the desktop being shared. If a call is active.

processor and optics capabilities of the tablet. This is a relatively new addition. Figure 5-33 shows the Jabber for Android client running on a tablet. only BFCP was used for desktop share. and so on. and no remote control capability was possible. and capabilities. it is available only with Jabber for Windows. The quality of video will. This is no longer the case. Therefore. presence. For comparison. and to show a slightly different view of Jabber’s functionality. the camera in use can be switched from forward to rear and back at will. it is useful to understand the history for a number of reasons. content sharing. But. . feel. Figure 5-32 Cisco Jabber for iPad Figure 5-32 shows the video call layout with picture-in-picture and call controls. Figure 5-32 shows the Cisco Jabber for iPad client. This includes IM. iPad mini. in Jabber 10.5 and later. of course. This necessitated the need for the Jabber client to be in soft phone mode and a call to be up between the desktops to initiate the share. It is only natural that they become an extension of our work desktop. It will run on iPad. HD video.120 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Floor Control Protocol (BFCP). The Jabber client on both platforms has the same look. Note that that IM-only screen share is using Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) to accomplish the connection. voice. or an Android tablet. however. Cisco Jabber for Tablet Cisco Jabber for iPad and Android enable mobile users to make use of Jabber on a mobile platform somewhat larger than the smartphone and more portable than even the smallest laptop computer. potential exam coverage included. Tablets have taken over as the perfect balance of application portability and screen real estate. be subject to the wireless network radio. the quality of the experience on a new iPad Air with Retina camera and display will be superior to that on an iPad 3 without Retina capabilities.5. Prior to Jabber 10. Figure 5-33 shows the Jabber client contacts and IM screen. During a video call. Using the Jabber client enables the full collaboration experience in a very small footprint. For example.

Figure 5-34 shows the Jabber for iPhone client. voice. and Jabber Overview 121 Figure 5-33 Cisco Jabber for Android on Tablet Cisco Jabber for Smartphone On the smartphone front. presence. Like the tablet versions. the video quality is subject to hardware capabilities. the Jabber client runs on the iPhone and Android platforms. Again. Figure 5-34 Cisco Jabber for iPhone 5 .Chapter 5: Cisco IP Phones. Desk Endpoints. the smartphone versions will support IM. and HD video.

and capabilities. the clients have the same look. . These function identically to the escalation functions on the tablet and desktop clients. Again. feel. Notice the escalation icons at the top of the client. Figure 5-35 shows the Jabber for Android client on a smartphone.122 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 5-34 shows the control console on the client. Figure 5-35 Cisco Jabber for Android on Smartphone Figure 5-35 shows an IM session in progress on the Jabber client. The difference in the two figures is merely to show differing views of the Jabber client capabilities.

.

This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Protocol Overview: This section takes a look at the protocols in use for line-side signaling with Cisco collaboration endpoints. ■ Cisco Jabber Installation and Registration Process: This section describes the available tools to help verify status of Cisco IP Phones and Cisco Jabber. ■ Cisco IP Phone Registration Process: This section covers the boot and registration process of Cisco IP Phones. ■ Cisco IP Phone Configuration: This section discusses the configuration requirements and options for Cisco IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager. ■ Cisco Jabber Installation and Registration Process: This section examines the parameters and methodology used in installing Cisco Jabber and the processes used in registering it with Cisco Unified Communications Manager. . ■ Cisco Jabber Configuration: This section examines configuration requirements and options for Cisco Jabber in Cisco Unified Communications Manager.

this chapter touches on the line-side protocols in use. some discussion of server-side parameters is required on a number of fronts. the IP Phone boot and registration process. Chapter 5. Cisco IP Phone configuration does not vary by a significant degree from model to model across the IP Phone portfolio. including the Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) service profiles and Domain Name System (DNS) records necessary for Jabber to discover services and function properly. and status verification mechanisms available for the phones. You can find the answers in Appendix A. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. In addition.” discussed a wider array of the overall Cisco IP Phone portfolio.CHAPTER 6 Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber This chapter discusses the configuration of the Cisco IP Phone models referenced on the exam blueprint and also discusses Cisco Jabber. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. general configuration parameters. Desk Endpoints. However. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. and Jabber Overview. That said. read the entire chapter. “Cisco IP Phones.” Table 6-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Protocol Overview 1–2 Cisco IP Phone Configuration 3–7 Cisco IP Phone Registration Process 8–11 Cisco Jabber Configuration 12–14 Cisco Jabber Installation and Registration Process 15–18 Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Status Verification 19–20 . the discussion delves into the configuration of Cisco Jabber. The focus remains primarily on the client configuration options. Table 6-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions.

TFTP d. 5. TAPS d.126 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. LLDP-MED c. It will wait until an administrator schedules a bulk update. 4. TFTP Option 150 b. Universal device and line templates b. It will download in the background. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. SCCP Which protocols are used by Cisco collaboration endpoints to download their configuration files? a. c. SIP d. 3. Which protocols are Cisco proprietary? a. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. Calling search spaces c. . 1. SIP b. It will prompt the user to allow the download. which of the following will occur? a. DNS Which of the following must be configured for auto-registration to function? a. d. b. not interfering with phone operation. IP address c. CDP b. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. Self-Provisioning When a DX650 requires a firmware upgrade. LDAP c. It will download at next phone reset. MAC address d. The phone will be unusable during upgrade. 2. HTTP Which of the following is the primary means by which an endpoint is uniquely identified in CUCM? a.

Static IP address c. SEP000C1ACE0511. 9.xml d. 7. SIP000C1ACE0511. What is the configuration filename requested from the TFTP server by an IP Phone with a MAC address of 000C1ACE0511? a.xml b. 802.cnf. DHCP set to no d.cnf. 802. Cisco Unified CM Cisco inline power was replaced by which IEEE standard? a.3at b. Enterprise Phone Parameters d. SAP000C1ACE0511.11ac Which protocols can provide the voice VLAN ID to the phone at boot? a.cnf.xml c. 802. Which of the following has to be changed on a Cisco IP Phone to statically configure the TFTP server address? a.3af c. Phone to use SCCP Video capabilities on CUCM registered phones can be enabled globally in which of the following pages? a. Alternate TFTP set to yes b. TFTP c. Enterprise Parameters b. CDP d. LLDP-MED 10. 802. CMDefault. CallManager Service Parameters c. DHCP b. Address reservation b. DHCPDISCOVER 11.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 127 6. DHCPOFFER c.xml 6 .11n d. What parameter is added to the DHCP scope for the voice VLAN? a. 8.cnf. Option 150 d.

15. Selecting Disable Phone Services in the Jabber client 16._tcp._tls. 45.domain. Selecting Use My Desk Phone for Calls in the Jabber client c. _cisco-uds._tcp. _cuplogin.domain. When inside the network. With all users in full UC mode. When outside of the network._tls. _xmpp-client.domain.com DNS SRV record c.domain.domain.128 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide 12. Jabber users are identified by which of the following? a.000 b. _collab-edge.domain.domain. IM only mode c.domain. Phone mode d._tcp. 40. Windows mode 13.com DNS SRV record b. JID 14.com? a.com DNS SRV record . Full UC mode b._tcp. Which of the following options will result in Jabber registering with CUCM? a.000 d. Cisco Jabber uses which of the following to complete service discovery and reach domain.com DNS SRV record 17.com? a. LDAP username c.com DNS SRV record d.com DNS SRV record c.com DNS SRV record b. _collab-edge.com DNS SRV record d. 10. Cisco Jabber uses which of the following DNS SRV records to complete service discovery and reach domain. how many users can a single IM&P server support? a. _cuplogin. _xmpp-server.000 15._tcp. AD username d.000 c. Selecting Use My Computer for Calls in the Jabber client b. Which Jabber deployment mode offers the most limited feature set? a._tcp. _xmpp-server. No need because it always registers with CUCM as an endpoint d. CUCM DN b.

Which must be configured in CUCM for Jabber clients to function properly in full UC mode? a. Model number 20. TFTP server c. Which status screen displays jitter experience during a call? a. Status Messages b. Auto-registration 19. Active load version c. CTI route point d. Call Statistics c. UC service profile b. Ethernet Statistics d. Inactive load version d. The Phone Status screen on a 9971 IP Phone shows all but which of the following? a.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 129 18. Active CUCM node b. Wireless Statistics 6 .

consistent patient care. generally defined. . But. certainly. In social settings. a protocol is a specific set of steps that must be followed to ensure proper. some aspects and underlying components of the larger TCP/IP suite of protocols are relevant. protocol is known more commonly as etiquette. Those relevant to the discussions within this book. TCP/IP is one of those. this book is not about TCP/IP. That said. No matter how you view it. In this case. There are protocols specific to IP addressing and file transfer. and certainly within this chapter. are not quite so numerous. specifically. is merely a set of rules for a given scenario or situation. The list includes the following: ■ Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) ■ Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED) ■ Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) ■ Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) ■ Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) ■ Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) ■ Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) ■ Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) ■ Secure Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP) ■ Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) ■ Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) ■ Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) ■ Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) ■ Computer Telephony Interface Quick Buffer Encoding (CTIQBE) ■ Cisco Audio Session Tunnel (CAST) ■ Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) Table 6-2 details the protocols of particular relevance to Cisco collaboration endpoints. protocol is an agreed upon manner of behavior for a given scenario. There are protocols specific to discovery and information relay. To facilitate said communication. the protocols relevant to this discussion are the rules dealing specifically with the need to provide a means of communication between call control and endpoints. additional protocols are required in the underlying infrastructure. In the medical field. The protocols associated specifically with Cisco collaboration architectures are rather numerous.130 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Foundation Topics Cisco Collaboration Endpoint Protocol Overview A protocol.

.

.

.

.

a configuration file for the phone is created and added to the TFTP server so that it can be downloaded once the phone connects. when a phone registered. Note that when new phones are added to the portfolio. the firmware is downloaded in the background. it downloaded its firmware immediately. they have to be added to CUCM. 7800/8800. This reduces the overall user impact of firmware upgrades/changes. Individual phones . application buttons. This is done through the installation of a device pack. busy lamp field (BLF) buttons. When a firmware upgrade is needed. Using these newly provided links. The device will register and download its firmware and configuration file once it is connected to the network and has booted completely. and so on is that the means by which firmware upgrades occur has been altered. Now. directory number (DN) buttons. intercom buttons. register. 6 Figure 6-3 Cisco DX650 Configuration Page In the figure. you have numerous options. you can see the DN along with numerous configurable speed dial (SD) options. and more can be assigned. and then the user is prompted to allow the endpoint to reboot to complete the upgrade. at this point. All the required fields have an asterisk next to the field names for emphasis. Device packs can be downloaded from the Cisco Communications Manager Updates page on Cisco. When you complete the device configuration and then click the Save button. firmware is downloaded while the device is in a usable state. a column of button configuration links is added vertically along the left side of the page according to the phone button template selected for the endpoint. The first of these is the MAC address. One item of note in the new endpoints. In the past. before it was fully registered and usable. Only a few of them are actually required.com. The device will boot with its existing firmware. DX series. Also. and be operational. Figure 6-3 shows a DX650 configuration page with an assigned DN.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 135 On this page.

Then enter the address of the TFTP servers as needed. scroll down to the Alternate TFTP option and set it to Yes. however. the IP options can be manually entered. (It is set to Yes by default. In addition. domain name. be sure to schedule a maintenance window. all that is required is power. for some reason. select IPv4 setup and ensure that the DHCP Enabled switch is set to No. there is a button with an icon of a cog. Select Applications > Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet Setup. a number of options exist. click Apply. which represents the settings. Figure 6-4 shows the 9971 and its settings button. On this screen. for purposes of maintaining the most up-to-date firmware for all endpoints. Click Apply. For the 7800/8800/9900 series phones. Whether that power comes from an actual power cord or via Power over Ethernet (PoE) is not overly important at this point. Once the device pack is installed.136 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide can be added manually. So. there will be a full-cluster reboot required to complete the installation. More typically.) At that point. the IPv4/IPv6 settings can be altered here. including the ability to view the VLAN ID. Figure 6-4 Cisco 9971 Settings Button Upon pressing the settings button. the device pack is preferred. there will be a need to specify an alternate TFTP server. If the IP address needs to be statically configured. a menu of options is shown on the screen. or MAC address. Using the arrow keys. If a change is made. The settings for the endpoint are accessed by various means depending on the endpoint model. Should it become necessary to manually configure a phone. .

.

the switch responds by going into what is called a resistive detection and classification stage. Assuming that stage passes. Table 6-3 PoE Classes and Power Levels Class Wattage at PSE Wattage at PD Description 0 Up to 15. assuming that static configuration is not being used. there was no industry standard way of providing said power for IP Phones. In response. the switch responds by applying power in low power mode with 6.95–25. There a resistance of 25 ohms in PoE-compliant devices. In many cases.3at PoE. the more power required to run it. The next order of business is the acquisition of IP addressing and TFTP services. At the time. PoE is something of a science all on its own. The PSE is the LAN switch. Cisco retired the proprietary inline power functionality. it may only be able to provide a certain wattage per port.95W Mid-power devices 4 Up to 30W (802. There are a variety of levels of power that a LAN switch can provide. Classes 0–3 were used.94W Default classification 1 Up to 4W 0.44–12. the level of PoE capabilities on the switch is based on its own power supply. the more feature-rich the endpoint. When the IEEE ratified the 802.3at arriving on the scene. There are two defined entities to keep in mind: power sourcing equipment (PSE) and powered device (PD).138 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Cisco created “inline power” in 2000 as a response to a growing desire in the IP telephony and wireless access arenas to be able to forego the need for power supplies on phones and access points. CDP also informs the endpoint of the voice/video VLAN ID to which it should attach. With 802.3W to allow the phone to boot. This is a protective mechanism to guard against damaging connected devices. respectively.44–3.49–12. one or more . Class 4 has been defined.3at) 12. With the phone now powered up sufficiently. This is done via DHCP. The industry refers to these power differences as the class of the device. and Class 4 was reserved. a switch’s power supply may not be sufficient to allow for PoE to all ports. The IEEE has further advanced the capabilities with the ratification of 802. Table 6-3 shows the PoE classes and power specifications. Cisco endpoints use CDP to make a specific request to Cisco switches for the amount of power they require.4W 0. The wattage requirements for endpoints will certainly depend on the endpoint and its capabilities. Typically. Initially.3af. Usually. and the PD is the endpoint or access point. Optionally. but only for 802.50W High-power devices When the endpoint is connected to the access layer switch. it attempts to obtain power via PoE. ranging from Class 0 to Class 4.84–6.84W Very low-power devices 2 Up to 7W 3.3at-capable devices.4W 6. LLDP-MED can be used for similar functionality.49W Low-power devices 3 Up to 15. The endpoint broadcasts a DHCPDISCOVER on the VLAN provided by CDP/LLDP-MED.3af specification. the boot process continues. The idea of the phone drawing power from the wall jack to which it is connected is nothing new. With regard to 802. if it is not connected to external power. Or.

Once the file is retrieved. At times. The MAC address of the endpoint can be found on the back near the bottom. default gateway. Hopefully.cnf. With that information in hand. the TFTP/HTTP GET request would be made for the file SEP00C01CBE1EA8. . So. 6 Figure 6-6 Cisco 8861 IP Phone MAC Address Location Based on the endpoint model. contacting the TFTP server. it is parsed and loaded. it will be in a row across the bottom of the device rather than as shown in the figure. and TFTP Option 150 address. The request is looking for a specific filename based on the MAC address of the endpoint. the MAC address will have already been located as part of preconfiguring the phone in CUCM. If so.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 139 DHCPOFFER messages is sent from the DHCP server to the requesting endpoint via unicast. However. if the MAC address were 00C0.1CBE. DNS.xml. it requests the firmware files.cnf. it may not have been manually located.1EA8. the endpoint can proceed on to the next step. in most cases. the general layout will vary. The TFTP Option 150 address contained in the DHCPOFFER is used to send a TFTP/HTTP GET request to the TFTP server. subnet mask. The file being requested at this point from the TFTP server is in the format SEP<MAC ADDRESS>. If not. if auto-registration was used. Figure 6-6 shows the location of the MAC address on the back of an 8861 phone. The endpoint will also examine its running firmware version versus the version specified in the configuration file. it continues on with the registration process.xml. The information in the DHCPOFFER includes the IP address.

.

.

XMPP is used in communication with the IM&P Server for presence status and IM functionality. A cluster of three IM&P servers can support up to 45. a single server can support 25. Note While divided into component services in Figure 6-8. Jabber is a soft phone registering to CUCM. 75.142 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide CUCM is required to provide call control as well as licensing and the user database for the IM&P server. They do not have to be on individual node instances. followed by an arbitrary identifier.000 users. Jabber makes use of SOAP over HTTPS upon its launch in communicating to the IM&P server to retrieve its configuration. usually a user ID. CSFJDOE would be the device name for John Doe’s Jabber device in CUCM. Certainly. Jabber makes use of a Cisco CallManager Cisco IP Phone (CCMCIP) service profile in retrieve settings and information about devices associated with a particular user. The device name in CUCM needs to begin with CSF. It makes contact with the TFTP server. Jabber users are identified by a Jabber ID (JID). For IM-only deployments. . High availability (HA) is also an option in the IM&P server architecture. In full UC mode. As such. When configuring Jabber in CUCM (for full UC and phone mode). it is highly probable that the TFTP server. and then registers to CUCM as a SIP endpoint. Users can be created on CUCM or synchronized from an Active Directory (AD) or LDAP server.000 users for full UC. if not the CUCM Publisher itself. a single IM&P server can support up to 15. The HA option is available for this deployment as well. and CCMCIP service will all be running on CUCM. This list of devices is used in populating the Desk Phone Control field in the Jabber client. For example. CTI Manager service. pulls its configuration file. It can use both RTP and SRTP for media in both audio and video communications as configured by the CUCM administrator. From a telephony perspective.000 users and a cluster. This is the equivalent of an endpoint configuration for a physical endpoint. User authentication is done by CUCM for locally created users and proxied to the AD/LDAP server for synchronized users.000 users. LDAP is used for directory searches when looking for contacts with whom to communicate. It consists of a Jabber username and a domain name in much the same way an e-mail address or a URI is formatted. In communicating with Unity Connection. it acts very much like the endpoints discussed earlier in this chapter. Jabber makes contact with CUCM via HTTP and HTTPS to retrieve a list of devices associated to the user who is logging in. a CSF profile is required. the Jabber client uses an IMAP connection to retrieve and manage the list of voice messages for the logged-in user and to retrieve and manage the messages themselves. they will be running on a CUCM node.

.

When configuring the DNS SRV records. the IM&P server. In this case._tls. DNS servers for the client.domain. Regardless of the method used. either statically or dynamically.com Internal CUCM FQDN _ cuplogin. it then caches the domain information for future logins.144 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 6-10 Cisco Jabber for Windows Login Prompt Jabber will use the domain portion of the JID provided to resolve the services via DNS SRV records.domain. Optionally. and the VCE-E or Expressway-E as applicable.com Internal IM&P server FQDN _collab-edge._tcp. the user will not need to provide domain information. Table 6-5 shows the DNS SRV records used by Jabber for service discovery._tcp. the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the respective entities to which the records refer should always be used. of course.com External VCS-E or Expressway-E FQDN . The HTTP requests are sent to the Cisco WebEx Cloud service.domain.xml file. an administrator can provide the domain name either via modifications to the Windows Installer or through a URL configured in the local jabber-config. That. This allows the discovery of on-premises and cloud-based services. Table 6-5 Cisco Jabber DNS SRV Records DNS SRV Record DNS Resolves To _cisco-uds. also adds a requirement that DNS A records be created for each CUCM node. Jabber sends HTTP and DNS requests simultaneously in search of its services. The DNS requests are sent to the configured.

.

.

Figure 6-12 shows the End User Configuration page. . the automatic configuration and service discovery using DNS SRV records is the preferred way to deploy. the client may not have the flexibility to roam into and out of the network as the addresses configured inside the network may be different than those required outside of the network.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 147 6 Figure 6-11 Cisco Jabber for Windows Manual Configuration If configured manually. the determination as to whether the user is permitted to use Jabber is made. This validation is done by CUCM. When the client makes contact with the IM&P server. For this reason. A check box on the user page allows the use of IM and Presence.

.

The Jabber client can now make calls. A camera must be connected to the desktop machine for the Jabber client to use local video. Tuning The Jabber client can be tuned for audio and video operating levels at both the operating system (OS) level and within the Jabber client. Figure 6-13 shows the tuning options in the Jabber for Mac preferences configuration. If the Jabber client is logging in using desk phone mode. should include the prefix and the username. Each of the options. In addition to registering with CUCM. a TFTP request is made for the configuration file for the associated Jabber client device provisioned in CUCM. it initiates a CTI connection to the CUCM CTI Manager for desk phone control.com would have an associated Jabber for Windows device named CSFUSER1 in CUCM. there must be an existing microphone and speakers for audio to function properly in soft phone mode. When it contacts Unity Connection. the Jabber client will log in to the other configured services in the UC Service Profile (for example Unity Connection). The Jabber client then issues a SIP REGISTER message to CUCM. Figure 6-13 Jabber for Mac Tuning Preferences 6 . however. it pulls a list of messages and the read/ unread state of each. In like fashion.Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 149 If the user is logging in using soft phone mode. which then responds with SIP 200 OK. The formatting of the device name is dependent on the type of client logging in. For example. user1@domain. It can then control the on-hook/off-hook state of the phone and its available resources for audio/video.

.

Chapter 6: Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 151
There is a specific menu within the Administrator Settings for Status information. The submenus provide a significant amount of information about the phone, its connectivity, both
wired and wireless. This discussion covers only the wired information. It also includes information about call quality. The options here include the following:

Status Messages

Ethernet Statistics

Wireless Statistics

Call Statistics

Current Access Point

Wireless Site Survey

The Status Messages screen contains event log information such as TFTP file download
verification, TFTP file timeouts, trust list updates, virtual private network (VPN) connection information, and so on. If the phone is not registering for some reason, clues to the
reasons why that is the case may often be found here. Figure 6-15 shows the status screen
of the 9971.

6

Figure 6-15

Cisco 9971 Phone Call Statistics Screen

Network connectivity options on the 9971 include both wired and wireless options. When
connected to the wired interface, the Ethernet Statistics screen shows receive and transmit
frames, broadcasts, connection time, and speed/duplex information. The Wireless Statistics
screen provides much of the same information, though it adds multicast and QoS-related
information.
Figure 6-16 shows the 9971 Ethernet Statistics screen.

152

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide

Figure 6-16

Cisco 9971 Phone Ethernet Statistics Screen

While a call is in progress, there is a status screen for call statistics. It can be accessed
through the Application menu. Once there, touch Administrator Settings > Status > Call
Statistics. Figure 6-17 shows the Call Statistics screen.

Figure 6-17

Cisco 9971 Phone Call Statistics Screen

In the figure, information relevant to the call in progress is shown. This includes codec
selection and payload size. It also provides a count of packets sent and received and information about jitter and dropped packets. This screen is somewhat useful for troubleshooting issues such as codec mismatches and one-way audio problems.

154

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide

Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory
Print a copy of Appendix C, “Memory Tables” (found on the CD), or at least the
section for this chapter, and complete the tables and lists from memory. Appendix D,
“Memory Table Answer Key,” also on the CD, includes completed tables and lists so
that you can check your work.

Define Key Terms
Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary:
802.3af PoE, 802.3at PoE, active load, Active Directory (AD), auto-registration, Bulk
Administration Tool (BAT), busy lamp field (BLF), calling search Space, Cisco Audio
Session Tunnel (CAST), Cisco CallManager CCMCIP, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP),
Cisco Prime Collaboration, Class 0 PoE, Class 1 PoE, Class 2 PoE, Class 3 PoE, Class 4
PoE, Computer Telephony Integration (CTI), Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) route
point, Computer Telephony Interface Quick Buffer Encoding (CTIQBE), Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (CUCM), Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP),
DHCPDISCOVER, DHCPOFFER, directory number (DN), Domain Name Service (DNS),
DNS A record, DNS SRV record, external DNS, Expressway-C, Expressway-E, firmware,
Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN), GET, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP),
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Instant Messaging & Presence
(IM&P), Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP), inactive load, inline power, internal
DNS, Jabber full UC, Jabber IM&P, Jabber Phone, Jabber ID (JID), Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP), light-emitting diode (LED), Link Layer Discovery Protocol for
Media Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED), Media Access Control (MAC) address, Option
150, partition, Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP), Skinny Call Control Protocol (SCCP),
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), SIP 200 OK, SIP REGISTER, Simple Object Access
Protocol (SOAP), Secure Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP), Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP), Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), Trivial File
Transfer Protocol (TFTP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), User Data Services (UDS), universal device template (UDT), universal line template (ULT), Universal Resource Locator
(URL), Video Communications Server (VCS) control, Video Communications Server
(VCS) Expressway, Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP)

This page intentionally left blank

This chapter covers the following topics:

Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Portfolio Overview: This section describes the entire
Cisco TelePresence Endpoint portfolio.

Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Characteristics: This section describes characteristics of the CTS endpoints, which include the CTS 500-32,
TX1300-65, and the TX9000. This section also introduces the new IX5000.

Cisco DX Series Endpoint Characteristics: This section describes the characteristics
of the Cisco DX endpoints, which include the DX650, DX70, and DX80.

Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Characteristics: This section
describes the characteristics of the Cisco TC endpoints, which include the SX10, SX20,
SX80, MX200G2, MX300G2, MX700, MX800, C40, C60, C90, and Cisco TelePresence
System Profile Series.

Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Peripherals: This section discusses the peripheral components that can be added to any TC software-based endpoint.

Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing: This section discusses this new
technology Cisco created that enables users to interface with their video endpoints from
smartphones, tablets, and computers.

Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence Characteristics and Installation: This section
describes characteristics of Jabber Video for TelePresence, what components are needed
for it to work, and how to configure them.

CHAPTER 7

Cisco TelePresence Endpoint
Characteristics
Much of the growth Cisco has experienced throughout the years has been attributed to key
acquisitions. In doing so, Cisco has developed a vast range of product offerings for customers to choose from. In addition, Cisco differentiates between Unified Communications (UC)
endpoints and TelePresence endpoints. And if that is not confusing enough, there are significant differences between Cisco TelePresence endpoints as well.
This chapter discusses TelePresence endpoints within Cisco’s product line. This chapter
notes key differences between the software bases for each product grouping, identifies
what call control servers can be used for each product grouping, and discusses relative characteristics for each endpoint.

“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz
The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this
entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. If you are in
doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge
of the topics, read the entire chapter. Table 7-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and
their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. You can find the answers in
Appendix A, “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes.”
Table 7-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping
Foundation Topics Section

Questions

Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Characteristics

1–2

Cisco DX Series Endpoint Characteristics

3

Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Characteristics

4–7

Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Peripherals

8

Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing

9

Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence Characteristics and Installation

10

158

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this
chapter. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the
answer, you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment.
Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment
results and might provide you with a false sense of security.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

What technology does TIP use during immersive calls that allows endpoints to conserve bandwidth and streamline the sending and receiving of audio and video?
a.

Real-time Transport Protocol

b.

Multiplexed media

c.

User Datagram Protocol

d.

Replication

Which CTS software-based endpoint is an ideal solution for an executive office?
a.

DX80

b.

EX90

c.

CTS 1100

d.

CTS 500

What is the software base for the DX series endpoints?
a.

TC

b.

Android

c.

Apple IOS

d.

CTS

Which Integrator solution uses EuroBlocks for audio connections?
a.

SX20

b.

SX80

c.

C60

d.

C90

How many XLR mic outputs does the C90 have?
a.

2

b.

4

c.

6

d.

8

Chapter 7: Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 159
6.

7.

8.

9.

Which of the following features differentiates the MX300 G2 endpoint from the
MX300 endpoint?
a.

55-inch monitor

b.

1920x1200 resolution

c.

1 PC port

d.

2-2nd input sources

Which of the following is not a feature that comes with the MX800 endpoint?
a.

1-70 inch monitor

b.

2-55 inch monitors

c.

3+1 multipoint call support at 1080p30

d.

4+1 multipoint call support at 720p30

Which of the following cameras is supported with the SpeakerTrack dual camera
option?
a.

Cisco Precision HD 1080p camera with 4x zoom

b.

Cisco Precision HD 1080p camera with 12x zoom

c.

Cisco Precision 60 1080p camera with 20x zoom

d.

Cisco precision HD 1080p USB camera

What technology does Cisco use with Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing that
allows computers, smartphones, and tablets to connect with endpoints?
a.

Bluetooth

b.

High-frequency sound waves

c.

IP WLAN to LAN connection

d.

Circuit-switched connection

10. Which of the following is not a component used when deploying a Jabber Video for
TelePresence solution?
a.

Cisco VCS

b.

Cisco TMS

c.

Cisco Unified CM

d.

DNS

7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Groups are used to segregate users based on varying privilege levels that will be assigned to them using templates. This is a second sequence of SQL dedicated exclusively to TMSPE. Once replication has been established. and the availability of provisioning licenses. and Open DS. users. If all users will share the same . TMS creates two databases: TMS Agent and SQL. The Provisioning submenu has three options: Users. Figure 7-3 illustrates the provisioning configuration settings on TMS. the next step is to configure the provisioning database on TMS. on TMS go the System menu and the Navigator submenu. along with the visual confirmation indicating replication has been established. To establish replication. which exist on TMS. A visual confirmation will indicate replication is established. The first step in configuring provisioning is to establish replication between TMS and the VCS. configuration templates. This can be found by navigating to the System menu and the Provisioning submenu. In addition. phonebooks. Figure 7-3 Replication Configurations on TMS to the VCS Information that is replicated between the VCS and TMS include user account information. The Users option is where all the configurations for Jabber Video for TelePresence need to be configured.170 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide parameters necessary for provisioning to work. and then click the Provisioning tab. TMS Agent. the VCS must have the device provisioning option key installed. Configure the settings displayed on this page. To enable replication. and schemas. and Devices. user settings. The elements that need configured here include groups. This information is stored on the Open DS and SQL databases enabled with provisioning. FindMe. This option key enables two databases on the VCS. Click the VCS.

User Name. Select the type from the drop-down list of choices. no additional groups need to be configured. users can be added to that group. Once a group has been created. Click Save when finished. . For each schema used. Users can be configured manually or integrated through a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server. When the pop-up window appears. and Password. click the Configure button under the User Import menu in the right column. They are Display Name. Figure 7-4 shows the Add Group and Add User buttons. To add a manual user. and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). Figure 7-5 shows the configuration fields needed for AD integration. The top three fields must be configured at a minimum. Active Directory with Kerberos (Secure AD). enter the group name and click Save. These URI patterns are template based so that they can be applied to all users within a group. along with the manual user configuration pop-up window. Fill in the configuration fields presented on the pop-up window and click Save. They are Active Directory (AD). a template must be configured. User settings are the URI schemes that will be used for dialing and identifying Jabber Video for TelePresence clients. Templates are the configurations settings that will be applied to a group of users. click the Add User button at the top of the left column. Each schema must have at least one template associated with it.Chapter 7: Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 171 privileges. Once complete. To create groups. Schemas are sets of configuration options based on the system type and version being used. 7 Figure 7-4 Adding Groups and Users to TMS To integrate LDAP users. synchronization with the LDAP server can be initiated by clicking the Sync Now button. but schemas can support multiple templates as well. like Microsoft Active Directory (AD). select the root group. and then click the Add Group button at the top of the left column.

Figure 7-7 shows how to browse for schemas. In the right column. Figure 7-6 shows how these user settings are configured. click the Configuration Templates menu. At the bottom of the left column. . Typically.172 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 7-5 AD Integration Now that groups and users have been added to the provisioning directory. Click OK when finished. Click the Add Schema button at the top of the left column. The video address pattern is the address that will be displayed on a destination endpoint when in a call. At a minimum. The device address pattern is the address that will be used to dial provisioned devices. and then click OK. click Edit under User Settings. user settings can be configured. Figure 7-6 User Settings Configuration Now you can add schemas. these patterns are configured the same. browse to where the schema is located on your computer. the video address pattern and device address pattern must be configured.

Configure a name for the template and click OK. and then click the Add Template button at the top of the left column. and the Phone Book Server URI. Select a schema. and click Edit Configurations below the Configurations section. Cisco recommends three settings be configured at a minimum. Presence Server URI. Many setting options within a template can be configured. templates can be created based on these schemas.Chapter 7: Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 173 Figure 7-7 How to Browse for Schemas After all schemas have been uploaded to TMS. Configure all the configuration settings needed and click Save. Figure 7-8 Adding Templates to the Provisioning Directory 7 . Those three settings are the SIP Server Address. Select the template that was just created in the right column. Figure 7-8 shows how to configure templates.

After you are signed in. click Assign Templates from the Configuration Templates section. open the applications and enter the username and password as they have been configured in the provisioning directory. After templates have been assigned to groups. After the Jabber Video for TelePresence application has been installed on your computer. and register to two different call control servers (Cisco Unified CM and Cisco VCS). Nonimmersive CTS endpoints include the CTS 500. Immersive endpoints include the TX9000 series and the new IX5000 . Click the wrench/screwdriver X icon and select the Sign-in Settings menu option. and TC software based. Enter the IP address or the URL of the internal server (VCS Control). calls can be placed to other endpoints. click the Users and Groups menu at the top of the left column. use two different communication protocols to communicate (SIP and H. Figure 7-9 Jabber Video for TelePresence After Sign-In Summary Cisco has many endpoint solutions available that span three main software-based platforms. CTS 1100.174 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Once the templates have been configured. They are CTS software based.323). Android software based. Some of the key topics discussed include how TIP works using immersive telepresence room solutions with multiplexing technology for RTP and RTPC protocols. and click Save. which is optional). These endpoints have a variety of different features. and the SIP domain. Click OK when finished. and the TX1300 endpoints. At the bottom of the right column. Select a group from the list that was created in a previous step. Jabber Video for TelePresence clients are ready to be used. and then click the Sign In button when finished. Figure 7-9 shows what the Jabber client will look like after the sign-in process is complete. external server (VCS Expressway. check the box beside all the templates that should be assigned to this group.

The TC portfolio is the most expansive of the three previously mentioned software-based product lines.Chapter 7: Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 175 series. there is the Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence soft client that brings mobility together with Cisco’s premium HD video solutions. and the SX80. Other integrator systems include the C40. DX series endpoints include the DX650. SX endpoints include the SX10. 7 . which work with the SpeakerTrack dual camera option). Other great and innovative products are the Touch 8 and Touch 10 controller pads. C60. Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing is another great example of the leading ingenuity Cisco brings to collaboration solutions. Other MX meeting room solutions include the MX700 and the MX800. DX70. SX20. Many different peripheral devices can be used in conjunction with these TC endpoints (namely. and C90. Comparisons were made between the MX200 and MX200G2. in addition to between the MX300 and MX300G2. Personal systems include the EX60 and the EX90. and DX80. the new and improved cameras called Precision60 cameras. Finally.

” also on the CD. Table 7-9 Key Topics for Chapter 7 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Paragraph Understanding TIP and multiplexed media 161 Paragraph and Features of nonimmersive and immersive CTS software-based table endpoints 162 Table 7-3 Features of DX series endpoints 163 Table 7-4 Features of SX series endpoints 164 Table 7-5 Features of C series endpoints 165 Table 7-6 Features of EX series endpoints 166 Table 7-7 Comparing MX200 and MX300 endpoints with the MX200 G2 and MX300 G2 166 Table 7-8 Features of MX 700 and 800 endpoints 167 Paragraph Identifying the Precision 60 camera. or at least the section for this chapter. . “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). Table 7-9 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found. “Memory Table Answer Key. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. and complete the tables and lists from memory. and peripheral devices for TC endpoints 167 Paragraph Explaining Intelligent Proximity for content features and functionality 168 Paragraph Identifying the infrastructure components needed for Jabber Video for TelePresence to work 169 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. Chapter 18.176 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction. SpeakerTrack and Touch control pads. you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here. Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter.” and the exam simulation questions on the CD. “Final Preparation. Appendix D. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work.

RCA.Chapter 7: Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 177 Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: CTS. S-video. SRTP. H. XLR. VCS. TIP. BNC. RTCP. EuroBlock. DVI. multiplex media. IMTC. WSVGA.35. HDMI.265. LCD. V. BRI. AD 7 . ISDN. TMS. PRI. UC. YPrPb. LDAP. RTP. PRI. FHD capacitive.

■ Configure a Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint: This section covers the first-time setup process for Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Setup: This section discusses three different options used to interface with the Cisco TelePresence CTS softwarebased endpoints. ■ Calibrate a Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint: This section discusses how to run the First-Time Setup Wizard and how to calibrate the Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints. how it caches DHCP addresses. ■ Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint User Accounts: This section covers the different user accounts available on Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints. how to default the endpoint. . and how to perform the password recovery. how to secure those accounts. and how to statically assign IP information and TFTP server addresses. how and when to use the default IP address.

you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. The way in which the CTS endpoint was developed allows the TelePresence video endpoint to register and setup calls in the same fashion. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. calibrate it to the room environment. You can find the answers in Appendix A. . the Cisco Unified Communications (UC) platform dealt primarily with Voice over IP (VoIP). Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. This chapter looks more closely at the similarities of the registration process the CTS endpoint uses to that of other UC products. Table 8-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions.” Table 8-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Overview 1–3 Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Setup 4 Configuring a Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based 5–6 Calibrating a Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based 7–9 Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-based Endpoint User Accounts 10 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. read the entire chapter. and set up and support user accounts.CHAPTER 8 Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints The endpoint platform Cisco came out with that they are the proudest of is Cisco TelePresence System (CTS) software-based endpoints. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. Further discussion includes a beginning-to-end process demonstrating how to configure the CTS endpoint. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. Originally.

1. 8831 c. CLI using Telnet b. 192. 3.100.180 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide 1. 192. 6. xCommand FactoryReset Confirm: Yes c. 5.2 Which of the following commands will reset the Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint but not delete any Image Slot files? a. 8945 d. 7970 b. Option 99 c. 192. HTTP d.2 d. Console Which of the following is the default IP address of the Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. CLI using SSH c.2.2 c.168. Touch 10 c.168. Option 15 d.168. Option 150 Which of the following are ways that can be used to interface with the Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. Option 66 b.168. Which option allows for multiple TFTP servers to be discovered during the DHCP process? a. 9971 Which of the following Cisco Touch controllers can be used as a control device with the Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. 192. Which of the following Cisco IP Phones can be used as a control device with the Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. xCommand DefaultValuesSet <1-3> b. Utils System Factory Init d. Touch devices cannot be used with this endpoint.200. 2.2 b. Utils System Factory Reset . Touch 12 d. 4. Touch 8 b.

8. and tablets to connect with endpoints? a. Cisco PrecisionHD 1080p USB camera What technology does Cisco use with Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing that allows computers. Cisco Precision 60 1080p camera with 20x zoom d. The automatic PTZ feature for the built-in camera 10. An image on a cardboard piece that comes with the endpoint b. Cisco PrecisionHD 1080p camera with 4x zoom b. During the first-time boot or after the endpoint is reset b. Any time d. 181 When can the Setup Wizard be used on the CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. 9. During the first 60 seconds after the endpoint has booted c. Admin c. smartphones.Chapter 8: Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints 7. Helpdesk 8 . Which user account gives access to the CLI and web interface of the CTS 500-32 endpoint but restricts the ability to change any settings? a. User d. Any time after the endpoint is registered to the Cisco Unified CM What must be used to calibrate the camera on the CTS 500-32 endpoint? a. A person sitting in front of the camera c. Cisco PrecisionHD 1080p camera with 12x zoom c. A special light sensor that measures the lighting conditions of the room d. Guest b.

Now that both endpoints have appropriate IP address information and the TFTP server address. Because the CTS 500-32 endpoints come with only a single camera and monitor. therefore. The first object that needs to be identified when setting up CTS 500-32 endpoints is the control device used to interface with them. primarily because they all use a camera cluster with three cameras. Once the DHCP server receives the DHCP Discovery. default gateway address. it receives PoE from the CTS 500-32 endpoint. they can leverage a First-Time Setup Wizard as well. The first element the endpoint tries to download is a certificate trust . Alternatively. Once VLAN discovery is complete.182 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Foundation Topics Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoint Overview To better understand the Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints. but the Cisco Unified CM can also fulfill this role. A limitation in using the Cisco Unified CM is that it only allows support for 1000 devices. they can send a TFTP Get message to the TFTP server. an understanding of how the endpoints communicate within a network is needed. 4. 2. Typically the DHCP server is a router. The first message they send out is the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) to the switch. This message is typically sent over HTTP when using current endpoints. The focus of this chapter is on the CTS 500-32 endpoint. The DHCP server then sends a DHCP Acknowledgment authorizing the use of the DHCP information exchanged and end the DHCP session. TFTP server address (with use of Option 150). the process of registering a CTS endpoint is no different from how UC endpoints communicate within a network. CTS software-based endpoints only register to the Cisco Unified CM. subnet mask. in either case. Cisco makes two options available to the customer. The DHCP offer includes an IP address. This option is called Option 150. 3. The first is a Cisco 7970G or 7975G VoIP phone. but more on that later. it responds with a DHCP Offer. The following steps outline the process a CTS 500-32 endpoint goes through to register to the Cisco Unified CM: 1. However. The communication the endpoints sent to the TFTP server contains their MAC addresses because that is what the Cisco Unified CM uses to identify the endpoint. There are some differences to setting up other CTS software-based endpoints. When a VoIP phone is used. This CDP communication is used to obtain the voice VLAN information. the two endpoints will a Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) Discovery message to the DHCP server. A Cisco CTS 500-32 endpoint receives power from a power cube. and possibly one or more Domain Name System (DNS) addresses. an option is made available for the TFTP server address to be discovered at the same time. The endpoints respond to the DHCP Offer with a DHCP Request for the specific information sent in the DHCP Offer. but both endpoints send separate communications out across the network. the Cisco Touch 12 can be used. although TFTP signaling could be used as well. The immersive TelePresence solutions also use three or more monitors. This Setup Wizard is available only on the CTS 500-32 endpoints.

.

.

.

the monitor wakes up again and displays its own circles numbered 1 through 6. the Touch 12 can be used to place calls. Users can also view call statistic information using this device. a box on the right side of the monitor lists MAC. to begin the session. The ? can be used to list commands that are less familiar. a button will appear on the control pad to start the meeting. Meanwhile.186 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide The CTS 500-32 endpoint allows users to interact with it using the CLI as well. Your average user will only need to use the control pad for basic calling functions on the CTS 500-32 endpoint. In the event that the system requires a factory reset. The user options are limited on the Touch 12 as compared to the web interface and the CLI. Like any endpoint that registers to the Cisco Unified CM. Menu options only display on the Cisco Touch 12 after the endpoint has registered and the Touch 12 has received its system load file from the endpoint. the IP and VLAN options will first appear blank. The command structure is similar to the CLI of the Cisco Unified CM. .” By default. and share content. Figure 8-4 shows what the monitor might look like during a CTS 500-32 system startup. Such factors include how the endpoint obtains IP information and how it communicates with the TFTP server. When you see the admin: prompt. the CTS 500-32 endpoint uses DHCP to obtain IP address information. the IP and VLAN information will display. When the Touch 12 gets to the number 4 circle. If OBTP is scheduled with the CTS 500-32 endpoint. they can be initiated from the CLI. Securing the endpoint is discussed in the section “CTS SoftwareBased Endpoint User Accounts. VLAN. Therefore. These are POST tests of sorts that the endpoint uses throughout the boot and registration process. enter the username and password. Whereas calls could not be initiated from the web interface. Outside of SSH access via the CLI. and set. and CTS S/W. Should the endpoint need to be rebooted at any time.1X. The MAC address settings and CTS S/W settings will display immediately. you need to use an emulator. Therefore. 802. When the CDP and DHCP processes are complete. Configuring CTS Software-Based Endpoints You must consider several factors when setting up the CTS 500-32 endpoint for the first time. like PuTTY. only Secure Shell (SSH) can be used. Enter the IP address of the endpoint and click Open. call. the user will first see the Touch 12 and the monitor power on. because it is built from the same Red Hat software kernel. However. a phone must be configured on the Cisco Unified CM before registering the endpoint. IP. This section focuses on registering the phone. show. To use SSH. you have successfully logged in. When prompted. The monitor will display the Cisco name and logo for about 60 seconds and then return to sleep mode. it is important to understand that there is no Telnet support on this device. In addition. The third way users can interact with the CTS 500-32 endpoint is by using the Cisco Touch 12 control pad. Some of the base-level commands are utils. the control pad displays circles in the lower-left corner of the screen numbered 1 through 7. you must consider what options exist and the impact this operation has on the endpoint. Before using the CLI. the IP information obtained during the DHCP process will be cached and reused after the reboot process is complete. end calls.1X will display Not Required. and the 802. These security settings are configured on the Cisco Unified CM when the phone configuration file is created. nor is there a serial or console interface. there is no real security established on the endpoint itself. When the endpoint first boots.

.

.

.

It is best to stack boxes or something that it can be placed on so that there is almost no movement at all. This is the most difficult part of the calibration process. It is important that the cardboard cutout be very still. That picture will display on the monitor beside an image that is should match to. A red square will display on the monitor. and elevate or lower the monitor so that a person’s face would center in the red square when seated in front of the camera. Once the height is set correctly. Audio verification test the built-in microphone and speakers. camera setup. Align the cardboard cutout so that the pattern fills the inside of the red square. tilt. Click the Next button when calibration of the Touch 12 is complete. The cardboard cutout has a pattern printed on it that looks like a QR code and can be folded into a triangle. The first setting that you need to calibrate is the Touch 12. eye height setup. audio verification. Click the Try Again button in the web interface to take a picture again. If they match. and horizon. click Next to calibrate the eye height setup. the camera can be calibrated. display verification. and the camera will take a picture of the image on the cardboard cutout. Several buttons will appear on the touch display that you will need to “touch” to calibrate this device. There will be an image on the display that should match the image on the web interface. the settings that this wizard will calibrate include the touch verification. click the Start button from the web interface.190 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 8-7 First-Time Setup Wizard As you can see in Figure 8-7. To start the First-Time Setup Wizard. If the picture is blurry and out of focus. Then speak very softly and verify that the microphone can still pick up your voice. click the Next button. you can manually adjust the camera to focus the picture. The next screen is Display Verification. click the Start button. There are tiny screws on the bottom of the camera that can be used to adjust these settings. A meter will appear on the web interface. Press the button located on the back of the pedestal the CTS 500-32 endpoint is mounted on. Pull the cover off the camera and adjust the zoom and focus of the lens. When you are satisfied with the camera adjustments and the image quality. Speak louder than normal to ensure the microphone can . When ready. The monitor displays the same red square from the previous step. Locate the cardboard cutout and click Next. and VGA verification. Speak in a normal tone and watch the needle on the meter move. The camera can also be manually adjusted for pan.

the factory image will be the boot image the CTS 500-32 endpoint will use each time. or you want to recalibrate one of the settings. connect a laptop computer to the endpoint. click the Hardware Setup option. In the left menu column under the Troubleshooting section. If you do not want to run the wizard. An updated image file can be loaded to the endpoint. and the phone load name of the version you want to use must be specified on the phone settings within the Cisco Unified CM. log in to the web interface of the endpoint. Figure 8-8 Endpoint Configuring the Phone Load Name on the Cisco Unified CM for a CTS 500-32 8 . Figure 8-8 illustrates the field that needs configured on the Cisco Unified CM to specify a phone load name. you may want to check all your connections to ensure that the cables are seated properly. The last calibration test is the Video Graphics Array (VGA) connection. Click the option you want to calibrate. but the factory image will still be used unless the boot slot is changed. If your computer screen is displayed on the monitor.Chapter 8: Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints 191 handle louder outbursts. If not. Click the Start Presentation button that is made available on the Touch 12. After the endpoint has registered. The display field right of the menus will show all the above-mentioned calibration options. If you opted not to run the First-Time Setup Wizard. this step is compete. Using a VGA cable. the endpoint will emit the Cisco tune over the speakers. This redirects you to the Web Portal login page for the CTS 500-32 endpoint. To upgrade the endpoint. Whether the endpoint was set up for the first time or a factory reset was performed on the endpoint. They can all be calibrated in the same manner as mentioned earlier. Clicking the Finish button circles you back to the welcome and introduction page shown in Figure 8-7. and then click the Start button. For the speaker calibration. Adjust the volume so that the music can be heard at a comfortable volume. or if you did run the wizard and you are finished. a tool is provided to perform these tasks from the web interface. a newer version software must be uploaded to the Cisco Unified CM. you can click the CTS Admin UI button.

.

.

If the TFTP server address is not obtained. it can use the default IP address of 192. the CTS 500-32 endpoint should feel relatively familiar. along with the web interface or the CLI. this setting can be configured manually on the endpoint as well. the Cisco Touch 12 control pad should be used with these endpoints. the admin user and the helpdesk user. The endpoint will also try to obtain the TFTP server address using Option150. although only the 7970 and 7975 IP Phones are supported. Should the endpoint need reset.168.100. . The two user accounts on the CTS 500-32 endpoint. Ideally. there is also a recovery component built in to the endpoint to reset the password to its factory setting of Cisco. the endpoint can be calibrated using either the First-Time Setup Wizard or the web interface. The endpoint will use DHCP by default. This address can be used to change the IP settings to static and assign the necessary addresses. The control device used to place and disconnect calls can even be a VoIP phone.194 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 8-10 Password Recovery from the CLI Summary For engineers who are proficient with working in a Unified Communications environment. Should the password be lost or forgotten.2. It functions much like a VoIP phone in as far as how it registers to the Cisco Unified CM. Either the IP Phone or the Touch 12 can be used to interface with the endpoint. but if there is an issue preventing the endpoint from receiving IP information. two options are available for issuing the factory reset. Also. can be secured through the Cisco Unified CM.

static. “Memory Table Answer Key. DN 8 . Table 8-1 Key Topics for Chapter 8 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Figure 8-1 Identify the process a CTS 500-32 endpoint registers with a VoIP Phone. Appendix D. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. DHCP Discovery. DHCP Offer. CTMan. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work. 192 Paragraph Know the process of performing a password recovery and the two components needed to do so. 189 Paragraph Identify the two user accounts available on the CTS 500-32 endpoint and how to secure the user account settings. 188 Paragraph Identify the two options available to calibrate the CTS 500-32 endpoint. and complete the tables and lists from memory. “Final Preparation. DHCP.Chapter 8: Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints 195 Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction. Table 8-1 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found. you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here. TFTP.” also on the CD. 184 Paragraph Identify the three ways to interface with a CTS 500-32 endpoint. Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: CDP. Option150. There are no memory tables in this chapter.” and the exam simulation questions on the CD. VLAN. DHCP Ack. 193 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). 183 Figure 8-2 Identify the process a CTS 500-32 endpoint registers with a Touch 12. Chapter 18. Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter. 187 Paragraph Know the process uses to factory reset the endpoint and the two options available. or at least the section for this chapter. 185 Paragraph Identify the Default IP address and the process of changing it to Static. DHCP Request.

Navigation will include using the app store. and managing the user interface for placing and receiving calls. accessing the settings menus. ■ Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints: This section examines the different settings that need to be configured on the DX series endpoints before they can register with the Cisco Unified CM. .This chapter covers the following topics: ■ DX Series Capabilities and Protocols: This section provides an overview the capabilities of a DX series endpoint and the protocols that need to be maintained within a network to support DX endpoints. ■ DX series User Interface: This section examines how to navigate the user interface on the DX series endpoints. ■ Registering Cisco DX Series Endpoints: This section explains how to set up the Cisco Unified CM so DX series endpoints can register.

Contacts should be easy to add and access for quickly calling common contacts. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. This chapter discusses some of the different capabilities and protocols that define the DX series. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. are considerations Cisco used to design the DX series endpoints. to accessing the Internet. such as act as a dual monitor for a computer while not in a call. You will also learn how to use this unique user interface. By giving the DX series endpoints an Android-based operating system (OS). These. Smartphones are dominating the digital world.” Table 9-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions DX Series Capabilities and Protocols 1–3 DX series User Interface 4–5 Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 6–8 Registering Cisco DX Series Endpoints 9–10 . So that you can register a DX to a call control server so that calls can be sent and received. You can find the answers in Appendix A. Cisco has been providing this same functionality within these endpoints. allowing users to perform tasks that surpass simply placing a phone call. Table X-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. this epitomized endpoint would serve a purpose beyond video collaboration calling. read the entire chapter.CHAPTER 9 Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints What does an end user look for in a desktop video endpoint? With today’s standards the first and foremost component is the ability to place high-definition (HD)-quality video and stereo-quality audio calls. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. from downloading and using apps. this chapter also explains explanation how to configure the DX series endpoint and the Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CM). Ideally. along with many other features.

Visibility to call statistics d. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. **#** d. 1. When resetting a Cisco DX series endpoint using the key-press sequence. what is the correct order keys need to be pressed? a. 4. Access to cloud services There are three main capabilities on Cisco DX series endpoints. #0*987654321 c. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 3. H. SCCP d. Which of the following features are not supported on the DX series endpoints? a. Register to the Cisco Unified CM only b.198 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. Register to the Cisco Unified CM and the Cisco VCS c. which of the following is required? a. PIN or password for the endpoint. IM and Presence with Cisco Jabber b. 2. c. Web access to the endpoint. b. Administrative control over access to applications Which of the following is a protocol Cisco DX series endpoints support? a. SSH access to the endpoint. d. Access to Android-based applications through Google Play d. Nothing is required.323 c. 5. Which of the following is not a capability? a. Extension Mobility c. 123456789*0# b. ##*## . LLDP-MED When resetting a Cisco DX series endpoint using the applications settings menu. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. LDAP b.

4 digits or characters b. How does a DX series endpoint connect to a smartphone using Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice? a.Chapter 9: Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 199 6. Over a network connection c. Device pools b. Calling search spaces are often used on the Cisco Unified CM to administer call control over phones and other systems. By the endpoints serial number 10. 4 digits for PINs and 8 characters for passwords c. DX650. b. 8 digits for PINs and 4 characters for passwords How does a Cisco Unified CM identify an endpoint when the endpoint is trying to register? a. What other setting on the Cisco Unified CM must be configured in conjunction with calling search spaces? a. 7. d. what is the required minimum length? a. All DX endpoints support PoE. By the endpoint’s MAC address c. Route lists d. By both the IP address and MAC address d. 8. By the endpoint’s IP address b. 9. High-frequency tone emitted through the phone’s speakers b. Regions c. DX70. DX80. 8 digits or characters d. c. Partitions 9 . Which Cisco DX series endpoint supports PoE? a. Using a secret technology Cisco has code named Pixie Dust When setting up a PIN or password on Cisco DX series endpoints. Through a Bluetooth communication d.

.

.

Chapter 9: Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 203
With an endpoint this feature rich, many organizations may understandably have a concern that their employees will abuse these functions and download games to their phones,
or leverage it in some other nonproductive fashion. The world has suffered enough from
Candy Crush. As Benjamin Franklin said, “An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of
cure.” Cisco has taken preventive steps to allow corporations to customize what end users
are allowed to access on their Cisco DX series endpoint. Cisco offers security at multiple
levels of the network. Security Enhanced (SE) Android provides more protection by isolating applications to keep sensitive data safer. And your IT admin has the option to limit
device capabilities. Some of the functions on the Cisco DX series endpoints that can be
administratively disabled include Google Play, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, installation of apps from
unknown sources, and USB ports. On a Cisco DX650, you can enable phone-only mode to
provide the following limitations:

The user is limited to the home screen, phone application, Contacts application, and
Settings application.

The user cannot add shortcuts or widgets to the home screen.

Any contacts that are saved to the Contacts application in phone-only mode are stored
locally and will not sync to any server.

USB storage devices and SD cards are not supported.

Any previously configured account data is hidden from the user when the phone enters
phone-only mode.

The phone reboots when you switch from standard profile to phone-only mode, or from
phone-only mode to standard profile.

There are two operating modes for the DX series endpoints: simple and enhanced. Simple
mode offers the following features and limitations:

User cannot modify wallpaper (supports admin-assigned wallpaper).

User can not move/add shortcuts or widgets, launch applications, or long click.

No Android applications are allowed, and Google Search is removed.

External USB storage is disabled.

User can create and store local contacts.

Bluetooth contacts and history sharing is also allowed.

Enhanced mode enables user access to all collaboration goodies, including Jabber,
WebEx, Exchange, and Google Play.

Note For more information about what can be controlled on Cisco DX
series endpoints, go to http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/collateral/
collaboration-endpoints/desktop-collaboration-experience-dx600-series/
white-paper-c11-731685.html.

9

208

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide

Figure 9-4

Cisco Unified CM Options for DX Series Endpoints, Screen 1

Figure 9-5

Cisco Unified CM Options for DX Series Endpoints, Screen 2

Chapter 9: Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 209

Figure 9-6

Cisco Unified CM Options for DX Series Endpoints, Screen 3

9

Figure 9-7

Cisco Unified CM Options for DX Series Endpoints, Screen 4

Chapter 9: Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 211
Phone
Configuration
Setting

Description

Required for
Registration
(Yes or No)

Calling search
space (CSS)

Partitions can be seen as a collection of route patterns.
DNs, route patterns, and translation patterns can all
belong to specific partitions. Calling search spaces are an
ordered list of route partitions, and they determine which
partitions calling devices must search when they attempt
to complete a call.

No

Owner

In Cisco Unified CM Version 10.0 and later, an owner of
a phone must be identified. Who the owner of a phone is
can be specified under the owner user ID, or this setting
can be changed to anonymous (public/shared space).

Yes

Owner user ID

This setting identifies who the owner is of this phone.

No

Phone load name

This setting is used to identify a specific firmware version No
the TFTP server is to use when a device tries to register.

Allow control of
device from CTI

The Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) control service No
on the Cisco Unified CM allows a phone to be controlled
by the Jabber soft client, meaning that when Jabber sends
or receives a call request, the media and signaling are
rerouted through the associated phone.

Device security
profile

To enable security features for a phone, you must
configure a new security profile for the device type and
protocol and apply it to the phone. Only the security
features that the selected device and protocol support
display in the Security Profile Settings window.

SIP profile

Yes
SIP profiles change SIP incoming or outgoing messages
so that interoperability between incompatible devices can
be ensured. SIP profiles can be configured with rules to
add, remove, copy, or modify the SIP Session Description
Protocol (SDP).

Secure Shell user

Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) uses Secure
No
Shell for troubleshooting and debugging. Contact TAC for
further assistance.

Secure Shell
password

Cisco TAC uses secure shell for troubleshooting and
debugging. Contact TAC for further assistance.

No

Web access

This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. Web
access must be enabled for administrators to access the
web interface of DX endpoints. The web interface allows
access to important log information.

No

Yes

9

Certain settings must be configured on the Cisco Unified CM before the endpoint can register. . highquality communications and collaboration for a variety of office environments. The CLI allows access to important log information and allows administrators to issue certain commands for testing. configuring. such as access to cloud services. The Cisco DX series endpoints provide native support for HD video up to 1080p30 using the video codec H. The three main capabilities of DX series endpoints are registration to the Cisco Unified CM for audio and video call admission and control. and many more. along with the IPv4 address of the endpoint. Many features are supported on these endpoints. and troubleshooting DX endpoints. These are common reasons an endpoint will not register. This “behind the curtain” approach makes setup of the Cisco DX series endpoints as simple as cabling up and powering on the endpoint for the endpoint to register with the Cisco Unified CM. and mobile phone calls can be picked up. The process for registering these endpoints is the same as other devices within the Cisco unified communications and collaboration portfolio. The status should show Registered. and an administrative function that allows complete control over what features on the Cisco DX series endpoints are available for users to access. mid-call. the Cisco DX series endpoints have a built-in function that allows Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice to be leveraged through Bluetooth technology. an Android-based applications feature that increases productivity in the workplace. Summary The Cisco DX series endpoints are next-generation endpoints that deliver powerful. so contacts and call history can be shared between your smartphone and the endpoint. Best practice is to configure the Cisco Unified CM first. They also support the annex codec H. from the Cisco DX series endpoints. click the Device Name link to confirm that you correctly entered the MAC address of the endpoint and that the phone has a line DN. SSH access must be enabled for administrators to access the command-line interface (CLI) of DX endpoints. From the Device > Phones screen. in the CCNA Collaboration CICD 210-060 Official Cert Guide. This simplifies the process by not having extra steps in the process. Required for Registration (Yes or No) No You can find more information about all these settings.264 AVC for HD video at even less bandwidth. If the device fails to register. IM. and presence with Cisco Jabber and support for EM. Cisco DX series endpoints register exclusively with the Cisco Unified CM. In addition. and it simplifies the troubleshooting process should problems be encountered.212 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Phone Configuration Setting SSH access Description This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints.264. and then set up Option 150 and let DHCP deliver the TFTP addresses to the Cisco DX series endpoints. you can verify the registration status of the endpoint.

.

device pool. allow control of device from CTI. Secure Shell password. calling search space (CSS). SSH access . owner. web access. phone load name. SIP profile. owner user ID. phone button template. Secure Shell user. PoE. DN. LLDP-MED.214 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: CDP. device security profile. MAC address.

This page intentionally left blank .

■ Registering a Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint with a Cisco VCS: This section shows how to configure a TC software-based endpoint with the Cisco VCS using SIP and H. place and receive calls.323. ■ Calibrating a Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint: This section explains different options available on a TC software-based endpoint that you can use to calibrate audio and video and phonebooks. ■ Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint User Accounts: This section covers two of the different user accounts available on the TC software-based endpoints and how to secure an endpoint for user operation and calls within a network. how to share content.and far-end camera control. and how to perform near. . ■ Registering a Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint with a Cisco Unified CM: This section shows how to configure a TC software-based endpoint with the Cisco Unified CM using SIP.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco TelePresence TC Software-based Endpoint Setup: This section examines five different options that you can use to interface with TC software-based endpoints. ■ Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Call Scenarios: This section explains how to configure call settings.

You can find the answers in Appendix A. and the interfaces are the same. read the entire chapter. Table 10-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. The discussion also covers how to calibrate an endpoint to the room environment and how to set up and support user accounts and control basic calling features. All TC software-based endpoints can be configured the same way. making it easy for an administrator to deploy different models of TC software-based endpoints. This chapter discusses a beginning-to-end process that shows how to configure the TC endpoint for both a Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CM) and a Cisco Video Communications Server (VCS).” Table 10-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Overview 1 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Setup 2–3 Registering a Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint with a Cisco Unified CM 4 Calibrating a Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint 5–6 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Call Scenarios 7–8 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint User Accounts 9–10 . “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. TANDBERG finished the development project and named the software for the endpoints TC. for TANDBERG Codian. the engineers at Codian were developing an endpoint. After the acquisition.CHAPTER 10 Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints When TANDBERG acquired a company called Codian. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics.

SDP c. By the MAC address of the TC software-based endpoint c. d. 4. How does the Cisco Unified CM identify a TC software-based endpoint when it tries to register? a. H. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment.245 Which of the following is not a method of interfacing with TC software-based endpoint? a. By the serial number of the TC software-based endpoint d. 5. CLI through serial interface Which of the following statements is true about how to set up Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing on a TC software-based endpoint? a. Touch 12 d. By the IP address of the TC software-based endpoint b. what information is sent with the initial Invite message? a. Web interface b. Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing cannot be used on SX10 endpoints. Enterprise phonebook when the TC software-based endpoint is registered with the Cisco Unified CM b. By the RRQ of the TC software-based endpoint Which of the following is a phonebook that TC software-based endpoints can receive from the Cisco TMS? a. b. H.218 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. Corporate phonebook when the TC software-based endpoint is registered with the Cisco VCS . In a SIP call using Early Offer. 1. 2. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 3.225 d. Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing requires a Bluetooth connection to the endpoint. Nothing needs to be done on the endpoint to use Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing. SIP b. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. Touch 8 c. Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing must be turned on at the endpoint. c.

8. Factory resets wipe out configuration settings and upgraded image files. d. Root only 10 . allowing calls to connect over an IP network Which of the following statements is true about a factory reset on a TC softwarebased endpoint? a. 9. Admin and root c. Share content during a call b. Configuration > System Configuration > Auto Answer c. c. Factory resets only wipe out configuration settings. not upgraded image files or IP settings. Admin only d. AES 128-bit encryption c. PTZ the camera of a connected endpoint during a call d. DES 56-bit encryption b. 10. Local phonebook no matter where the TC software-based endpoint is registered 219 What type of encryption can TC software-based endpoints use when registered to the Cisco Unified CM? a. c. Factory resets cannot be performed on TC software-based endpoints. All encryption types Which menu would an administrator use to configure auto-answer on a TC softwarebased endpoint using the web interface? a. View content during a call c. 7. Configuration > System Configuration > Configuration b. Configuration > System Configuration > Experimental What does FECC allow users to do on a TC software-based endpoint? a. Factory resets only wipe out configuration settings. not upgraded image files. Which of the following user accounts exist on TC software-based endpoints by default? a. b. Corporate phonebook when the TC software-based endpoint is registered with the Cisco Unified CM d. Admin and helpdesk b. Configuration > System Configuration > Network Settings d. SRTP and TLS only d. Used for Ethernet call connections.Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 6.

Next. it can send a TFTP Get message to the TFTP server. If the endpoint is communicating to the VCS using H. After the configuration file has been downloaded. as of 10. both call control servers are acting as a SIP server.323 gatekeeper.323. After the endpoint has booted and loaded its locally stored image file. “Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics. the first element the endpoint tries to download is a certificate trust list (CTL) file. The SIP server is often referred to as the SIP proxy or the SIP registrar. When the unit is configured to register with the Cisco Unified CM VLAN. TC endpoints will not try to download upgrade firmware files. the fist step is to cable up the endpoint and turn it on. Option 150 can be made available for the TFTP server address to be discovered at the same time. however. Similar to a UC environment. but this option is disabled on the endpoint by default. so it may prove most prudent just to configure the External Manager settings manually. Although this is Cisco’s intent for future versions. the DHCP RequestTFTPServerAddress setting on a TC endpoint must be enabled for TFTP discovery to work. an understanding of how the endpoints communicate with both call control servers is needed. How the endpoint is cabled up will depend on the type of endpoint being used. When VLAN discovery is complete. TC endpoints can use Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) for VLAN discovery. Now that the endpoint has appropriate IP address information and the TFTP server address. the endpoints verify that they are running the requested load or firmware version. The CTL file contains a set of certificates and is used only when Cisco Unified CM cluster security has been enabled. . the endpoints try to download their own configuration files. For the time it takes to turn this setting on. Configuring a TC Endpoint to Register with a Cisco Unified CM If an administrator is configuring a TC endpoint to register with a Cisco Unified CM.x on the Cisco Unified CM the TC endpoint only validates if the version it is running is a supported version. this setting must be enabled manually. If an administrator wants to use VLAN discovery in a VCS environment. To better understand the Cisco TC software-based endpoints. Similar to UC environments. The communication the endpoints send to the TFTP server contains their MAC addresses because that is what the Cisco Unified CM uses to identify the endpoint. Whether the Cisco Unified CM or the VCS is being used for communication using SIP. it can be configured to register with the Cisco Unified CM. These terms are important for later discussions. although these are actually functions of the SIP server. the External Manager settings could be configured. discovery is enabled.220 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Foundation Topics Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Overview Cisco TC software-based endpoints can register with a Cisco Unified CM using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP).” where these different options are discussed in length. the endpoint sends a DHCP Discovery message to the DHCP server.323. or they can register with the Cisco VCS using SIP or H. You may want to review Chapter 7. the VCS is acting as an H.

.

.

.

225 Alerting message using the same Q. (This was a carryover protocol when the ITU developed the H. an H. If there is some CAC in place that prohibits the call from continuing. This identifies what audio and video codecs each endpoint supports. (The ITU labels this communication as master/slave negotiation. twoway communication can take place. then an ACF. in addition to any other capabilities that exist. Figure 10-4 illustrates the H. In an H.) When the destination endpoint receives the Call Setup message. Next is the master/responder negotiation. This is when the VCS reviews all CAC settings that have been configured and tries to locate the destination alias. The standard used to send this information is H. it sends the VCS its own ARQ message requesting permission to answer the call.323 umbrella standard for packetswitched communication. The first message sent is an H.224 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide source endpoint dials the destination alias. but it has become common to refer to it as responder instead of slave.225 Connect message is sent using the Q. ACK.) A master must be decided between the two endpoints. This Alerting message tells the destination endpoint to ring and sends a ring-back tone to the source endpoint. the source endpoint sends an H. Because this information is sent over TCP. SYN/ACK) to establish communication before important packets are sent.931 protocol. like far-end camera control (FECC) or content sharing. the VCS sends an Admission Reject (ARJ) to the source endpoint.225 Call Setup message.323 call. the VCS sends an Admission Confirm (ACF) to the source endpoint.931 protocol from the ITU H. When the user of the destination endpoint answers the call.) When the ACF is received. (Because the two endpoints in this scenario are registered to the same VCS. This message is sent using the Q. the destination endpoint sends two messages to the source endpoint. If there is no CAC in place that prohibits the call from continuing. When the VCS receives the ARQ message.931 protocol mentioned before. If the destination endpoint were registered to a different gatekeeper. it responds with a Request In Process (RIP) message. there could be cause for CAC to prohibit the destination endpoint from answering the incoming call. the call setup process establishes that same open line of communication needed before critical capabilities and UDP port allocations are sent between the two endpoints. . there will be no prohibitions during this second ARQ.320 umbrella standard for circuit-switched communication. and the call attempt ends. This ACF contains the destination endpoint’s IP address. When all the port are open. acknowledgments are also sent to confirm receipt of the information being exchanged.323 call setup process. Once the master is decided. Using that IP. and there was no CAC prohibiting the call during the first ARQ message. that endpoint sends the codec selection and port allocation for itself and the destination endpoint to the destination endpoint. Most TCP communication uses a three-way handshake (SYN. The first sets of packets exchanged between the two endpoints are the capabilities exchange. The VCS responds with a RIP message.245. and the master will decide what codec is to be used for each capability and what UDP ports each endpoint will use to transmit the packets over.

.

These keys correspond with soft key options that display across the bottom of the display. which can only be used by users to place calls. For example. as w th a mob e phone. the SX10 uses a TRC6 remote. P ace a ca . All other configuration settings must be done on the SX10 endpoints from either the web interface or the CLI. However. Context-sens t ve softkeys at the bottom of the screen Use the Arrow keys to nav gate n the menus and the center key to conf rm your cho ce or se ect on. Enter etters and numbers. if a user is in a call. Figure 10-5 TRC5 Remote Control As Figure 10-5 illustrates. there is a soft key option for FECC. except for the SX10.226 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Using the Onscreen Display with the Remote Control The remote control used with all TC endpoints. Remove a character n a text f e d. End an ongo ng ca . remote administrators and users can perform most all the functions they need from configuring endpoints to placing calls. five soft keys are located at the top of the remote control. Device settings must be provisioned from the TFTP server for Cisco Unified CM registration or from TMS (TelePresence Management Suite) for VCS registration. D sp ay the Ma n menu on the screen. If an administrator is configuring a . Figure 10-5 illustrates the button layout of the TRC5 remote control. Different options are made available depending of what the endpoint is doing. Using this. Note The SX10 does have a Setup Wizard that can be used to provision the endpoint during the first time it is booted. is the TRC5 remote.

The left one is for muting the microphone. or even if there are no menus displayed. Pressing the Home button or the Checkmark button will bring up the first level of menus. This displays the main menu options no matter where you have navigated within the menus. like a computer. button. there is a soft key option to toggle between numbers and letters. The center button is a home button. Below the soft keys in the center of the remote are arrow keys with a checkmark button in the center of them. Figure 10-6 illustrates how these menus will appear. This is a Clear. From the main level menus. is connected to the endpoint. The right button is used to bring up the self-view of the camera connected to the endpoint. and the right one is for sharing content if a device. or Backspace. and the Volume button is located to the left. 10 Figure 10-6 OSD Menus Using the Cisco TRC5 Remote Control . Some soft key options are programmable as well. It can also be used to change the layout if the multisite option is being used. Any menu option that has a black arrow beside it means that selecting it will offer another level of menu options. Above the number keypad is the Call Answer and Call Disconnect button. It also takes you to the previous menu set when navigating menus using the remote control.Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 227 setting on the endpoint. The Zoom button for camera control is located to the right of the arrow keys. navigating to Settings > Administrator Settings > Advanced Configuration will take administrators to the menus used to configure and calibrate an endpoint. Below the arrow buttons are three more button options. The left button bring up the phonebooks on the endpoint. Just above the arrow keys are two buttons. Between them is a C button. whether near-end or far-end camera control is being used. The checkmark button is like an Enter key used to make selections. These arrow keys can be used to navigate menus and to pan and tilt the camera.

Figure 10-7 illustrates how the web interface menus should appear as of Version TC7. like place a call or reboot. but it is not recommended. There are more options that an administrator can use with the CLI than any other way someone might interface with these endpoints. and xStatus.x. If an administrator wants to tell the endpoint to do something. SSH. The CLI can be accessed using either Telnet. TC endpoints are built on a Linux platform. Firefox and Chrome seem to work the best. the xCommand . The browsers that can be used are mostly all encompassing. The main configuration and calibration menus can be access by navigating to Configuration > System Configuration. guiding administrators to the exact code line needed. Internet Explorer is the most problematic. and the commands are relatively easy to use. These menu options are listed exactly the same as they are listed using the OSD. The Help command or the ? command will list all available commands or subcommands. xConfiguration. or the RS232 serial port available on most TC software-based endpoints. Scrolling over a menu will display the submenu options available.x Endpoint Using the Command-Line Interface via Telnet or SSH For administrators who are already familiar with the menus on TC software-based endpoints. There are three main commands used on TC endpoints: xCommand. Figure 10-7 Web Interface of a TC7. it is important to note that the bit rate is preset on the endpoint at 38400. the CLI is a great option for interfacing with them. Distinguished from the OSD. If the serial interface is used.228 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Using the Web Interface via HTTP or HTTPS The web interface of TC software-based endpoints is a great way to perform more advance functions on the endpoint for administrators who are not familiar with the CLI. This setting can be changed. the main menus of the web interface are horizontally listed across the top of the page.

Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 229 code lines are used. If an administrator wants to configure a setting on the endpoint. If the 10 . Figure 10-8 xConfiguration Commands Using CLI Using the Cisco Touch 8 or Touch 10 The forth way users can interact with TC software-based endpoints is by using the Cisco Touch control pad. However. and MX800 endpoints. the command used is xConfiguration SystemUnit Name: <system name>. Touch control pads are intended as an easier option for users to interact with TC endpoints. Figure 10-8 lists the commands under xConfiguration using the CLI. the Cisco Touch 10 is used only with MX200G2. MX700. Also. As mentioned in Chapter 7. another Touch 8 option is available for all other TC software-based endpoints except for the SX10. or view the registration status for H. MX300G2. or some other status. the Touch 8 used with the EX series endpoints can only be used with those endpoints. If an administrator wants to verify the status of a call. The TRC5 remote can be used with these endpoints. For example. For endpoints that have a dual network interface card (NIC) port available. The EX60 and EX90 come with a Touch 8. the Touch can be plugged into that available port. mute microphones. Users can use the Touch control pad to launch calls. but they default using the Touch 8. However. All Cisco Touch control pads do require a physical connection to the endpoints they are controlling. if an administrator wants to identify a system name for an endpoint. view and select participants from directories. check network settings.323/SIP. end calls. the xStatus code line is used. and view statistic information about a call. the xConfiguration code lines are used. share content. most administrative options are not included with the Touch control pads. The code used with xConfiguration maps exactly to the menu structure of the web interface and the OSD.

.

.

Manual uses the address specified in the above field. Discovery determines how the endpoint will locate a gatekeeper to try to register with.323 IDs is to configure them in the form of a URI. However. but only by the IP address of the destination endpoint. Address is the address of the gatekeeper you want to register the endpoint with. although that makes for a long phone number to remember. Make no mistake: H.164 alias is commonly used for internal calls. customers configure both the E.164 alias. The ITU ratified the parameters for E. it is a phone number. Admission. and the H. The endpoint sends out a GRQ broadcast to locate the gatekeeper. the first setting you will see is the Call Setup Mode. Essentially. which is the default. In direct mode. However. ID represents an H.323 ID. The last subheading under Profile 1 is H.164 aliases were carried over with the development of H. the endpoint will not register with any gatekeeper. Discovery mode can be configured as Manual or Auto. as mentioned toward the beginning of this chapter.323 on a TC software-based endpoint. is used for external calls. a more common use of H. It can still place calls. and the options here are E.323 Alias. as defined by the ITU.323 ID is not a URI. On TC software-based endpoints. navigate to Configuration > System Configuration. Best practice suggests leaving this setting as Manual. An E. Figure 10-10 illustrates the H.323 communications. In the past.323 menu in the left column. a common use of H. No RAS (Registration.323 configuration menus available on a TC softwarebased endpoint. Someone could dial “John” and place a call to John’s endpoint. This setting can be configured as Gatekeeper or Direct.323 IDs was to use a person’s name. is a numeric alias using digits between 0 and 9 and should be no longer than 15 digits long. Status) messages will be sent from or to this endpoint because it does not require a gatekeeper. They are address and discovery. and the length of the alias is less significant.164 alias for use with H. Under the Profile 1 settings. The next significant settings under Profile 1 are the gatekeeper settings.323 IDs can use alphanumeric and special characters up to 49 characters long. Leave this setting as Gatekeeper.164 alias can be up to 30 digits long. In some production environments. they can be configured in the form of a URI.164 alias and the H. an E. . which is the other type of alias that can be used with H. H. NAT mode is off by default and should not be turned on. in the form of a URI. Today. no gatekeeper address needs to be configured.323 ID.232 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide To configure H.323 ID. in this case. Click the H. it is the VCS. The E.320 circuit-switched communications. If configured as Auto.164 and ID. E.323 packet-switched communication. and Gatekeeper is the default setting.

The default setting is TCP. Under the H. or Auto. set it to TCP or UDP.323. To verify the registration was successful. 10 . Administrators should never need to change this setting. Standard should be used when registering to the VCS. the endpoint should register with the VCS immediately. and ID should be the H. which can be configured as Standard or Cisco. If all calls should be encrypted. Because the foundation for registering a TC software-based endpoint has been established for H. but to connect anyway if they cannot. Once saved. but it is a valuable setting of which to be aware.323. a close examination on how to register the endpoint using SIP with the VCS is needed. The first configuration parameter listed under Profile 1 is the Default Transport.323 Menus on a TC Software-Based Endpoint Each of the settings discussed in this section must be saved before they will take affect. the VCS does not provision settings to endpoints.323 configuration setting.Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints Figure 10-10 233 H. use Auto. Again.164 alias.323 heading. If you want SIP calls to try encrypting first. UDP. Gatekeeper should be the VCS address specified in the H. Navigate to Configuration > System Configuration and click the SIP menu in the left menu column. This setting can be configured as TCP. set it to TLS. an administrator can choose whether to use H. navigate to Home. or both. SIP. If none of your calls should be encrypted. This section focuses on only the basic settings needed to register an endpoint with the VCS using SIP. so all SIP configuration settings need to be configured on the endpoint before it can register with the VCS. Status should show up as Registered. Number should be the E. All of these settings can be found under the Profile 1 section.323 ID. and this is the default setting. Another menu option is Type. When registering an endpoint with the VCS. This setting will change automatically to Cisco when registering to the Cisco Unified CM. There are many more options available than are needed for a basic SIP registration. TLS.

This should be the URI address that users will dial when they are trying to connect to your endpoint. the H.323 ID. Under Address. the Proxy 1 address must be configured. the domain is a significant part of the alias and must qualify against domains listed on the VCS. Figure 10-11 shows how the SIP configuration menus will display on a TC software-based endpoint. configure the address of the VCS. and URI should be the URI address configured on the endpoint. Mode for SIP is the same as Mode for H. however. The VCS will qualify the domain. click the Home menu across the top of the page.323 ID is not actually a URI. Under Proxy 1.323. . Figure 10-11 SIP Menus on a TC Software-Based Endpoint To verify the endpoint has registered. If this setting is not configured. To point a TC software-based endpoint to the VCS for SIP registration. All the previously mentioned settings need to be saved for the configurations to take place. Status should show as registered. Proxy should be the VCS address. two settings are listed: Address and Mode. With SIP. and all SIP registrations will fail if the domain used in the URI address does not match a domain configured on the VCS. Because the H. It can be configured as Manual or Auto and determines how the endpoint will try to locate a SIP server (VCS) to register with. This name will display on the destination endpoint’s monitor when you connect. the URI address displays in its place.234 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Below this setting is the Display Name. Under the SIP heading. Some time was spent in this chapter explaining what a SIP server is and how the SIP registrar and the SIP proxy are functions of the SIP server. URI addresses must be in the form of Host@FQDN. A little further down is the URI setting.323 registration is allowed to register with a VCS regardless of what comes after the @. Leave this setting as Manual. It will also be displayed when connecting through a multipoint control unit (MCU). This is the marking difference between a URI and an H.

.

■ DefaultPresentationSource determines which video input port will be used for presentation sharing. Equalizer ID and Mode Key Tones Mode Sounds and Alerts On. which means that the second monitor will be used only to display presentation content. Type. Reflections. Delight. Vibes Ring Volume Sounds and Alerts 0–100 Calibrating Video Input and Output Components Video settings can be calibrated by navigating in the web interface to Configuration > System Configuration menus and clicking the Video menu in the left column. Mischief. Mode. if users try to share content during a call. Mode HDMI3 Output Level. Video Input Source HDMI1 Output Level. Type. Mode Line 1–4 (RCA) Output Channel. Off Ring Tone Sounds and Alerts Ascent.236 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Connector Section Options Microphone 1–8 Input Level. Sunrise. Camera selection can be changed at any point during a call using the remote control or the Touch controller. Mute on Inactive Video. ■ MainVideoSource determines which camera will be used first if multiple cameras are daisy-chained together on an endpoint. Playful. Echo Control De-Reverberation Mode and Noise Reduction. ■ Monitors allow an administrator to select how many monitors will be used during installation and what purpose each monitor will perform: ■ For example. Equalizer ID and Mode. Ringer. one of the options is Dual Presentation Only. Mellow. Ripples. Level. whether it comes from . Calculation. Mode. Evolve. Video settings are divided into eight categories: ■ An undefined basic settings category located at the top of the page ■ CamCtrlPip CallSetup ■ Input ■ Layout ■ OSD ■ Output ■ PIP ■ SelfviewDefault The undefined basic settings include the following: ■ AllowWebSnapshots that allow for a snapshot of participants during a call to be viewed from the web interface.

.

Maintain Aspect Ratio. Digital. Overlay. Equal. Presentation Selection. Presentation Small Speaker. Off Local Layout Family Layout Auto. Camera ID. Maximized Remote Layout Family Layout Auto. Off Mode OSD On. Off Call Settings Selection OSD On. Stretch to Fit Scale to Frame Threshold Layout 0–100 Scaling Layout On. Off Encryption Indicator OSD Auto. 5 Input RGB Quantization Range. Single Presentation Default View Layout Default.238 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Menu Section Options Duration CamCtrlPip CallSetup 1–60 Mode CamCtrlPip CallSetup On. Off Auto Select Presentation Source OSD On. Analog YPbPr) Source 1–5 Input Connector. Presentation Large Speaker. Full. Overlay. Off Menu Startup Mode OSD Home. Closed Missed Calls Notification OSD On. Quality. Presentation Large Speaker. Off . Full Screen. Visibility. Type (Auto Detect. Always Off Language Selection OSD On. Off My Contacts Expanded OSD On. Limited DVI 3. Mode. Equal. Type. Off HDMI1–4 RGB Quantization Range Input Auto. Single Scale to Frame Layout Manual. Prominent. Threshold 60 fps Disable Disconnected Local Outputs Layout On. Prominent. Name. Minimized. Analog RGB. Full Screen. Off Login Required OSD On. Always On. Optimal Definition Profile. Presentation Small Speaker.

Location Horizontal Offset. On Mode Self-View Default Current. Upper Left. Center Right. Third. Location Horizontal Offset. Upper Left. Center Left. Off Input Method Cyrillic OSD On. Always On Wallpaper Selection OSD On. Upper Left. Over-Scan Level. Center Left. Upper Right.Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints Menu Section Options Output OSD Auto. Upper Center. Center Right. Over-Scan Level. Resolution. Lower Left Lower Right Full Screen Mode Self-View Default Current. Current. Resolution. Location Vertical Offset DVI 2 and 4 Output Monitor Role. Off Virtual Keyboard OSD User Selectable. Upper Center. RGB Quantization Range. Upper Center. Lower Right Validating Network Settings Network settings are a critical part of configuring any device. “If you can’t ping it. Monitor Role. and should these settings be discovered automatically or statically assigned?” “How will VLAN discovery be used. Lower Left. Center Left. Off Input Language OSD Latin. Cyrillic Composite 5 Output Monitor Role. Lower Left Lower Right Presentation Default Value Position PIP Current. 1-4 Today’s Bookings OSD On. Some qualifying questions that must be answered before configuring the network settings on a TC software-based endpoint are. Over-Scan Level. Location Vertical Offset Active Speaker Default PIP Value Position Current. Off. Center Right. Location Vertical Offset HDMI 1 and 3 Output CEC Mode. Fourth PIP Position Self-View Default Current. Resolution. On On Monitor Role Self-View Default First. Upper Right. “What speed and duplex should be used. Location Horizontal Offset. Second. you can’t ring it” is the coined phrase that best describes the necessity of configuring these network settings appropriately. Upper Right. if it is used at all?” “Will DHCP be used or static IP addressing?” 239 10 . Off.

default gateway. Another potentially problematic component pertaining to network settings is VLAN usage. The VLAN mode is automatically changed to auto when the provisioning mode is changed to CUCM.xxx. In IP communications.xxx. the setting will need to be changed on both the endpoint and the router to full duplex. 100half. Even when the untagged data VLAN is used. Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) will still discover TC software-based endpoints connected to a switch. What happens if both parties using a Walkie-Talkie try pressing the Talk button at the same time? Neither party will be able to hear what the other party is saying. Auto is the default setting and will use whatever speed the router specifies should be used. it is always good to verify what rate is actually negotiated. and 1000 Mbps (or 1 Gbps). you could experience something called duplex mismatch. If this setting is only changed on one device and not the other. calls not connecting. 10full. Using half duplex in IP communications will double the amount of bandwidth required because extra ports will need to be opened for two-way communication. Other optional network addressing information that could be used are DNS addresses and. and the subnet mask. Telltale signs that duplex mismatch is occurring include registrations dropping. Endpoints in a Cisco Unified CM environment need to use tagged auxiliary voice VLAN. and 1000full.255. TFTP server addresses.xxx.xxx. (Review the previous section on registering TC software-based endpoint to the Cisco Unified CM for instructions on how to change the provisioning mode. but the status shows half duplex. The best option is to use the CLI with a serial connection or use the remote control. the untagged data VLAN is used. It is recommended by Cisco that Auto should be used.240 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide The question pertaining to speed and duplex will be addressed first. Duplex has to do with how nodes send and receive packets across a network. or calls dropping in the middle of the call. Both offer two-way communication. these settings can be changed. TC software-based endpoints will use DHCP by default. The VLAN mode on the endpoint must be set to either Auto or Manual. However.0 Gateway: “xxx. However. The required components needed are an IP address.xxx Address: xxx. If an administrator wants to use static IP addressing. Manual required an administrator to manually set the tagged auxiliary voice VLAN numeric value.xxx Assignment: Static . if Option 150 is used. and the options are half duplex and full duplex. The options available are Auto. 100 Mbps. It is not recommended to change these settings from the web interface because once one component is changed. 10half. Duplex is configured and displayed with the speed on TC software-based endpoints. The speed options available on TC software-based endpoints are 10 Mbps. when TC software-based endpoints register with the VCS. but half duplex only allows for communication to occur one direction at a time.255. only full duplex should be used.) IP addressing information is required when any device wants to communicate across a network. 100full. If speed and duplex are configured as Auto. this does not mean that the endpoint will automatically search for the voice VLAN. IP addressing information can be delivered over DHCP. However. you may lose connectivity to the endpoint. or they can be statically assigned. Walkie-Talkies are perfect examples of half-duplex communication. Full duplex allows for a node to send and receive packets at the same time. Auto will allow the endpoint to discover VLAN information using CDP. The commands that enable you to configure static network settings with the CLI are as follows: xConfiguration xConfiguration xConfiguration xConfiguration Network Network Network Network 1 1 1 1 IPv4 IPv4 IPv4 IPv4 SubnetMask: 255.

.

No settings need to be configured on a TC software-based endpoint to receive global phonebooks. and SIP. When users begin typing an alias (or participant name). Selecting the Show Call Settings menu option offers additional Call Rate and Protocol options. entries will automatically populate based on the characters dialed. several configurable options are available on TC software-based endpoints that relate to calls. so there is no reason an administrator should have to choose which phonebook to use. The big difference between these two types of phone books is that global phonebooks are downloaded to the endpoint. corporate phonebooks cannot be accessed. Within that callout will be a green Call button and a Show Call Settings menu option. An advantage of a corporate phonebook is that entries are always current. Endpoints must be configured to subscribe to TMS before corporate phonebook entries are published to the endpoint. Also. Such options include Auto Answer. Directory or Resents categories. When placing calls through the web interface. CLI Touch controller. Under the Contacts box. navigate to Configuration > System Configuration > Phonebook Server. users need to navigate to the Call Control menu. Cisco TC Software-Based Endpoint Call Scenarios Users and administrators can call on TC software-based endpoints using the remote control. If the CLI is used to place calls. H. web interface. Another disadvantage of global phonebooks is directory entries are only as current as the last time the phonebooks were pushed to the endpoint.242 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Global phonebooks (also referred to as downloaded phonebooks) and corporate phonebooks (also referred to as centralized phonebooks) are received from TMS in different manners from each other and can only be used in a VCS call control environment. The disadvantage of corporate phonebooks is that if the endpoint loses connectivity to TMS. the endpoint still keeps the global phonebook entries. However. pressing the green Call button will bring up calling options. . The arrow keys can be used to make a selection from the list. The type should be set to TMS. Users can now access corporate phonebook entries using the remote control (Intelligent Proximity or Touch Controller) by selecting the green Call button.asmx. A disadvantage of global phonebooks is the capacity limitations of TC software-based endpoints. these endpoints do need to be configured with corporate phonebooks so that the endpoint knows where to subscribe to for phonebook entries.323. Call rate is the bandwidth speed the call will request to use. When an alias is dialed in the Search or Dial field. there is no limit to the number of entries a phonebook can contain because corporate phonebooks reside on TMS at all times. The advantage of global phonebooks is that if the endpoint loses connectivity to TMS. whereas corporate phonebooks are centrally located on TMS. a callout window will appear to the right. Though placing calls is a fairly intuitive task. and the URL should be configured as http://TMSServerIPAddress/tms/ external/phonebook/phonebookservice. Both global and corporate phonebooks can be used on TC software-based endpoints at the same time. To configure corporate phonebook settings from the web interface of TC software-based endpoints. and protocol options include Auto. Additional options include selecting entries from the Favorites. aliases can be entered in the Search or Dial field. If the remote control of a Touch controller is used. the command to use is xCommand Dial Number: <alias>. or Intelligent Proximity.

.

.

.

“Final Preparation. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. Table 10-4 Key Topics for Chapter 10 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Figure 10-1 SIP registration process 221 Figure 10-2 H.246 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction. you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here. Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter.” and the exam simulation questions on the CD.323 registration process 223 Figure 10-3 SIP call flow using Early Offer 223 Paragraph 5 ways to interact with TC software-based endpoints 225 Paragraph How to configure Intelligent Proximity on TC software-based endpoints 230 Paragraph How to register TC software-based endpoints to the Cisco Unified CM 231 Table 10-2 Audio collaboration options 235 Table 10-3 Video collaboration options 237 Paragraph Phonebook options on TC software-based endpoints 241 Paragraph Encryption options on TC software-based endpoints 243 Paragraph Auto-answer options on TC software-based endpoints 243 Paragraph Far-end camera control options on TC software-based endpoints 243 Paragraph How to perform a factory reset on TC software-based endpoints 244 Paragraph Admin account on TC software-based endpoints and how to secure it with a password 244 Paragraph How to secure a TC software-based endpoint using a PIN 244 Paragraph How to secure a TC software-based endpoint using HTTPS and SSH 245 . Chapter 18. Table 10-4 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found.

GRQ/GCF. or at least the section for this chapter. H. Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: SIP. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work. “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). Q. “Memory Table Answer Key. RAS. PIP 10 .Chapter 10: Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 247 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. ARQ/ACF/ARJ.225. H.323 gatekeeper. OSD. DN. SIP server. H.245. CAC.323. SIP proxy. and complete the tables and lists from memory. H. SDP. FQDN. interworking gateway. Appendix D. SIP registrar. RRQ/RCF/RRJ.931.” also on the CD.

■ Solution Overview and Components: This section examines the Cisco firewalltraversal solutions available on the market today.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ NAT and Firewall-Traversal Overview: This section provides an overview NAT and firewall issues. ■ Jabber Guest: This section explains how the Jabber Guest solution works and what components are needed to use Jabber Guest. ■ Mobile and Remote Access: This section examines how the Cisco collaboration edge solution addresses mobile and remote-access issues for businesses. and how these issues have been addressed in a collaboration environment. . ■ Configuring Call Mobility: This section provides an overview of the two call mobility options in a Cisco infrastructure environment that allow other users to contact your devices with a single-number-reach solution.

organizations were established to standardize how devices communicate between each other. This solution enables remote and telecommuters to establish mobile and remote access to infrastructure within an organization. Cisco has an iron-clad solution that allows business to communicate with one another. All of these components can be interlaced together with an explanation on how different call mobility solutions function. and with customers.CHAPTER 11 Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture When networking was first introduced. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. and how they can be configured to establish a single-number-reach for users with multiple modes of communication. each using a different language to communicate.” Table 11-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions NAT and Firewall-Traversal Overview 1–5 Solution Overview and Components 6–7 Mobile and Remote Access 8–9 Jabber Guest None Configuring Call Mobility 10 . “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. Therefore. security had to be introduced to protect these businesses from cyber-attacks. This chapter discusses Network Address Translation (NAT) and firewall issues that companies encounter within a collaboration solution. read the entire chapter. Once businesses could communicate together. You will also learn how business-to-consumer communication can be established using the Cisco Jabber Guest solution. This raised several more communication issues that took many years to resolve. Table 11-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. You can find the answers in Appendix A. in a secure environment. An overview of Cisco solutions that address these issues will help you understand the foundational components needed in a Cisco firewall-traversal solution. many companies were formed establishing different types of networks.

If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer.460. b. ICANN is hardware intensive because all call media must go through this server.323 in direct mode. ICE is hardware intensive because all call media must go through this server. 5. b. resulting in the call dropping eventually. Class B public IP address b.192. tries to call another SX20 sitting in a private network. ISO c. Class B private IP address c. but the call will drop immediately after the call is answered. ITU b. Which of the following statements is true about NAT traversal? a. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. The destination endpoint will never ring. c. b.168? a. IEEE d. STUN is hardware intensive because all call media must go through this server. What is the expected outcome? a. What type of address is 192. The destination endpoint will ring. and the media will flow bidirectionally between the two endpoints without issue. d. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. No ports need to be opened.323 in direct mode. IETF What UDP ports need to be opened on a firewall if H. What organization created and is responsible for the administration of the Interactive Connectivity Establishment protocol? a. 2. 4. Class C public IP address d. They will be opened dynamically. The destination endpoint will ring. call setup will occur. also configured to use H. c. The destination endpoint will ring. TURN is hardware intensive because all call media must go through this server.18 is used for firewall traversal? a. Class C private IP address An SX20 sitting on the public Internet. configured to use H. and call setup will occur. 3.250 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. but the media will be one-way.168. d. 5060 and 5061. . 1.

FindMe b. Allows for the integration of mobile phones with the Cisco Unified CM c. A DMZ is required for the solution to work. Which call mobility option requires an alias to be configured that is not assigned to an endpoint already? a. 4 What products are used in the Cisco collaboration edge solution for firewall traversal? a. 251 What are the total number of ports that need to be opened when Cisco Assent is used for firewall traversal? a. b. Cisco Unified CM and VCS Expressway d. Cisco Unified CM and Expressway Edge What is the Cisco Unified Mobility and remote-access solution? a. 2776 and 2777. Expressway Core and Expressway Edge c. Nothing special is needed for the solution to work. Allows Cisco collaboration endpoints outside the enterprise network to register to an edge call control server Which of the following is a critical component to the Cisco Unified Mobility and remote-access solution? a. Cisco Unified Mobility c. 50000 to 52400. d. c. 8. 7. VCS Control and VCS Expressway b. c. One button to push 11 . A certificate server is required for the solution to work. d. Allows administrators to configure and change settings on the Cisco Unified CM from remote locations d. 9.Chapter 11: Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 6. Allows Cisco collaboration endpoints outside the enterprise network to register internally to the Cisco Unified CM b. 10. Single number reach d. 2 c. 1 b. 3 d. A TURN server is required for the solution to work.

.

The STUN server is listening on port 5060. Once video calls are set up using TCP. if the source device were to try to route to the public IP address of the far end router. the endpoint sends a STUN request through the default gateway to the STUN server located on the public network. Figure 11-1 illustrates how STUN can be used for NAT traversal. After creating the RFC for STUN. the one-way transmission has no way of knowing whether the endpoint residing behind the NAT server received the audio or video packets. one will never be able to discover the other. the packets are re-sent. The IETF. The STUN server records the address and port and sends a response back to the endpoint. TCP requires a return communication. the transmission would fail at the source router because private IP addresses are not publicly routable. The IETF came up with two other RFC protocols known as Traversals Using Relays around NAT (TURN) and Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE). UDP communications are unidirectional. The gateway forwards the request to STUN server and changes port 5060 to another port number. the audio and video packets are sent using UDP. also came up with the first solution that allowed communications between private LAN/WANs through a NAT server. and all media must go through the TURN server. the IETF came us with another protocol called TURN. it does not work properly with networks using Symmetric NAT. To resolve Symmetric NAT issues. a SIP-based Voice over IP [VoIP] or video call with an external entity). So if two video endpoints behind different NATs want to communicate. allowing for server-reflexive addresses and SNATs (Symmetric NATs) alike. if a device were to try to route to the private IP address of another endpoint. it can notify the external entity to sends responses back on the public IP address and port assigned by the STUN server. Therefore. ■ The second issue that comes with NAT has to do with UDP (User Datagram Protocol) transmissions. who came up with the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) communications protocol and NAT. If a return communication is not received in a set amount of time. Symmetric NAT creates a new address and port mapping each time an internal host tries to connect to an external host. Figure 11-2 illustrates how a TURN server can be used within a network. once the packets arrived. As illustrated in the scenario in Figure 11-1. NAT becomes an issue with collaboration devices for two reasons: ■ NAT does not allow communication to be initiated from outside the private network because the virtual ports can change with each new transmission that is created. Although STUN is a great solution. 11 . it uses a relay that STUN does not possess. For example. Now the UDP connection can successfully be established between two endpoints without NAT issues hindering the connection. When the endpoint establishes a session (for example. This IP and port are now assigned to the requesting endpoint.Chapter 11: Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 253 packets are sent out. however. Whereas TCP communications require a response. Because the TURN server is used as a relay. TURN performs much like STUN. Alternatively. the far end router would not know which device to route the packets to. That protocol is known as Session Traversal Utilities for NAT (STUN). more bandwidth is required.

.

.

.

.

.

11 . Unified Communications Mobile and Remote Access requires certificates for secure communication between endpoints outside the network and the internal Cisco Unified CM. The service records must point to the Cisco Expressway Edge server.<domain> service records so that external endpoints can discover that they should use Cisco Expressway Edge for mobile and remote access. issues could result from clients not knowing where to register. Though these new certificates pertain to WebEx integration. The internal DNS server must be configured with a cisco-uds. Cisco has recently issued four new certificates to use in conjunction with the Expressway Edge or the VCS Expressway. All Cisco Unified CM IM and Presence server clusters should be configured in the same manner when configuring the cuplogin. The following connections must be enabled on the firewall: ■ ■ Internal firewall between Cisco Expressway Core and Cisco Expressway Edge ■ SIP: TCP 7001 ■ Traversal Media: UDP 36000 to 36001 ■ Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP): TCP 7400 ■ HTTPS (tunneled over Secure Shell (SSH) between Expressway Core and ■ Expressway Edge): TCP 2222 External Firewall between the internet and Cisco Expressway Edge ■ SIP: TCP 5061 ■ HTTPS: TCP 8443 ■ Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP): TCP 7400 ■ Traversal Using Relay NAT (TURN) server control and media: UDP 3478 / 6000 to 61799 ■ Media: UDP 36012 to 59999 The external DNS server must be configured with collab-edge. Unified Communications Mobile and Remote Access uses the Expressway Edge as the traversal server that is installed on the public network or in a DMZ and Expressway Core as the traversal client that is installed on the internal network. When using Cisco Unified CM IM and Presence.<domain> service record. These four certificated are not included in Table 11-3.Chapter 11: Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 259 Communications Mobile and Remote Access also allows the traversal communication to be leveraged for endpoint registration._tcp.<domain> service record._tcp<domain> service record is also required on the internal DNS. Service records for secure SIP are also recommended for deploying secure SIP calls on the Internet.<domain> service record so that internal endpoints can discover that they should use Cisco Unified CM for direct registration. You must point all call-processing nodes to a Cisco Unified CM cluster fully qualified domain name (FQDN) when configuring the cisco-uds._tls. a cuplogin. otherwise. which outlines the different certificate types needed and where they are needed. Cisco recommends they be used regardless of whether WebEx is being used. The internal DNS records must be available to all internal endpoints and to Cisco Expressway Core._tcp. Be sure that the uds service records are not advertised externally._tcp.

.

.

The Expressway Edge server lives outside the internal firewall. There is a Jabber Guest server that needs to be deployed before these services are available. Jabber Guest Cisco has a new product available through the collaboration edge solution that helps businesses extend their reach to customers who may not have a video communication solution available. but the simplest way Jabber Guest works is in a Cisco Expressway Edge with single network interface card (NIC) deployment. like audio and video communication. Once the call is set up. website link. it will try to authenticate with WebEx Connect first. Desktop. Figure 11-5 illustrates how the Cisco Jabber Guest solution works. or use the Jabber Guest client experiences. This will start a WebRTC type of a session with the employee using a Cisco collaboration endpoint. Build these capabilities in to your website or mobile application with the included software development kits (SDKs). or your service provider. All call admission control settings are applied to this call before the Cisco Unified CM communicates with the collaboration endpoint that a call attempt is being made. but receiving content is coming in a future release. and have them disable it. Endpoints register to the Cisco Unified CM because the Cisco Unified CM still handles all the call control between these endpoints and the Jabber Guest client. You can call Cisco. With Cisco Jabber Guest. Customers can launch Jabber Guest within their own network using a browser like Firefox or Google Chrome. Cisco Jabber Guest helps customers interact with enterprise workers by using realtime communications that are high quality. regardless whether the customer is using WebEx Connect.262 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Note It is important for users to be aware that by default. different user-friendly options still exist. the Cisco Jabber Guest solution requires a dedicated Expressway Edge and Expressway Core.and content-sharing capabilities are not available currently. standards based. . the call setup signaling crosses the Internet to the Cisco Expressway Edge server. Guest users are not required to enter a username or password because there is no account needed for those users to employ Jabber Guest. and comprehensive. The Expressway Edge passes the signaling to the Expressway Core. the media flows from the Jabber Guest client to the collaboration endpoint and back again. Within the enterprise network resides the Cisco Unified CM. through the Expressway Core and Edge. Also. and the Jabber Guest server. possibly in a DMZ. Return call setup communication follows the same path in reverse order. the Expressway Core. When the customer launches a Jabber Guest call. Then the Expressway Core communicates with the Cisco Unified CM. Cisco Jabber Guest allows organizations to leverage an already-existing infrastructure. Various deployment options exist with this solution. who simply need to click a URL link. or mobile application to start the interaction. when a Jabber IM client is being used. Enterprise workers can send a link to guests. and the Expressway Core first establishes a communication with the Jabber client server to determine how it should route this session.

.

When a user dials the FindMe ID. must set up use of the Self Care Portal before end users can configure their settings. Using FindMe requires an option key. There are two alternate options of transfer based on the behavior of the first call transfer.. and then configured by users to their desired specifications. which can be mass distributed to everyone within an organization. allowing a cell phone to ring when the primary number is dialed. and Jabber client will all ring for 30 seconds. Navigating to the URL or IP address of the Cisco VCS will present two login options: Administrator or User. All other hours. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) can play an active role in how FindMe works. If the call is busy another endpoint. . FindMe is a feature of the Cisco VCS. Figure 11-6 illustrates the FindMe user portal on the VCS as it compares to the FindMe user portal on TMS. to 5:00 p. FindMe is a call mobility feature for Cisco VCS-centric environments. If TMS Provisioning Extension (TMSPE) integration is used. there are several functions they could potentially perform. The User login is how FindMe uses can log in to manage their own FindMe accounts.m. another selection of devices can be specified to transfer the call. the call will go directly to voice mail. and the call transfer behaviors will be based on the FindMe account with which it is associated. which are used to control the mobility algorithm. then the call will redirect to voice mail. The Cisco Unified CM system administrator. Alternatively. Cisco Unified Mobility uses the alias of the primary endpoint to initiate the transfer of the call. navigate to https://CUCM name or IPaddress>/ucmuser. Certain callers can also be blocked from calling Unified Mobility devices. DX70 desk phone. if the call rings for a specified duration of time without being answered. Whereas Cisco Unified Mobility has a Self Care Portal for users to configure their Unified Mobility settings.264 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Each end user can configure Cisco Unified Mobility to his or her own specifications.m. a user’s mobile phone. End users can control the timers. Similar to Unified Mobility. Monday through Friday from 9:00 a. However. Time schedules can be established that determine which devices will ring during different hours and days. Because organization may need to support thousands of FindMe accounts. or endpoints. End users can modify the mobile number. One significant difference between the two call mobility features is the alias used to extend reachability. the User login portal through the VCS goes away. the VCS initiates a call-processing order. The first behavior the VCS looks for in a FindMe account is what endpoint. the alias dialed is identified as a FindMe ID. which is the dial-able alias to be used. To log in to the Self Care Portal on the Cisco Unified CM. The operation of FindMe is very similar to Cisco Unified Mobility. and a new User portal is made available through TMS. once users log in. or endpoints. the call should be transferred to first. who also controls what features are available. How this portal is accessed will depend on how the VCS-centric environment is set up. Within the call-processing order. TMS integration can be used to provision a FindMe template. Enter the user login credentials when prompted. can be specified for the call to be transferred. Cisco FindMe has a user portal as well. FindMe accounts are created initially by the VCS administrator. FindMe requires a FindMe ID to be configured for the FindMe account. For example.

.

266 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Summary It is said. Although the topics discussed in this chapter are beyond the scope of CIVND2. H. The Cisco Jabber Guest option offers an addendum to the collaboration edge solution. This solution features the VCS Control and VCS Expressway as the traversal components needed.18. there is the collaboration edge solution. In a Cisco Unified CM-centric environment.460. Some of those needs have been addressed in this chapter. and H. The Assent protocol became the basis for the H. specifically pertaining to voice and video over IP. “Invention is 10 percent sweat and 90 percent necessity. there is the VCS-traversal solution. and ICE.460. Cisco Jabber Guest allows businesses to extend their reachability to other businesses and customers who may not support a video communications solution. and there are also two traversal solutions that exist. .460. a basic understanding of them is expected by Cisco.19. called Assent. and maintained a secure environment for corporate networks. Another technology developed over the years is call mobility. that resolved both the NAT and firewall issues. the Cisco Unified Mobility feature can be leveraged to allow employees to be contacted with a single number reach. Within a Cisco Unified CM-centric environment.” Networks have evolved significantly over the past three and a half decades. Cisco solutions offer two modes of accomplishing call mobility. This chapter has included more detail about these features and products to help prepare you with future certifications you may pursue.17. NAT created other issues with communication across networks. Cisco has two call control solutions available for various industry needs. Much of the development in protocols and technologies has derived from needs that surfaced throughout this development process. This solution features the Expressway Core and Expressway Edge as the traversal components needed. A proprietary protocol came about. this is accomplished through a feature called FindMe. and to familiarize you with products and solutions being used in Cisco deployments globally. All of these new standards and protocols led the way to the development of new technology products as well. In a Cisco VCS-centric environment. The protocols that were developed by the IETF to overcome NAT traversal were STUN. they simply bypassed a second issue: firewall traversal.323 traversal standards of the ITU called H. Although these protocols did resolve one issue. TURN. For a Cisco VCS-centric environment. like the limitation of IPv4 that led to the development of IPv6 and NAT.

.

and media issues on Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence soft client. call. and media issues on CTS software-based endpoints. ■ Using the Cisco DX Series Problem Reporting Tool: This section explains how to use the Problem and Reporting tool on DX series endpoints. . ■ Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence CTS SoftwareBased Endpoints: This section examines how to view log and call status information from the CTS software-based endpoint web interface. call. ■ Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence: This section examines how to isolate registration. and how to change the debug level on an endpoint to collect syslog information for SIP and H. ■ Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints: This section examines how to isolate registration. ■ Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints: This section examines how to isolate registration.323 calls. call.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence TC SoftwareBased Endpoints: This section provides an overview of how to collect status and configuration information on TC software-based endpoints using the CLI. ■ Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Maintenance: This section examines how to back up the configuration settings on TC software-based endpoints and how to perform system upgrades. and media issues on TC software-based endpoints. how to view current and historic log information from the web interface.

You can find the answers in Appendix A. feeling to install a Cisco TelePresence solution where everything works perfectly. and often the varying pieces and parts do not always work the way they are supposed to. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. and performing upgrades. This chapter describes the various tools that are used to perform regular tasks such as backup. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section.CHAPTER 12 Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints It is a wonderful. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. It is an odd feeling because Cisco TelePresence endpoints are complex systems that involve many state-of-the-art peripherals for audio. Table 12-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. Even after everything is installed and tested to working order. restore. video. the human element will inevitably break something down the line. Other tasks described in this chapter include how to view call statistic information and pull logs to aid in troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence collaboration endpoints.” Table 12-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Questions Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 1–2 Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoint Maintenance 3–5 Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 6–7 Collecting Logs and Status Information on Cisco TelePresence CTS Software-Based Endpoints 8–9 Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence 10 . requiring someone to troubleshoot the issues at hand. read the entire chapter. and collaboration experience. yet odd. This lesson will guide administrators to be proficient with various tools needed to operate and potentially troubleshoot these complex systems in a network environment.

which of the following is required? a. OSD b. 12 c. Firmware packet b. 2. 15 TC software-based endpoints can be backed up using which of the following options? a. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. 13 d. what is the highest level debug that can be established? a. 4. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. FTP d. 5. SCP c. CLI When upgrading a TC software-based endpoint. 3. 12 d. Option key d. SystemTools Network Ping d. 6 b. If an administrator were to issue the debug command on a TC software-based endpoint log ctx sippacket debug. Release key c. 15 How many historical log files can be stored on the Cisco TC software-based endpoint? a. xCommand Ping . If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. Cisco Unified CM Which of the following CLI commands can be used on TC software-based endpoints to verify IP connectivity to the VCS? a. 1. Utils Eth 0 c.270 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. Utils Network Ping b. 11 b. 9 c.

xCommand Ping 10. SystemTools Network Ping d. 2 c. b. 128 kbps c. which of the following considerations needs to be taken into account? a. 64 kbps d. 1 b. MIC settings on the mixer need to be set to Line level. 271 If a technician is performing an integrated installation using a C60 endpoint. MIC settings on the endpoint need to be set to MIC level. and an equalizer is introduced to handle ten microphones throughout the room. 9. Log Files c. Sysop Log b. 8. What is the minimum bandwidth rate a Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence call can make during a video call? a. MIC settings on the endpoint need to be set to Line level. SIP Messages d. Utils Network Ping b. How many DVI-I video inputs does a Cisco TelePresence codec C90 have? a. 384 kbps b. 3 d.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 6. 7. c. d. System Status Which of the following CLI commands can be used on CTS software-based endpoints to verify IP connectivity to the Cisco Unified CM? a. MIC settings on the mixer need to be set to MIC level. 24 kbps 12 . 4 Which log on the Cisco CTS software-based endpoints shows SDP messages? a. Utils Eth 0 c.

.

.

.

.

.

” for information about available TC software-based endpoint option keys. using TMS to perform these tasks offers many benefits. and delay statistics for incoming and outgoing audio and video channels. and the CLI provide call statistics that include packet loss. which supports H. a restore can be. doing so might interrupt the process. Figure 12-2 illustrates what the call statistics look like during a video call on an SX10 endpoint. you may need to open a Cisco TAC case to obtain special release keys. When the upgrade is successfully completed. Be aware that backups cannot be scheduled. Two of the main benefits of using TMS for upgrades are the ability to perform bulk upgrades with a single click of a button and upgrades can also be scheduled to occur at a time when the systems will not be in use. restore. call setup issues. Click Upgrade. The web interface. However. The second reboot is to finalize the camera upgrade. This process can take up to 30 minutes. Option keys allow for extended functionality of the system and do not require a reboot when added. Do not use the endpoint during the upgrade. The subject of how to use TMS to perform these tasks is beyond the scope of the Cisco CIVND material. There are different tools available for troubleshooting registration issues. There is another option to back up. and upgrade TC software-based endpoints. jitter. The endpoint reboots twice during the upgrade. onscreen display.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 277 package file you downloaded from Cisco. in this case. nor should they be. an administrator can schedule that those endpoints are restored once a day or once a week. On the same upgrade page of the web interface. Review Chapter 7. The system starts downloading the file to the endpoint’s local disk and then performs the upgrade from that disk. You might have several option keys in your system. If you need to downgrade the software on Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. After endpoints have been backed up. “Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics. Though a backup cannot be scheduled. Consider if an endpoint were scheduled to be backed up by TMS and someone changed settings on that endpoint before the backup took place. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) is a complete management tool that enables administrators to manage an entire video network from a single interface. or it could be the Cisco Unified CM with SIP. issues relevant to those changes would be backed up as well. Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints Troubleshooting issues on Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints can be a particularly cumbersome task because the call control mechanism used could be the Video Communication Server (VCS). an administrator can add option keys for new features as required.323 and SIP. such as on a Saturday at midnight. further discussion on Cisco TMS will follow in later chapters. or media issues. However. 12 . The tools used for troubleshooting may depend on the issue type being experienced or the type of issue needing fixed. The first reboot is used to finalize the endpoint upgrade. a message appears.

.

Verify that the dial plan is correct and that calls can be successfully routed by using it. These administrators can verify CAC settings used to set up bandwidth limits and call privileges that can accommodate a certain number of calls. H. however. 12 . registration fails. the next step to troubleshooting registration issues on TC software-based endpoints would be to look for nonmatching configuration settings between the server and the endpoint. If you configure the Cisco TFTP server IP address manually. calls are possible without registering to a gatekeeper if the call setup mode is set to Direct. and debug files. Most of the tools reside in the Cisco Unified CM or the Cisco VCS. IP connectivity to the Cisco Unified CM server or Cisco TFTP server is broken. In direct mode. the TC software-based endpoint sends out a broadcast request searching for any call control device to which it can register. Media issues can be as complex as call setup issues to troubleshoot because many moving parts can impact audio and video packets sent and received. For Cisco VCS registration issues. Verify that external manager mode is set to CUCM. you need to make sure that the protocol that is used (H. Best practice suggests setting the discovery mode to Manual and entering the specific address of a call control server to which the endpoint will try to register. could use UDP port 5060 or UDP over TLS 5061. which may not be where the administrator intended the endpoint to register.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 279 If IP connectivity were working across the network. The first call control server to respond is where the endpoint will try to register.323 registration requests always use UDP port 1719 for Registration Request (RRQ) messaging to a gatekeeper. status messages. If the discovery mode is set to Automatic. There are few tools on the endpoint itself that can help detect call setup issues. Provided the endpoint has registered to the call control server. calls are not possible until the endpoint registers. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) did not provide the correct IP settings or the right TFTP server address through Option 150. Video input devices include cameras. document cameras. Take a screen capture of system configuration settings. Also verify that HTTP is chosen for the external manager in the advanced settings configuration. Note that discovery mode has no bearing on TC software-based endpoint registration to the Cisco Unified CM.323 or SIP) is enabled at both the endpoint and the server. the next issue that could be encountered relates to call setup. the call setup mode will need to be set to Gatekeeper. the endpoint never tries to register to a gatekeeper. SIP. This is also true for Cisco TC software-based endpoints trying to register to the Cisco Unified CM. Make sure that the correct matching transport protocol is set at both the endpoint and the server for SIP. verify that the correct address is set in the Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoint External Manager Address field. and video-playing devices. and then escalate call setup issues to a call control administrator.323. With H.323 and SIP. The discovery mode on the Cisco VCS determines how the endpoint will try to discover the call control server for both H. or the endpoint is provisioned incorrectly. Because of the complexity of the setup. a great variety of problems can be experienced when setting up a call with a Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoint. In gatekeeper mode. Issues registering to the Cisco Unified CM are typically caused because the voice VLAN was not learned from the switch. computers for content sharing. which are beyond the scope of this class. If there is no response. If the desired outcome is for the endpoint to register to the VCS.

.

.

None is the default. After you choose from the Select Problem Type drop-down list and click Capture New Log Files. LCD.000 bytes of the log are shown. registration status. This process may take several minutes. Please wait. prompting you to open or save the file. You can choose from three download options by selecting the appropriate radio buttons. . The drop-down list contains the following problem types: Audio (Speakers. There are also Audio/Video Call sections that list details about a call. As many as 20 individual files are saved on the Cisco TelePresence System. and audio-only call stream statistics. The Download Existing Log Files option allows you to download existing log files.” The File Download window appears. the last 100. and each file can contain as many as 100. You can do the same thing by highlighting the SIP message and clicking Details. To download the log files. From the Cisco CTS web interface. prompting you to open or save the file. The Log Files tab displays the status of the log capture. Other critical information displayed includes local and remote endpoint IP address information. click the Download Sysop Files button at the bottom of the page. and local directory number. These call statistics show both transmit and receive call information.” The File Download window appears.282 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide The Sysop Log tab displays system operation messages. You can filter the SIP messages to display a specific type of message in the SIP log file. the system combines and compresses all existing log files from the codec. the system shows the message “A WinZip download will start within several minutes. Video (Displays. The other option available within the Log Files tab is to Capture New Log Files. differentiated services code point (DSCP). Click this radio button and then choose a problem from the Select Problem Type drop-down list to download logs. the system displays the message “Collecting Cisco TelePresence System log files. There is also a Historical Call Statistics (Not Including Current Call. The SIP Messages tab displays all SIP messages sent and received by the CTS software-based endpoint. The Log Files tab allows administrators to download log files or capture new log files. including the percentage of completion. Cameras). The prompt that comes up presents two options: open to view the log files or save the log files to the local disk on your computer. If Any) section that lists historical information about past calls. Double-clicking a SIP message from the list opens the SIP Message Details dialog box for detailed message reports. such as audio stream statistics of an audio/video call. video stream statistics of an audio/video call. Please wait. Viewing real-time call statistics is an important function on any endpoint. and call errors for the Cisco TelePresence System. and Other/Unknown. Projector. If the option to open the log file is chosen. choose Monitoring > Call Statistics. and all available systems operation log files are downloaded. Recording. call statistics.000 characters. Document Camera. When you click Download Existing Log Files. including call information. You can also choose the number of messages to view at one time. Microphones). and class of service (CoS) quality of service (QoS) markings. average latency. Phone. and no log files are captured unless a download option is chosen. The Real Time Call Statistics section lists the details of an in-progress call. including the connection status. When you capture new log files.

.

you can install an acoustic panel. which the CTS endpoint is responsible for delivering. The audio from the remote side is slightly attenuated before being played out to the speaker. the issue is an audio port or microphone issue. or you can put in some furniture or plants and make sure that the audio volume is set to medium. the microphone or that audio port is probably the issue. something could have prevented the CTS endpoint from delivering the appropriate files to the touch panel. To get rid of the echo. If there were no network-related issues found. CTS software-based endpoints show as registered to the Cisco Unified CM. and one for the touch panel). Make sure that the UDP and TCP SIP ports 5060 and TCP HTTP port 6970 are open. such as SIP and HTTP traffic. If users experience choppy audio during bidirectional discussions. during bidirectional discussions. someone may have moved the speakers or microphone. check that the Cisco Unified CM has the appropriate files upload for the version the CTS endpoint is running. To mitigate the issue. resulting in choppy audio. Unplug or mute the suspected microphone. The echo-cancellation feature removes some of the sound from the talkers during the bidirectional discussions. Make sure that the server process runs normally using the CLI command utils service list. echo cancellation always removes some sound from the talker. Oftentimes. The touch panel automatically obtains its IP address from the endpoint built-in DHCP server. the next step an administrator must examine is whether the endpoint has obtained the appropriate IP address of the Cisco TFTP server. If the endpoint performs an upgrade during the registration process. This situation might cause audio-missed interrupts on the endpoint. If that does not work.284 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide that is required for successful registration. the panel should show the correct IP address. but the touch panel does not work. Plug only one microphone into an audio port at a time and continue through all the microphones and audio ports to . However. Try rebooting the endpoint to reinitiate this process. Swap the microphone for another one and see whether the problem follows the microphone or the codec. If you experience degraded audio quality or the call is dropped completely. the issue might be caused when the audio echo canceller briefly mistakes one of the speech patterns for noise and cancels it. When you hear echo. the Cisco TelePresence endpoint might be experiencing packet loss or packet jitter for an extended period. If the problem persists. Check the network path to determine whether jitter or packet loss is observed. When you display the system status at the touch panel. Otherwise. The existing filter parameters should be enough to cancel the sound from the speaker. This IP address is usually obtained through Option 150. For example. Check the microphone and audio port. Another issue that could prevent the touch panel from functioning properly is related to the firmware load file. the most common issue is the room acoustic environment. this behavior is expected. although it can be configured manually. Verify packet loss and jitter through system operation logs or live call statistics from the CLI or web graphical user interface (GUI). High CPU or resource saturation can cause hearing echo. When the CTS endpoint receives firmware bin files from the TFTP server some of the bin files contain the firmware for the touch panel. you can perform a hold or resume of the call or redial it completely. or there could be a laptop or other device directly placed in front of the microphone. The Cisco Unified CM cluster might also be causing issues if the endpoint is not configured and automatic provisioning is disabled or if required services are not responding. This issue is usually due to the panel-to-system communication. Check whether there has been a change in the echo path. Rarely. There should be three files listed (two for the CTS endpoint.

12 . ■ Select the problem application. Using the Cisco DX Series Problem Reporting Tool The Cisco DX650 includes an integrated Problem Report Tool to provide support for device-related issues. Android version.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 285 isolate the problem. ■ Enter a customer support e-mail address. endpoints are connected to and ensure they are not using half duplex. ■ Select the time that the problem was observed. This field is autopopulated with the date the tool was invoked. ensure that it does not block SIP traffic at TCP 5060. Check that the switch ports. If you are unsure of the application that had the problem. Users can issue a notification from the device by providing the following information: ■ Select the date that the problem was observed. Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence does provide error logging that can be used during the troubleshooting process when registration issues are experienced. Video endpoints must use full duplex. Isolating and Identifying Issues on Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence The best tools available to aid in troubleshooting Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence are the Cisco VCS and Cisco TMS because they completely control the Jabber Video for TelePresence client. Another cause for media issues on any endpoint has to do with duplex. This field is also autopopulated with the time the tool was invoked and can be changed. Use ping and traceroute from the PC to verify the IP connectivity. The means of using the VCS and TMS for troubleshooting goes beyond the scope of the Cisco CIVND2 course. choose Cisco Collaboration Problem Reporting Tool. but this is not always true. choose None. the following information should be verified first: ■ The computer that Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence is installed on must have IP connectivity to the Cisco VCS. ■ If there is a firewall or access control list along the IP route. autonegotiation will result in full duplex being used. ■ Make sure that the sign-in window shows the correct VCS Control or VCS Expressway address and domain. which is why it is always good to check. ■ Verify that the login credentials are correct for signing in. and standby server. Tap Create Problem Report when finished. last upgrade. and build number. Include a concise description of the behavior that was observed. however. To report a problem to Cisco. ■ Enter a problem description. When you scroll to the second page. The first page provides information about the endpoint including the model number. choose Settings > About Device. In most cases. kernel version. but it can be changed if needed. UDP 5060. To access the tool. active server. Before these logs are used to troubleshoot registration issues. the information displayed includes the active load. or TLS 5061 in either direction.

.

including how to back up and restore the configuration settings of an endpoint and how to perform an upgrade. because Jabber Video for TelePresence is dependent on the Cisco VCS and the Cisco TMS servers. Most issues regarding this soft client will need to be escalated to the VCS or TMS administrator. Cisco CTS software-based endpoints have three logs available that can be accessed through the web interface. they are the best tools available for troubleshooting Jabber Video for TelePresence issues. All system information is written to and stored in the Current and Historical log files. This information can be expanded using debug commands to offer detailed call traces. and becomes an asset in troubleshooting issues when they occur. Administrators should now understand how to perform maintenance on TC software-based endpoints. and the CLI to collect log information on Cisco TC software-based endpoints. troubleshooting steps for these endpoints have been identified in the same manner as troubleshooting other UC or collaboration endpoints within a Cisco Unified CM-centric environment. calling. Key issues have been identified on TC software-based endpoints that can cause registration. Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence has some tools available locally on the hosting computer that can be use to aid in troubleshooting issues relevant to the soft client. Because CTS software-based endpoints are controlled entirely by the Cisco Unified CM. which will aid in troubleshooting call setup issues. and media issues.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 287 Summary Understanding how to pull log information and maintain endpoints is critical in any production environment. This chapter focused on how to use the onscreen display. These logs continually capture relevant information about the endpoint and can be used to troubleshoot issues when they occur. However. These endpoints have tools embedded in them that you can use to troubleshoot these issues. 12 . the web interface.

or at least the section for this chapter. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. Table 12-3 Identify the different video inputs on a Cisco codec C90.” also on the CD. 274 Paragraph Know the two backup options on TC software-based endpoints.288 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work. 281 Paragraph Know the three network test commands that can be used on CTS software-based endpoints through the CLI. 275 Paragraph Understand the process of upgrading TC software-based endpoints. Chapter 18. Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter. 278 Table 12-2 Identify the audio/video components that can impact media on TC 280 software-based endpoints. “Final Preparation. “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here.” and the exam simulation questions on the CD. and complete the tables and lists from memory. 281 Paragraph Know the three logs available on CTS software-based endpoints through the web interface. Table 12-4 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found. “Memory Table Answer Key. Table 12-4 Key Topics for Chapter 12 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Paragraph Know the debug commands on TC software-based endpoints. . 286 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. 276 Paragraph Know the three network test commands that can be used on TC software-based endpoints through the CLI. 283 Paragraph Know the Jabber Video for TelePresence minimum and recommended bandwidth rates. 272 Paragraph Understand current and historical logs on TC software-based endpoints. Appendix D.

SIP. URI. MAC 12 . SSH. RTP.Chapter 12: Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 289 Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: codec. QoS. CoS. DSCP. SLA. SDP. TLS.

and Multiway: This section examines the differences between multipoint calls. ■ Describe Ad Hoc Multipoint Conferences: This section examines how the Cisco collaboration edge solution addresses mobile and remote-access issues for businesses. and the multiway function. the multisite option. ■ Define Multipoint. .This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco Multipoint Solutions and Product Overview: This section provides an overview of the Cisco TelePresence MCU and Cisco TelePresence Server products that make up the Cisco multipoint solution. Multisite.

” Table 13-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Cisco Multipoint Solutions and Product Overview 1–7 Define Multipoint. You will learn the definitions of and differences between multipoint. Table 13-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. you will learn about ad hoc calls with use case explanations of when ad hoc calling is used within the Cisco collaboration solution. There are different ways of hosting a multipoint conference. this option is called a multipoint conference. Finally. However. even with the plain old telephone system (POTS). This chapter discusses the main MCU options available in a Cisco collaboration network. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. and multiway. In video communications. the need to conference multiple devices into a single call have been in demand.CHAPTER 13 Cisco Multipoint Solution Up to this point. Multisite. multisite. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. the discussions in this book have primarily centered on endpoints. read the entire chapter. You can find the answers in Appendix A. and Multiway 8 Describe Ad Hoc Multipoint Conferences 9–10 . whether an endpoint has the ability to host the call or an external multipoint control unit (MCU) is used to host the call.

IETF b. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. ITU c. Cisco TMS Which of the following Cisco TelePresence MCU technology allows endpoints to connect in a conference with different resolutions? a. Continuous presence d. IMTC . Artifact-removal technology Which of the following is a Cisco TelePresence MCU product? a. 5320 c. 2. 8710 Which of the following view modes allows each participant pane to be the same size? a. 1. ISR router as a media resource d. ClearVision c. 3. 7010 d. Cisco TelePresence MCU b. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 4. Which multipoint product offers a virtual option for deployment? a. Active speaker b. Enhanced continuous presence c. Speaker/participant Which organization manages the TelePresence Interoperability Protocol? a. 320 b. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. 5. Universal Port technology b. Cisco TelePresence Server c. IEEE d. Super Resolution Enhancement d.292 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter.

c. Only multiway conferences are considered ad hoc. Multipoint d. 293 Which of the following is not an option for migrating a Cisco TelePresence MCU to a TelePresence Server? a. 9.Chapter 13: Cisco Multipoint Solution 6. 7. Any endpoint that joins a conference it was not scheduled to join. 8. Multiway b. b. All multipoint conference are considered ad hoc. Which of the following options can only support ad hoc videoconferences through a Cisco Unified CM? a. Cisco ISR routers with the PVDM2 card d. Any conference that is not scheduled. Cisco ISR routers with the PVDM3 card 13 . 5310 to 310 d. Cascading c. Multisite What does Cisco define as an ad hoc videoconference call? a. 8510 to 8710 Which of the following features is available on both Cisco TelePresence MCUs and Cisco TelePresence Servers? a. 4510 to 7010 b. Auto-attendants b. d. Optimized conferencing What option key must exist on an endpoint to support native multipoint calls? a. Cisco TelePresence Servers c. Cisco TelePresence MCUs b. Conference Factory c. WebEx-enabled TelePresence support d. 10. 5320 to 320 c.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

This page intentionally left blank

This chapter covers the following topics:

Cisco TelePresence MCU Installation: This section provides an overview of the
necessary steps to install an appliance MCU.

Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco VCS Registration: This section
examines the configuration settings needed for an MCU to register to the
Cisco VCS.

Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Registration: This
section examines the configuration settings needed for an MCU to register to
the Cisco Unified CM.

Cisco TelePresence MCU Conference Creation and Management: This section
explains how to create conferences on the Cisco MCU, and examines the tools
available to manage conferences.

Cisco TelePresence MCU Troubleshooting: This section examines the logs
available on an MCU that can be used to troubleshoot problems.

CHAPTER 14

Cisco TelePresence MCUs
The TelePresence multipoint control unit (MCU) products that Cisco uses today were
originally developed by a company call Codian. TANDBERG acquired Codian in 2007,
and Cisco acquired TANDBERG in 2010. Cisco TelePresence MCUs have several advanced
technologies embedded that make them a superior product from their inception through
today.
This chapter focuses on how to install a Cisco TelePresence appliance MCU. You will also
understand the basic settings that need to be configured to register an MCU to the Cisco
Video Communications Server (VCS) and to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
(CM). This chapter also delves into the different logs available on the MCU that you can
use to troubleshoot issues as they develop.

“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz
The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this
entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. If you are in
doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge
of the topics, read the entire chapter. Table 14-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and
their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. You can find the answers in
Appendix A, “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes.”
Table 14-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping
Foundation Topics Section

Questions

Cisco TelePresence MCU Installation

1–2

Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic setup for Cisco VCS Registration

3–5

Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Registration

6

Cisco TelePresence MCU Conference Creation and Management

7–8

Cisco TelePresence MCU Troubleshooting

9–10

Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this
chapter. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the
answer, you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment.
Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment
results and might provide you with a false sense of security.

308

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

What CLI command enables you to configure an IP address on the MCU?
a.

xcommand

b.

xconfiguration

c.

configuration

d.

static

What CLI command enables you to reboot the MCU?
a.

shutdown

b.

reboot

c.

xcommand reboot

d.

xcommand boot

What protocols can be used with MCU registration?
a.

H.323 only on the Cisco Unified CM

b.

H.323 and SIP on the Cisco VCS

c.

H.323 and SIP on the Cisco Unified CM

d.

H.323 and SIP on the Cisco Unified CM and the Cisco VCS

What setting can be configured on an MCU that prepends a prefix on conference IDs
when registering them to the Cisco VCS?
a.

MCU Service Prefix

b.

Prefix for MCU Registration

c.

Incoming calls to unknown conferences and auto attendants

d.

Media Port Reservation

What setting can be configured on an MCU that registers to the VCS and forwards all
calls to the MCU regardless of the digits dialed after it?
a.

MCU Service Prefix

b.

Prefix for MCU Registration

c.

Incoming calls to unknown conferences and auto attendants

d.

Media Port Reservation

When registering an MCU to the Cisco Unified CM, what setting must be configured
after the media resource group?
a.

Regions

b.

Add to a Device

c.

Media Resource

d.

Media Resource Group List

Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs
7.

8.

9.

Which of the following is an option when creating an ad hoc conference on the
MCU?
a.

Conference ID

b.

Auto attendant

c.

PINs

d.

Conference name

Which of the following is an option when managing conferences from the MCU?
a.

Extending the conference

b.

Transferring a participant to another MCU

c.

Texting

d.

Creating breakout sessions within the conference

Which of the following can be observed using the Statistics menu of a participant
from within the MCU?
a.

Packet loss

b.

Capability sets

c.

Latency

d.

Bearer channels

10. Which of the following logs allows administrators to view who last logged in to the
MCU?
a.

Event log

b.

SIP/H.323 log

c.

Audit log

d.

CDR log

309

14

Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs
way and reboot, this time using the new static IP address assigned to it. When the Cisco
TelePresence MCU has finished the reboot process, the administrator can web into the unit
through a web browser.
To finalize the initial setup of the Cisco TelePresence MCU, a few settings need to be verified, and possibly changed, through the web interface. Open a web browser and navigate to
the IP address of the MCU. Log in with the username admin and leave the Password field
blank. Figure 14-1 shows the menus that are available once an administrator logs in to the
MCU.

Figure 14-1

Cisco TelePresence MCU Main Menus

Select the Network menu, and under the Port A submenu, scroll down to the Port A IP
Status section. Verify that the correct IP address information is displayed. Scroll down farther to the Port A Ethernet Status section and verify that the Duplex is negotiated at Full
Duplex. If the Duplex is negotiated at Half Duplex, this setting will need to be changed on
the MCU and on the router from Automatic to Full Duplex. Changing this setting in both
places will prevent duplex mismatch from occurring. Figure 14-2 identifies the network settings available through the web interface.

311

14

312

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide

Figure 14-2

Cisco TelePresence MCU Network Settings

Next, click the DNS menu and enter the hostname and domain for the MCU. Together
these two settings make up the DNS A record as it would appear within the DNS server.
A secondary DNS address can be entered at this time as well. The hostname is also the
system name. This will appear in TMS after the MCU is added. Click the Update DNS
Configuration button. Verify that the information is displayed correctly under the DNS
Status section. Figure 14-3 identifies the DNS settings available through the web interface.
Click the Services menu. Ensure that all the services you intend to use are enabled by
checking the box beside the port number, and ensure that the port numbers match the ports
used within your network. Default port numbers are displayed automatically. The TCP services available on the MCU include HTTP, HTTPS, Incoming H.323, SIP (TCP), Encrypted
SIP (TLS), Streaming (Windows Media Player), Streaming (other), FTP, and ConferenceMe.
Streaming and ConferenceMe are not available in the Cisco TelePresence MCU 5300
series. The UDP services available on the MCU include SNMP, SIP (UDP), H.323 gatekeeper, and tunneled media. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is used by the
TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) to manage the Cisco TelePresence MCU. SIP (UDP)
and H.323 gatekeeper are used for registration to the Cisco Video Communications Server
(VCS). Figure 14-4 identifies the Services menu settings available through the web interface.

Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs

313

14

Figure 14-3

Cisco TelePresence MCU DNS Settings

Figure 14-4

Cisco TelePresence MCU Service Settings

H.Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs TANDBERG. Figure 14-6 H. 6. Gatekeeper registration type: There are several choices under the gatekeeper registration type. 2. configure the following settings: 1. 5. such as the streaming feature.323 gatekeeper address: IP address of the VCS.323. Using the information button in the top right corner. they developed another MCU based on the Codian product called the 5300 series. Ethernet port association: Select the port (A or B) and IP type (IPv4 or IPv6) you are using. H.323 settings on the Cisco TelePresence MCU.323 ID from an endpoint will call into the Default Auto Attendant. do not use the Gatekeeper menu. enter the prefixes for the MCU. 3.323.323 Settings on the Cisco TelePresence MCU 315 14 . removing the built-in gatekeeper along with some other functions. Under this menu. Enabling this feature and registering the MCU to the Cisco VCS will cause routing issues. 4. Dialing this H. To register the Cisco TelePresence MCU to the Cisco VCS requires the administrator to click the Settings menu.323 ID to register: Enter the H. H. will open another page with descriptions to aid in finding out which type to use. Under the Settings menu. indicated by an i. This feature is disabled by default.323 gatekeeper usage: Enabled. If you want to register the Cisco TelePresence MCU to the Cisco VCS using H. In the Prefix for MCU Registrations and MCU Service Prefix fields. Figure 14-6 shows the H.323 ID for the MCU. click the submenu called H.

.

Figure 14-8 illustrates the Incoming Call to Unknown Conferences And Auto Attendants menu options. you need to configure the MCU service prefix. Figure 14-9 illustrates how this process works. when endpoint 5004 dials 85008. To configure this setting. scroll toward the bottom of the page to the Incoming Calls to Unknown Conferences and Auto Attendants setting.Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs the conference ID. ■ Disconnect Caller: Will drop the call. Any alias dialed that begins with this prefix is routed to the MCU regardless of the remaining digits. the MCU must be configured with how to deal with these calls when they come through. After the MCU service prefix has been configured and registered to the Cisco VCS. Figure 14-8 Incoming Call to Unknown Conferences and Auto Attendants Menu Options The options are as follows: ■ Default Auto Attendant: Will route calls to the default auto attendant. and route the call to the MCU. click the Conferences tab. Because all calls beginning with that prefix are routed to the MCU. 317 14 . the VCS will only look at the 8. The MCU service prefix will register to the VCS. strip the prefix. and select the desired parameter. Normal call clearing will be displayed as the reason the call was dropped in the VCS. ■ Create an Ad Hoc Conference: The MCU will create a new conference using the alias dialed as the conference ID. the MCU creates an ad hoc conference with a conference ID of 5008. In this scenario. To resolve this issue. The MCU will then perform the task configured in the Incoming Calls to Unknown Alias or Auto Attendants setting. there is a way to ensure that the caller still has options rather than just being disconnected from the call attempt.

.

To register the Cisco TelePresence MCU to the Cisco Unified CM. Media Port Reservation needs to be set to Disabled. This ensures ports are available at the time conferences are scheduled to launch. conferences can be scheduled through TMS. the service the Cisco Unified CM offers is multipoint conferencing. A single MCU cannot fulfill both functions. like transcoding and music-on-hold. however. extending conferences on the MCU will not be allowed. the MCU can be used for ad hoc or rendezvous conferences. Media resources are services that allow the Cisco Unified CM to perform functions. In this case. that the Cisco TelePresence MCU can only be used as either an ad hoc conference resource or a rendezvous conference resource. When enabled on the MCU. This setting . and TMS is used to manage the MCU. Deploying an MCU with the Cisco Unified CM only allows no support for scheduling. Instead. this setting requires scheduled conferences to specify the number of ports needed. Also. This section discusses how to configure the Cisco TelePresence MCU as an ad hoc bridge. you need to configure the following settings. It is important to note. If media port reservation is enabled in a typical deployment. If the Cisco TelePresence MCU is deployed as a rendezvous conference bridge. the native ad hoc function on the MCU is disabled. the MCU acts as a media resource for the Cisco Unified CM.Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs 319 14 Figure 14-10 SIP Settings on the Cisco TelePresence MCU Cisco TelePresence MCU Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Registration In a deployment in which the Cisco TelePresence MCU is registered to the Cisco Unified CM.

Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs

321

14

Figure 14-12

Adding a Media Resource on the Cisco Unified CM

Figure 14-13

Adding Media Resources to an MRG

322

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
The media resource group now needs to be placed within the appropriate media resource
group list. Go to Media Resources > Media Resource Group List and click Add New.
Create a name and move the previously created media resource group into the Selected
Media Resource Groups area, and then Click Save. Media resources in the MRG, and
MRGs in the media resource group list, will be used based on the order they are listed.
Administrators should be very careful what order is used. Also, Cisco Unified CM is used
for both voice and video communications, and each may use different resources. Therefore,
best practice is to create a separate MRG and media resource group list (MRGL) for voice
and video resources. Figure 14-14 illustrates how to configure an MRGL.

Figure 14-14

Adding MRG to MRGL

The media resource group list now needs to be attached to a device to be able to make use
of the MCU for ad hoc conferencing. Go to Device > Phone and select a device. Choose
the MRGL that you created earlier. Click Save and Apply Configuration when finished.
Rather than adding the MRGL to every endpoint on the Cisco Unified CM, it can be added
to a device pool instead. Every endpoint that is part of that device pool will automatically
use the MCU as the media resource for ad hoc conferences. To add the MRGL to a device
pool, go to System > Device Pool. Click an existing device pool, or click New to create a
new one. Scroll down under the Roaming Sensitive Settings section and select the appropriate MRGL from the Media Resource Group List menu. Because some devices may already
be using this device pool, select Save and Apply Configuration when finished. Figure 14-15
illustrates how to add an MRGL to a device pool.

324

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
Step 3.

Entering the PIN is an option that is enabled under the global conference settings. The use of a PIN can be enabled as an option or a requirement. If a PIN
is enabled as an option and you are prompted to create a PIN but do not want
to create one, waiting for a set duration of time will take you into the conference without PIN protection. If a PIN is required, the creator of the conference cannot start it without creating a PIN first. When prompted, create the
PIN and press #. You will then be connected to the conference.

Other participants can dial directly into the created conference using the conference ID
used to create the ad hoc conference.
An alternative to ad hoc conferences can be scheduled in advance. On the web interface
of the Cisco TelePresence MCU, click the Conferences menu. Four submenus will be displayed. Under the Conference List submenu, there are three sections: Active Conferences,
Scheduled Conferences, and Completed Conferences. Figure 14-16 illustrates how this
menu will appear.

Figure 14-16

Conference Menu on Cisco TelePresence MCU

Beside the Scheduled Conferences section, click the Add New Conference button. The
only configuration field that is required is the Name field. Enter a name for your conference. If you want participants to be able to dial directly into the conference, a numeric ID
must also be configured. This scheduled conference can be protected with a PIN as well.

326

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide

Figure 14-18

Cisco TelePresence MCU Conference Management

As shown in Figure 14-18, the conference details page can be used to verify the connected
call status parameters. The relevant headings above the Participants section are used to
verify status details: the type of the call; participant name or alias; and status, which details
the connection time, transmit and receive codecs, resolutions, and bandwidth rates. The
headings marked Importance and Mute allow administrators to assign chair control, mute
the audio, and mute the video of each participant. The submenu tabs at the top of the page
allow conference administrators to change settings like the layout all participants will use,
and a text message can be sent to all participants in the conference, which will be displayed
on their monitors. If an administrator were to click the blue hyperlink of a participant under
the Participant heading, a new list of submenus would be accessible. From here, conference
administrators can customize settings for that particular participant, send private text messages to their endpoint, and even view statistic and diagnostic settings specific to their connection with the MCU. The next section focuses more on what information can be obtained
using the Statistics and Diagnostics tabs for participants. Figure 14-19 illustrates the submenu tabs available when a specific endpoint is selected.

328

CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide
Audio Media
Statistics

Video Media
Statistics

Content Media
Statistics

Packets Received

Received Jitter

Received Jitter

Packet Errors

Delay Applied for
Lipsync

Packets Received

Frame Errors

Packets Received

Packet Errors

Packet Errors

Frame Rate

Frame Rate

Frame Errors

Control

Frame Errors
Transmit

Transmit

Transmit

Transmit

Transmit Stream

Transmit Stream

Transmit Stream

RTCP Transmit Address

Transmit Address

Transmit Address

Transmit Address

Packets Sent

Encryption

Encryption

Encryption

Packets Sent

Channel Bit Rate

Channel Bit Rate

Transmit bit Rate

Transmit bit Rate

Packets Sent

Packets Sent

Frame Rate

Frame Rate

Temporal / Spatial

Temporal / Spatial

Using the Statistics tool, an administrator can see the actual bandwidth that is used and jitter, packet errors, and the codec that is being used. Clicking the Diagnostics tab will display
capabilities exchanged between the endpoint and the MCU. At the top of the page is a
Status section with general call information like send and receive bandwidth rates. Below
that is the Endpoint-Supplied Information section that displays the system name, E.164 alias
(when applicable), product, and version. The third section is Media Capabilities. This section lists all the audio, video, and other codecs that were sent to the endpoints and received
from the endpoint. Figure 14-20 shows what information is found on the Diagnostics tab of
a connected endpoint on the MCU.

If the standing is Out of Spec under Worst Status Seen but OK under Current Status. Figure 14-22 shows the menu options available here. Also under the Status menu is the Health submenu. Figure 14-23 shows the Health menu options on the MCU. voltage. Status is shown as Current Status and Worst Status Seen. temperature. the General submenu allows administrators to download diagnostic and conference information. and the RTC battery. This is generic information representing the whole MCU. click the Clear button and monitor the MCU to see whether the problem repeats itself. you need to take immediate action to resolve the issue.330 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 14-21 Logs Tabs on the Cisco TelePresence MCU Under Status in the main menus. If the standing says Out of Spec under Current Status. This section will display the health of system hardware components. including fans. . The standing can be OK or Out of Spec.

Chapter 14: Cisco TelePresence MCUs 331 14 Figure 14-22 Status Menu Options on the Cisco TelePresence MCU Figure 14-23 Heath Menu on Cisco TelePresence MCU .

configuration settings need to be set up to register to the Cisco VCS. A unique set of configuration settings need to be configured on the MCU for registration to the Cisco Unified CM. Adding the MCU as a media resource on the Cisco Unified CM will establish registration. A tool on the MCU enables administrators to test the connectivity to any other device within the network. Figure 14-24 illustrates the use of the network connectivity test tool on the Cisco TelePresence MCU. . which supports both H. enter the IP address of the device you are testing connectivity to. and then click the Test Connectivity button. operates. Figure 14-24 Cisco TelePresence MCU Network Connectivity Tool Summary After completing this chapter.332 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide If an endpoint is unable to call into a conference.323 and SIP registration from the MCU. and the native tools available on the MCU for troubleshooting used within your environment. The MCU will run a ping-route to that device and display the information in the window to the right. This chapter also assessed different logs and tools available on the MCU that you can use to troubleshoot issues as they develop. Click the Network main menu and the Connectivity submenu to access this tool. it could be a network-related issue preventing connectivity between that endpoint and the MCU. This chapter examined how to install a Cisco TelePresence appliance MCU. In the box beside Remote Host. After an MCU is installed. This chapter also covered how to create and configure both ad hoc and scheduled conferences and how to manage conferences after they have started. The MCU does not actually point or reach out to the Cisco Unified CM for registration. you should understand how the Cisco TelePresence MCU is configured.

.

■ Cisco TelePresence Server Troubleshooting: This section examines logs available on a TelePresence Server that you can use to troubleshoot problems.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ Cisco TelePresence Server Installation: This section examines the steps required to install an appliance TelePresence Server. ■ Cisco TelePresence Server Conference Creation and Management: This section explains how to create conferences on the Cisco TelePresence Server and explains the tools available to manage conferences. ■ Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco VCS Registration: This section examines the configuration settings needed for a TelePresence Server to register to the Cisco VCS. . ■ Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Environment: This section examines the configuration settings needed for a TelePresence Server to operate with the Cisco Unified CM.

That is what prompted TANDBERG to develop the TelePresence Server. a chasm was created between the immersive telepresence solutions and the single-screen. create and manage conferences. which everyone is still witnessing today. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. and Polycom acquired a company that had an immersive room solution as well. configure the server to register to the VCS and interoperate with the Cisco Unified CM. multi-endpoint room solutions coming out. This might be the pinnacle product that prompted Cisco to purchase TANDBERG. Cisco also developed the CTS 3000 series Immersive TelePresence Room Solution that sent other vendors scrambling to compete. read the entire chapter. single-endpoint products. Table 15-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. and examine the logs available on the Cisco TelePresence Server that you can use to aid in troubleshooting call-related issues.” Table 15-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions Cisco TelePresence Server Installation 1–2 Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco VCS Registration 3 Cisco TelePresence Server Basic Setup for Cisco Unified CM Environment 4 Cisco TelePresence Server Conference Creation and Management 5 Cisco TelePresence Server Troubleshooting 6–7 . It is now widely used cross-vendor around the world. The TelePresence Server is a multipoint control unit (MCU) that understands the difference between single-screen and multiscreen systems. This chapter covers how to install a Cisco TelePresence Server. With all these great multiscreen. Shortly after the CTS 3000 came out. This one product revolutionized the VTC industry and paved the way for many more advancements. It also handles TIP autocollaboration. Cisco developed the Telepresence Interoperability Protocol (TIP) and made it open source.CHAPTER 15 Cisco TelePresence Server The race for the best telepresence experience brought about much great advancement in the video telecommunications (VTC) industry. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. TANDBERG developed the T3 Immersive Room Solution. You can find the answers in Appendix A. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics.

336 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 96000 d. BFCP d. 2500 c. Some TelePresence Server products can only register to the Cisco VCS using SIP. TelePresence Server products can only register to the Cisco VCS using SIP. 4. 52. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. 1. What is the baud rate that should be used when connecting to a Cisco TelePresence Server via a console cable? a. d. Auto attendants d. Rendezvous conferences Which of the following options is available on Cisco TelePresence MCUs but not on the Cisco TelePresence Servers? a.323. 3. b. Multisite b. 9600 b. 5000 d. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. BFCP c. 2. 1000 b.323. 110200 What is the minimum limitation of ephemeral ports that can be configured on the Cisco TelePresence Server? a. TelePresence Server products can only register to the Cisco VCS using H. 5.535 Which of the following statements about registering the Cisco TelePresence Server to the Cisco VCS is true? a. c. Different layouts . Ad hoc conferences b. All TelePresence Server products can register to the Cisco VCS using SIP/H. SIP c. 38400 c. Which of the following options is available on Cisco TelePresence Servers in a Cisco VCS environment but not in a Cisco Unified CM environment? a.

Allows administrators to terminate API sessions of other users from the web interface 15 .Chapter 15: Cisco TelePresence Server 6. Allows administrators to disable access to the API from the web interface c. 7. 337 Which of the following is not a tool that can be used for troubleshooting on the Cisco TelePresence Server? a. Allows administrators to view API requests from the web interface d. Status What is the function of the API Clients feature on TelePresence Servers? a. Connectivity tool d. Event log c. Audit log b. Allows administrators to issue API commands from a menu option on the web interface b.

.

A secondary DNS address can be entered at this time as well.” enter the command boot. To access the web interface.Chapter 15: Cisco TelePresence Server 339 TelePresence Server has shut down. as are some of the menu options. Navigate to Network > Network Settings. Together these two settings make up the DNS A record as it would appear within the DNS server. navigate to Network > DNS. the administrator can web into the unit through a web browser. The settings that need to be configured from the web interface to finalize the initial setup of the Cisco TelePresence Server are similar to the MCU. This will appear in TMS after the TelePresence Server is added. Log in with the username admin and leave the Password field blank. Figure 15-1 shows the menus that will be available when an administrator logs in to the Cisco TelePresence Server. this time using the new static IP address assigned to it. the look and feel of the web interface of the TelePresence Server is different. and enter the hostname and domain for the TelePresence Server. discussed in the preceding chapter. The hostname is also the system name. Click the Update DNS Configuration button. Scroll down to the Port A Ethernet Status section and verify that the Duplex is negotiated at Full Duplex. Verify that the information is displayed correctly under the DNS Status section. Figure 15-1 Cisco TelePresence Server Main Menus Notice in Figure 15-1 that although the look of the web interface is different from that of Cisco TelePresence MCU. This initiates a process where the TelePresence Server will shut down the rest of the way and reboot. However. Next. the menu structure is very similar. 15 . and under the Port A IP Status section verify that the correct IP address information is displayed. open a web browser and navigate to the IP address of the TelePresence Server. When the Cisco TelePresence Server has finished the reboot process.

.

.

the fields that need to be configured depend on your collaboration environment. navigate to Call Routing > Route Hunt > Route Pattern. To configure the necessary route patterns. Click the Add New button.342 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide To create a SIP trunk on the Cisco Unified CM. Exactly what you need to configure will depend on your collaboration environment and goes beyond the scope of this chapter. log in through the web interface and navigate to Device > Trunk. Click the Add New button and fill out the appropriate fields. Figure 15-2 illustrates some of the settings that you can configure on the Cisco Unified CM trunk settings page. select SIP Trunk from the Trunk Type drop-down list. Figure 15-2 Trunk Settings on the Cisco Unified CM After the trunk has been saved. Route patterns determine when and where calls should be routed based on the aliases dialed. As with SIP trunks. route patterns can be created on the Cisco Unified CM. click the Next button. and configure the appropriate settings. . Figure 15-3 shows some of the configuration settings available for route patterns on the Cisco Unified CM. which goes beyond the scope of this chapter.

.

.

.

and then click the Test Connectivity button. Navigate to Network > Connectivity to access this tool. and clicking the related hyperlink provided. The TelePresence Server will run a ping-route to that device and display the information in the window to the right. H. H. The event display filter controls the level of trace the Protocols log provides. The CDR log is a call detail record that shows all participant interaction with conferences on the TelePresence Server. scrolling to the bottom of the page. This is generic information representing the whole TelePresence Server. There is a tool that enables administrators to test the connectivity to any other device within the network from the TelePresence Server. and eXtensive Conference Control Protocol (XCCP) communications. it could be a network-related issue preventing connectivity between that endpoint and the TelePresence Server. If the log were to fill up. it would affect the performance of the TelePresence Server. Figure 15-4 Cisco TelePresence Server Network Connectivity Tool . Because this log contains a high level of information. and requests received since last reset. enter the IP address of the device you are testing connectivity to. This information can be stored on a remote server using the Syslog submenu. it can fill up very quickly.323. last request user. Any clients in the list that have not made an API request in the past 5 minutes will be grayed out. Figure 15-4 shows the use of the network connectivity test tool on the Cisco TelePresence Server. All of these logs can be downloaded in Extensible Markup Language (XML) format and can be manually deleted if they become too full. In the box beside Remote Host. Information provided under API Clients includes client IP. time since last request. This should not be enabled except at the time an issue needs to be traced to find the root cause. The API Clients submenu can be used to show the 10 most recent application programming interface (API) clients that have made requests to the unit. Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP).346 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide call traces on SIP. last request method. The information is stored locally on the TelePresence Server. If an endpoint is unable to call into a conference. Diagnostics information and system logs can be downloaded by navigating to Status.323 is not available in virtual and 300 series TelePresence Servers.

configuration settings need to be set up to register to the Cisco VCS.323 and SIP registration on some TelePresence Server products. 15 . Once the TelePresence Server is installed. This chapter also covered how to create and configure scheduled conferences and how to manage conferences after they have started. This chapter examined how to install an appliance Cisco TelePresence Server. but only SIP on others. there are also many differences in menu options and functions. This chapter also assessed different logs and tools available on the Cisco TelePresence Server that you can use to troubleshoot issues as they develop. This chapter provided a basic understanding of how the Cisco TelePresence Server is installed and operates and the native tools available for troubleshooting within your environment.Chapter 15: Cisco TelePresence Server 347 Summary After completing this chapter. A unique set of configuration settings must be configured on the Cisco Unified CM for rendezvous conferences on the TelePresence Server. Although they share many similarities. which supports both H. you should understand how the Cisco TelePresence MCU compares to the Cisco TelePresence Server.

341 Paragraph Understand the lack of an auto attendant function on Cisco TelePresence Servers 343 Table 15-2 Know how to configure conferences on the Cisco TelePresence Server using the web interface. you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here. 340 Paragraph Understand what TelePresence Server environments can only support SIP. SDES. one table mode . 338 Paragraph Understand the purpose and limitations for ephemeral ports on the Cisco TelePresence Server.” and the exam simulation questions on the CD. Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: VTC. “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). Appendix D.” also on the CD. API. 340 Paragraph Understand what environments support ad hoc conferencing with the Cisco TelePresence Server. 345 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. Table 15-3 Key Topics for Chapter 15 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Bulleted list Know the settings on the Cisco TelePresence Server to establish a serial connection. AGC. 345 Paragraph Identify what the API Clients option is used for on the Cisco TelePresence Server and how to navigate to it. 344 Paragraph Ability to list the different troubleshooting tools available on the Cisco TelePresence Server. “Memory Table Answer Key. Table 15-3 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found. “Final Preparation. Chapter 18. and complete the tables and lists from memory. Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter. or at least the section for this chapter. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work. SRTP. TLS.348 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction.

This page intentionally left blank .

■ Scheduling Conferences Using TMS: This section covers how to schedule conferences on TMS using the Booking menu and using the Smart Scheduler tool. and how to change settings on those systems from TMS. . ■ TMS Reporting: This section briefly overviews the reporting options available on TMS.This chapter covers the following topics: ■ TMS Overview: This section explains the purpose of TMS and provides an overview of the main functions TMS can perform. ■ Adding Systems to TMS: This section explains how to add systems to TMS. how to view tickets associated with the added systems. ■ Monitoring Conferences Using TMS: This section explains how to monitor conferences from TMS using the Monitoring Center.

there is a tool that can be used to simplify how a Cisco collaboration solution is managed. This chapter is not intended to give an exhaustive explanation of all the tasks TMS is able to perform. this book has focused primarily on endpoints. For example. Instead. Table 16-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. these remedial tasks can become quite cumbersome. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already?’ Quizzes. However. As to the maintenance and management of a Cisco collaboration network. how to view open tickets on those systems. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. You can find the answers in Appendix A. how to schedule and manage conferences from TMS. Those tasks include how to add systems to TMS. read the entire chapter. The exception to this rule is TC software-based endpoints. can be performed natively on the endpoint. Multipoint conferences can be scheduled natively on a Cisco TelePresence MCU or a Cisco TelePresence Server. The advantage of using TMS is its capability to streamline and simplify the daily tasks of using and managing a Cisco collaboration network all from a single. as an organization grows and the collaboration solution expands. This assumption is in fact true. TMS brings minimal functionality to the table that cannot already be performed on another device. which would have to be upgraded manually on the endpoint itself. this chapter introduces a few of the most common tasks for which TMS is used.CHAPTER 16 Cisco TelePresence Management Suite Up to this point.” . in a Cisco Unified CM-centric environment. the TFTP server pushing a current firmware load to the endpoint can upgrade most endpoints registered. Therefore. or ad hoc conferences can be created on the fly. and an overview some of the reporting tools available on TMS. such as configuration backup and restore. So it would seem that so long as an organization has some sort of call control server. easy-to-use web interface. a multipoint control unit (MCU) and some endpoints that nothing else is needed for daily operation and support of the collaboration solution. Other tasks. This tool is known as the Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS). every task can be performed either from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CM) or natively on the endpoint.

TMSXE What protocol does TMS use to manage systems? a. 161 c. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 1. 443 Which applet is used to allow users to schedule conferences through Outlook? a. TMSPE d.352 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 16-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions TMS Overview 1–2 Adding Systems to TMS 3–6 Scheduling Conferences Using TMS 7–8 Monitoring Conferences Using TMS 9 TMS Reporting 10 Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. 80 b. LDAP Which of the following endpoints can TMS not manage? a. 389 d. Outlook c. HTTP b. CTS500 c. 2. 4. SX10 . 3. MX700 d. DX650 b. TFTP d. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. SNMP c. What port does TMS use for LDAP integration? a. TMSMO b.

Automatic Connect b. b. Cisco Video Communications Server c. Tickets can be ignored or acknowledged. TMS Scheduler b. Network b. Tickets can only be viewed. Reservation Which tool can be used by nontechnical users to schedule conferences on TMS? a. Which of the following is a conference type that allows users to join scheduled conferences when they are ready? a. 9. Cisco TelePresence Server d. One Button To Push c. Tickets can be deleted or ignored. Call detail record 16 . Cisco TelePresence Content Server Which statement below is true for tickets on TMS? a. What report on TMS shows statistics reports on network and bandwidth usage? a. Conference d.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 353 5. SNMP d. TMS Booking Scheduler c. Manual Connect d. d. System c. TMS Easy Scheduler What does TMS use for managing conferences in the Conference Control Center? a. c. Cisco Unified Communications Manager b. 7. 8. Which of the following is an MCU that TMS can manage? a. . Tickets can be deleted or acknowledged. IIS b. TMS Smart Scheduler d.NET c. 6. Java 10.

.

.

.

The Multisite option will never be used when Always or Always Except Point to Point are configured. TMS will select an MCU to host the call. If an administrator wants to use multisite whenever possible to preserve MCU resources. the Cisco Conductor. the types of endpoints added. even if only two endpoints are scheduled to communicate. Figure 16-2 show these External MCU Usage in Routing settings and other options on the Cisco TMS. To verify or change this setting. called External MCU Usage in Routing. along with the multisite feature on endpoints. TMS will decide which product to used based on the number of endpoints added to a conference. then there is a third setting that must be selected under this menu option.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 357 TMS can provision the Cisco TelePresence MCU and Cisco TelePresence Server as well. navigate to Administrative Tools > Configuration > Conference Settings and scroll down to the Advanced section at the bottom of the page. Figure 16-2 External MCU Usage in Routing Setting on TMS 16 . Therefore. Only If Needed uses the multisite option on one of the scheduled endpoints whenever conferences are scheduled with few enough endpoints that multisite can support all the participants. Either of these products can be leveraged when conferences are scheduled on TMS. There is an advanced Conference configuration setting on TMS that influences how TMS makes this decision. The External MCU Usage in Routing parameter contains the following options: Always will schedule an MCU in every scheduled call. If multisite cannot be used to support the conference for any reason. there is another setting called Always Except Point to Point. and third-party MCUs. and the number of ports available on different MCU products. This setting will always include an MCU in scheduled conferences except for point-to-point scheduled calls.

Figure 16-4 shows how to add systems to TMS for TMS to manage them. . Expand the Advanced Settings section and enter the username and password of the systems you are adding to TMS. Click the New Folder button. select a folder that you want to add devices to and click the Add Systems button. Multiple addresses can be added here using either a comma between them or a hyphen to represent a range of IP addresses. it is recommended to first create folders. Folders and systems are added to TMS under the System > Navigator menu. this section only discusses how to add systems to TMS using the Add by Address tab. Figure 16-3 Adding Folders in TMS After all the folders have been created. Click the Next button at the bottom of the page to start the system discovery process on TMS. In the box under the Specify Systems by IP Address or DNS Names section. The structure of this tree hierarchy will greatly impact every other function performed on TMS. When the New Folder window displays. In the Folder View section. This process can be repeated to create all the folders and subfolders needed to represent your corporation. There are various ways devices can be added to TMS. For simplicity. Before you begin adding systems to TMS. select the folder within which you will create your various subfolders. enter a name for the folder you are creating and click the Save button. Figure 16-3 shows how to add folders in TMS.358 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Before conferences can be scheduled on TMS. enter the IP address or URI of the systems you want to add. endpoints and MCUs must be added to TMS so that it can manage them.

.

.

the default duration is 30 minutes. The range is from 64 kbps to 6144 kbps. This is determined by the administrator account used to log in to TMS. Range of Recurrence offers choices of when the recurrences should cease. Therefore. the start date and time will always be the date and time the Booking menu was opened. or Monthly. though it effectively operates as though it is a limit. ■ Billing Code is a feature that controlled a billing code setting native on MXP endpoints. The owner of a conference can be changed. Voice Switched. Yes. or the endpoint dialing into the MCU. 16 . Clicking on the Recurrence button will open a new window. If a participant were to dial in to the MCU manually. and If Possible. End Time allows administrators to set the end date and time for scheduled conferences. Once upon a time. Any participants who attempt to dial in to a conference that is PIN protected will be prompted to enter the PIN before they are allowed to join. Ports on the Cisco TelePresence MCU will be reserved for conference. Conferences can be scheduled to start immediately or for any time in the future. By default. this feature still exists in TMS. any bandwidth rate could be used. the PIN protection will not prevent the call from connecting. Because TMS controls either the MCU calling out to the endpoints. The Advanced Settings parameters on the New Conference page include several options: ■ The Picture Mode drop-down menu allows administrators to choose from one of the three “view modes” discussed in Chapter 13. If you want the conference being scheduled to occur at different points in the future. ■ ISDN Bandwidth is not a limitation either. Though these endpoints are end of sale. Weekly. The options are No. Recurrence Pattern allow the choice of Daily.” The view modes are Continuous Presence. If the MCU dials out to a participant. Duration allows administrators to set the length of time allotted to the scheduled conference. recurrence settings can be configured. allowing conference creators to generate scheduled conferences on behalf of someone else. As it has already been mentioned. this setting determines the bandwidth rate that will be used. Start Time allows administrators to set the start date and time of conference. and Enhanced CP. ■ Reservation: Reserves the rooms but does not initiate or generate call route. Owner is the default owner of the conference. ■ The Secure drop-down menu allows for encryption to be enforced if necessary for all participating devices scheduled in this conference. most endpoints could support both ISDN and IP communication protocols natively. This setting allows administrators to set the number of B channels followed by the bandwidth in kbps. Similarly.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 361 ■ No Connect: Reserves the rooms and generates call route but does not connect. The end time will always default to 30 minutes after the start time because the default conference duration is set to 30 minutes. ■ IP Bandwidth is not a bandwidth limitation. The end time can be changed to any variation of time from the start time. TMS could be used to schedule ISDN calls using IP to communicate with the endpoint. ■ PIN will protect conferences from unwanted participants for joining. “Cisco Multipoint Solution.

362 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide ■ Extend Mode is a setting that allows conference times to be extended if the conference has run its length and participants still need more time to communicate. From the Add Participants window. Figure 16-6 Add Participant Window for Conference Creation on TMS The Last Used tab allows administrators to add participants from previous bookings. Automatic Best Effort enables the automatic extension of scheduled conferences by 15 minutes up to a maximum of 16 times in a single conference. However. If a user has an endpoint associated with his or her account. The Endpoints and Rooms tab allows endpoints and rooms that are managed by Cisco TMS to be added to conferences. It is not necessary to add an MCU to a scheduled conference because TMS will select the best option for you based on the External MCU Usage in Routing setting discussed in the previous section. The Users tab allows adding users who possess accounts within TMS. this . Click the Add Participants button to add participants to the conference. A pop-up window will open. Off prevents meetings from automatically extending. The users added through this method will automatically receive an e-mail confirmation that they have been scheduled for a conference at their e-mail account listed in their user account. if an administration wants to select a specific MCU. that endpoint will be added to the conference. Figure 16-6 shows the different tabs available from the Add Participants window. you can add the conference participants using the different tabs. so be sure to either turn off pop-up blocker or add an exception for this pop-up window to allow it to open. This dropdown menu offers three settings. MCUs allows administrators to add MCUs that are managed by TMS. Endpoint Prompt displays an “Extend Meeting” message on compatible endpoints both 5 minutes and 1 minute before the end time of the conference.

.

.

move your mouse over the Reporting tab. mute the audio and video. Figure 16-8 Cisco TMS Conference Control Center Note TMS is very particular about what version of Java is supported per the version of TMS running within a customer network. if Java indicates an error. A drop-down menu of all the reports available in TMS will be listed. Figure 16-8 shows how the Conference Control Center would appear to an administrator. you can locate the conference that you would like to control.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 365 Java requires administrators to log in again. consult the Cisco TMS Administration Guide for the appropriate version of Java that should be used with TMS. Selecting a participant will display a list of conference management tools that can be used for various purposes. On the Search frame. including a preview of information about them. voluminous conference-related information will be displayed. you can view a list of participants. allow a participant to occupy the main screen of the conference. 16 . The Conference Control Center gives you total control over the active conference. Use the Participant Status. When accessing the Conference Control Center on TMS. TMS sources data from all the devices it manages to populate the reports that are generated automatically. and send a text message. disconnect a participant. Figure 16-9 illustrates the conference statistics displayed from the TMS Reporting menu. From the Participants tab. and control the picture mode. Use the same credentials you would use to log in to TMS. and Graphical View tabs for additional control of the conference. or denies access to the Conference Control Center. Some of the controls include dial a participant. After you have selected the conference. Most of the conference control functions available natively on the MCU can be performed from the Conference Control Center on TMS. TMS Reporting The Cisco TMS reporting tool is a powerful and robust tool. Event Log. To view system reports in Cisco TMS.

.

Conference Statistics Resources Tracks conferences per user. Connection Error System Connection Authentication failure Boot FTP Audit Low Battery on Remote Control Network Packet Loss Log Packet Loss Conference Statistics reports on network and bandwidth usage. C02 Savings Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment. Bandwidth Usage Network History Return on Investment Return on Investment Global Return on Investment Local Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 367 Main Menu Option Call Detail Records Submenu Options Purpose All Endpoints and MCUs Tracks the frequency and duration of calls in your TelePresence deployment. Endpoints MCUs Content server Gateway 16 Gatekeeper and VCS User CDR Billing Code Statistics Conferences Shows which billing codes are applied to conferences. Reporting Template Any search can be stored and reused as a template. and so on. . Events Scheduling Interface Bridging Methods System Ticketing Log Feedback Log Catches errors and other events from systems. type.

it did outline the main functions for which TMS is most commonly used. Although this lesson did not give an exhaustive explanation of all the tasks TMS is able to perform. This lesson introduced how to add systems to be managed by TMS. easy-to-use web interface. and how to schedule and manage conferences from TMS and overviewed some of the reporting tools available on TMS.368 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Summary This chapter focused on how TMS can be used to streamline and simplify the daily tasks of using and managing a Cisco collaboration network all from a single. . how to view open tickets on those systems.

” and the exam simulation questions on the CD. 366 Complete the Tables and Lists from Memory Print a copy of Appendix C. 363 Paragraph Know that Java is an important component in TMS used to access the Conference Control Center.Chapter 16: Cisco TelePresence Management Suite 369 Exam Preparation Tasks As mentioned in the section “How to Use This Book” in the Introduction.” also on the CD. 356 Paragraph Know the two operations an administrator can perform on tickets TMS generates. 364 Table 16-3 Know the different reporting options in TMS and their purpose. Table 16-4 Key Topics for Chapter 16 Key Topic Element Description Page Number Table 16-2 Know the protocols and ports TMS uses to communicate across a network. SQL. SNMP. “Memory Table Answer Key. noted with the Key Topic icon in the outer margin of the page. 354 Paragraph Understand the purpose of TMSPE and TMSXE. 360 Paragraph Understand how to use the Smart Scheduler option within TMS. includes completed tables and lists so that you can check your work. and complete the tables and lists from memory. Smart Scheduler.NET. . “Memory Tables” (found on the CD). Review All Key Topics Review the most important topics in this chapter. Define Key Terms Define the following key terms from this chapter and check your answers in the Glossary: TMS. CDR 16 . Chapter 18. 359 Bulleted List Know the different types of conferences that TMS can create. IIS. “Final Preparation. Table 16-4 lists a reference of these key topics and the page numbers on which each is found. TCS. TMSPE. 355 Paragraph Know the mechanism TMS uses to manage systems. ROI. you have a couple of choices for exam preparation: the exercises here. or at least the section for this chapter. TMSXE. Appendix D.

This chapter covers the following topics: ■ WebEx Products and Features: This section introduces the concept of WebEx as a cloud-based collaboration meeting space and overviews the different products available within the Cisco WebEx solution. ■ WebEx Meeting Center: This section examines the features available with Cisco’s pinnacle product. . WebEx Meeting Center.

Cisco has continued to develop the service offering available with WebEx. You can find the answers in Appendix A. In an effort to stay in front of these workplace transformations. recently launching the Collaboration Meeting Rooms (CMR) solution. Cisco seeks out key acquisitions that keep them at the top of the market as number one or two in any commerce of which they are a part. With keen foresight about the direction the industry was heading. One key acquisition Cisco made in 2007 was a company known as WebEx. “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz The “Do I Know This Already?” quiz allows you to assess whether you should read this entire chapter thoroughly or jump to the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section. keeping up with business needs and trends can often be a strenuous task. “Answers to the ‘Do I Know This Already? Quizzes.” Table 17-1 “Do I Know This Already?” Section-to-Question Mapping Foundation Topics Section Questions WebEx Products and Features 1–3 WebEx Meeting Center 4–8 . Table 17-1 lists the major headings in this chapter and their corresponding “Do I Know This Already?” quiz questions. Add in the complexity and frequency with which newer technologies are entering the market. This chapter introduces the different WebEx solutions available in the market today and reviews some of the features and tools that enhance the collaboration experience. WebEx has placed Cisco strongly in the number-one position for cloud-based collaboration meeting space solutions. If you are in doubt about your answers to these questions or your own assessment of your knowledge of the topics. and it becomes increasingly obvious why businesses that cannot keep up with these trends fail. read the entire chapter.CHAPTER 17 Cisco WebEx Solutions With the ever-changing workplace.

Cisco WebEx Event Center What port does Cisco WebEx Meeting Center use for clients to connect to a meeting? a. Cisco WebEx Support Center c.372 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Caution The goal of self-assessment is to gauge your mastery of the topics in this chapter. 1. Giving yourself credit for an answer you correctly guess skews your self-assessment results and might provide you with a false sense of security. 5060 b. Attentiveness tool c. Emoticons b. Cisco WebEx Training Center d. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center b. 3. Cisco WebEx Training Center d. Follow-up tool d. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center b. Cisco WebEx Support Center c. Which Cisco WebEx solution offers breakout sessions? a. Content sharing Which of the following Cisco WebEx solutions is available as an on-premises or cloud solution? a. Cisco WebEx Event Center Which of the following is a feature of Cisco WebEx IM? a. 5061 c. If you do not know the answer to a question or are only partially sure of the answer. 2. 443 . 1720 d. you should mark that question as wrong for purposes of the self-assessment. 4.

Share a file or application c. 3000 Which of the following is not a function of Cisco WebEx Meeting Center? a. 1000 17 . 373 What is the maximum number of client participants that can join a Cisco WebEx Meeting Center session? a. 7. 500 b. 100 d. 100 d. 8. 1 b. 5000 c. 1000 How many video endpoints can join a meeting using CMR Hybrid? a. 300 d. 1 b. Emoticons How many video endpoints can join a meeting using CMR Cloud? a. 6. File transfer b. Whiteboard d. 25 c.Chapter 17: Cisco WebEx Solutions 5. 25 c.

.

Cisco CMR Cloud and Cisco CMR Hybrid leverage WebEx Meeting Center Cloud to connect WebEx users and traditional TelePresence endpoints together in a single collaboration environment. which is a real-time global network that provides fast. with video. Cisco WebEx Event Center provides the tools that you need to deliver cost-effective and successful online events. Cisco WebEx Event Center enables companies to host events with up to 3000 participants and to control every aspect of the event from who is invited to following up with participants after the event. track. WebEx Meeting Center Because all WebEx products are based on the Cisco WebEx Meeting Center platform. reliable. The Cisco WebEx Collaboration Cloud. So. and no maintenance or upgrade costs. enterprise IM. Cisco WebEx Connect IM is similar to Microsoft Lync or Cisco Jabber. internal and external meetings. and features are more easily managed. It streamlines the meeting process with a centralized space for managing activities and information. this product warrants a more detailed description of the features offered.Chapter 17: Cisco WebEx Solutions 375 WebEx Meeting Center can also be offered as an on-premises solution. a hand can be raised if you have questions. video. Cisco WebEx Event Center can be used to qualify. and secure application delivery. or require registration. offer open attendance. web conferencing. and IP telephony through one client. Emoticons allow participants to interact with the presenter and each other. These are just a few of the options available with the Cisco WebEx Training Center solution. Cisco WebEx Training Center offers all the same features as WebEx Meeting Center. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center can be used for collaborative sessions. 17 . share applications. while preserving the end-user experience. Scheduling tools allow administrators to schedule a series of sessions. just a predictable monthly subscription. and sales presentations. breakout sessions. A client can be downloaded to a computer and communicates with the WebEx cloud. and cultivate leads for your sales initiatives. provides all Cisco WebEx cloud services. to delivery and post-event follow-up and campaign reporting. This application of WebEx can be used to train employees or offer online courses. This chapter has already established that Cisco WebEx Meeting Center allows participants to present information. Cisco WebEx Training Center delivers highly interactive classes and training online. An attentiveness tool is built in that shows whether participants are on the WebEx page or if they are viewing something else on their computer. with a few more options needed in a virtual classroom environment. The on-premises solution can be customized with the organization’s logo. Table 17-3 outlines the Cisco WebEx Meeting Center features that are discussed in this section. and collaborate on projects. and other icons can be used at the presenter’s discretion to demonstrate participation. it is easy to implement and easy to scale as business needs change. Cisco WebEx Connect IM brings together presence. A coffee cup can be displayed to show you are on a break. Cisco WebEx Support Center provides real-time IT support and customer service to employees and customers anywhere in the world. and hands-on learning labs. product and project coordination demos. These events could range from event planning and promotion. There is no upfront investment. and can capture attendee information that can be stored and accessed later. audio.

.

323 for CMR Cloud TCP 15000-19999 H. Figure 17-1 illustrates content that is being shared over a WebEx Meeting Center session. and content can be shared from any participant within the WebEx Meeting. That participant then takes control of the meeting and now has the ability to share content. After you have resumed control.323 for CMR Cloud UDP 1719 H.323 for CMR Cloud 377 17 WebEx uses the H. the content that is being shared will immediately drop from the session. simply click the grayedout ball beside that participant’s name. there are different ways to share content between participants. H. application. A pop-up will display on the screen of the presenter. To “pass the ball” to another participant. the whole process must be repeated to grant someone else control again. If a participant is sharing his desktop. With the high-quality video capabilities and the TCP streaming capabilities. . Cisco WebEx Meeting Center is a secure application that can operate with high-quality video for any company from any location in the world. The host of the meeting will have the Cisco WebEx ball icon displayed beside his or her name. another participant can request remote desktop control. Using the mouse to scroll over another participant’s name will reveal a Cisco WebEx ball that is grayed out. The Cisco WebEx user interface has been modified to have a highquality video experience in all screen views.” If another participant is sharing content while the ball is passed. or their entire desktop. The Cisco WebEx full-screen video experience includes active speaker switching. You can also click the grayed-out ball beside your own name to “take the ball.Chapter 17: Cisco WebEx Solutions Protocol Port Number Access Type UDP 9000 VoIP/video UDP 9001 VoIP/video TCP/UDP 5060-5069 SIP for CMR Hybrid and Cloud UDP 30000-65535 Media for CMR Hybrid and Cloud TCP 1720 H. who must grant permission before another participant can take control.264 codec for multipoint high-quality video at 720p30. With Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. It is easy to use and automatically adjusts video quality for each participant according to the participant’s network bandwidth because different users can send and receive different resolutions. Whoever is sharing content can choose to share a document.264 uses special compression algorithms that allow participants to stream HD video at low bandwidth rates of less than 1 Mbps. Resuming control of your own desktop is as simple as moving your mouse.

or graphic to draw participants’ attention to the topic being discussed. On a graphic showing sales projection for the next quarter. These same annotation tools used with the Whiteboard feature can be used within content being shared. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center makes communication across distances a whole lot better by engaging participants and emphasizing key topics in a presentation. Cisco also offers an integrated Whiteboard feature and annotation tools with each WebEx session. to make a selection within a Whiteboard drawing. With the Whiteboard feature. phrase. premeditated content is not enough. Sometimes. If a map is being shared. Different colors can be used to make objects and lines more pronounced. Figure 17-2 illustrates some of the options that you can use with the Whiteboard feature on Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. the annotation tools could be used to draw lines of where projections should be or to highlight key elements that will impact these projections. Therefore. Examples of how these annotation tools can be used include circling or underlining a word. or even draw free style. However these tools are used. . All participants within a meeting. for similar purposes. the name arrow can be used to show a participant’s location or an area that a sales rep is targeting. however. lines.378 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 17-1 Content Sharing over WebEx Meeting Center Sharing content through WebEx is a great way to express ideas and engage other participant in the conversation. a presenter can add text blocks and draw shapes. can also use name arrows.

The host can then control what privileges each participant has within the meeting. Another great feature offered with Cisco WebEx Meeting Center is the ability to record meetings. Participants can then be invited to review recorded meetings or optionally download them for reference later. With Cisco WebEx Meeting Center Cloud. Such an application may be a CEO making a state of the company address to an entire body of employees. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center can scale from one to hundreds of attendees. Cisco TelePresence Content Server (CTS) or Cisco Show and Share (SnS) are two great applications for streaming content. a chat-only feature can be allowed for the majority of participants and a smaller team of panelists can be used to answer questions as they are asked. but because they can be downloaded. recorded meetings are stored in the cloud. The Cisco Media Experience Engine (MXE) can be used to change the format and add analytics to the WebEx recorded content.Chapter 17: Cisco WebEx Solutions 379 17 Figure 17-2 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center Whiteboard Feature You do not have to use Cisco WebEx Event Center to support a large number of participants. WebEx does have a storage fee for recordings. With WebEx Premises. without offering any kind of interaction. recorded meetings are stored on your local server. hosts can download and delete recorded meetings and then host access to the recorded meetings from their own on-premises streaming server. If a presentation is being made and questions about the content are anticipated but time is of the essence. . Figure 17-3 illustrates the recording option available with Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. The host may only want the participants to see and hear the information being shared. while the main host continues with the presentation.

the item will download from WebEx to their personal computer.380 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Figure 17-3 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center Recording Feature In addition to all these other features available within a Cisco WebEx Meeting Center session. These selections appear in the same pop-up window on all participants’ computers. The host simply has to enable the option to transfer a file. files and applications can be transferred to all participants within a WebEx session for download. if they just click one of the items in the list and then click the Download button. The host needs to click the Share File button and select the files or applications he wants to share. . A pop-up window will appear with two options: Share File and Download. Then. Figure 17-4 illustrates the pop-up window that can be used in WebEx Meeting Center to transfer files and applications.

.

anytime. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center allows participants to present information. Cisco WebEx Event Center. audio. a meeting host can launch a joint Cisco TelePresence and WebEx meeting with the simplicity of OBTP. Any PC or mobile devices with a camera. and up to 500 participants with the web client. including mobile users. . microphone. to join a meeting.382 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide CMR Hybrid. including on-demand applications for collaborative business in the cloud through the Cisco WebEx product line. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center can be used for collaborative sessions. and Cisco WebEx Support Center. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. to join a meeting. With Cisco TelePresence WebEx OneTouch. CMR Hybrid displays the participant list in the Cisco WebEx meeting client and in the welcome screen for the Cisco TelePresence attendees. Cisco WebEx includes several products that cater to differing business requirements. and collaborate on projects.0. and up to 500 participants with the web client. Cisco CMR Cloud allows up to 25 participants with a standards-based endpoint. and Internet connectivity can join meetings. The host selects the participants. In addition to this product. It enables two-way video. Cisco Unified Communications Manager or Cisco TelePresence Video Communication Server (Cisco VCS) for Cisco TelePresence endpoints enables CMR Hybrid. a meeting host can launch a joint Cisco TelePresence and WebEx meeting with the simplicity of One Button to Push (OBTP). and on any device. speakers. adds the preferred TelePresence endpoint and the WebEx information. Cisco CMR Hybrid leverages both Cisco WebEx Meeting Center and on-premises video infrastructure to allows up to 100 participants with a standards-based endpoint. With Cisco TelePresence WebEx OneTouch. Scheduling of the CMR Hybrid conferences requires Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (Cisco TMS). Summary Cisco has established themselves as the global leader in many venues. from anywhere. Cisco VCS Expressway is required for connectivity to WebEx meetings through a corporate firewall. and content sharing between attendees using any type of TelePresence endpoints and WebEx conference participants. It blends the ease of use and broad reach of both Cisco TelePresence and Cisco WebEx solutions into one collaborative solution. you can conduct online meetings over the web in real time. formerly known as Cisco TelePresence WebEx OneTouch 2. Supported Cisco TelePresence multipoint conferencing systems include Cisco TelePresence Server and Cisco TelePresence MCU. and sales presentations. share applications. These products include the pinnacle product. Many tools available within a WebEx meeting enhance the presentation and convalesces abettor participation. there are Cisco WebEx Training Center. an organizer can use a Microsoft Outlook integration that the WebEx Productivity Tools enable. internal and external meetings. extends Cisco TelePresence meetings to Cisco WebEx users. product and project coordination demos. To schedule a meeting. It streamlines the meeting process with a centralized space for managing activities and information. Using Cisco WebEx collaboration products. and sends the invitation to all participants. Cisco WebEx Connect IM.

.

The first 17 chapters of this book cover the technologies. The first section explains how to install the exam engine and practice exams from the CD that accompanies this book. now that you have completed all the earlier chapters in this book. Although these chapters supply the detailed information. This short chapter has two main sections. Note Appendixes C. and features required to be prepared to pass the 210-065 CIVND (Implementing Cisco Video Network Devices) exam to become certified as a CCNA Collaboration professional. The second section lists some suggestions for a study plan. D. and E exist as soft-copy appendixes on the CD included in the back of this book. . This chapter details a set of tools and a study plan to help you complete your preparation for the exam. protocols. most people need more preparation than just reading alone. commands.

covering the topics you will be likely find on the real exam. . Exam Engine and Questions on the CD The CD in the back of the book includes the Pearson Cert Practice Test engine. Activate and download the CICD practice exam. This process requires that you establish a Pearson website login. The installation process gives you the option to activate your exam with the activation code supplied on the paper in the CD sleeve. The CD in the back of the book contains the exam engine. From the main menu. The software that automatically runs is the Cisco Press software to access and use all CD-based features. Once installed. Install the exam engine from the CD. there is no need to register again. The Pearson Cert Practice Test engine lets you study the exam content (using study mode) or take a simulated exam (in practice exam mode). You need this login to activate the exam. Step 2. Insert the CD into your computer. click the option to Install the Exam Engine. please register when prompted. Step 3. just use your existing login. Installation of the exam engine takes place in two steps: Step 1. you can then activate and download the current CIVND exam from Pearson’s website. Step 2.CHAPTER 18 Final Preparation Tools for Final Preparation This section lists some information about exam preparation tools and how to access the tools. If you already have a Pearson website login. Install the Exam Engine The following are the steps you should perform to install the software: Step 1. This software presents you with a set of multiple-choice questions. Respond to the prompt windows as you would with any typical software installation process. Therefore. including the exam engine and the CD-only appendixes.

and select the Update Products button. From there. the My Products tab should list your new exam. you do not even need the CD at this point. and click the Update Application button. Premium Edition In addition to the free practice exam provided on the CD-ROM. Once entered.386 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Activate and Download the Practice Exam Once the exam engine is installed. At this point. remove the activation code from the CD sleeve in the back of that book. you can purchase the Premium Edition at a deep discount. To update a particular exam you have already activated and downloaded. the Premium Edition title also has remediation for each question to the specific part of the eBook that relates to that question. Activating Other Exams The exam software installation process. enter the activation key from the paper inside the cardboard CD holder in the back of the book. Simply select the exam. from the My Products or Tools tab. Click Next. The activation process downloads the practice exam. In addition. and click the Use button. For instance. all you have to do is start the exam engine (if not still up and running). only has to happen once. If you want to check for updates to the Pearson Cert Practice Test exam engine software. Step 3. you should then activate the exam associated with this book (if you did not do so during the installation process) as follows: Step 1. simply select the Tools tab. Because you have purchased the print version of this title. click the Activate button. A coupon in the CD sleeve contains a one-time-use code and instructions for where you can purchase the Premium Edition. the software and practice exam are ready to use. At the next screen. The Premium Edition of this title contains an additional two full practice exams and an eBook (in both PDF and ePub format). . simply select the Tools tab. Updating your exams will ensure you have the latest changes and updates to the exam data. Then. click the Activate button. To activate and download the exam associated with this book. for each new exam. Start the Pearson Cert Practice Test (PCPT) software. If you do not see the exam. you can purchase additional exams with expanded functionality directly from Pearson IT Certification. and perform Steps 2 through 4 from the previous list. and the registration process. make sure you selected the My Products tab on the menu. Step 2. Once the activation process is completed. This will ensure you are running the latest version of the software engine. if you buy another new Cisco Press Official Cert Guide or Pearson IT Certification Cert Guide. then click Finish. only a few steps are required. Step 4.

com. The Cisco Learning Network Cisco provides a wide variety of CCNA Collaboration preparation tools at a Cisco website called the Cisco Learning Network.ciscopress. you should approach studying for the CCNA Collaboration exam with a plan. Appendix D. Consider the following ideas as you move from reading this book to preparing for the exam. especially when you remember having seen the table’s contents when reading the chapter. Rereading these tables can be very useful before the exam.com. Instead of simply reading the tables in the various chapters. you need to use the login you created at Cisco. However. this book purposefully organizes information into tables and lists for easier study and review. this book’s Appendixes C and D give you another review tool. or just search for “Cisco Learning Network. To reach the Cisco Learning Network.Chapter 18: Final Preparation 387 To view the premium edition product page. plus it makes you think about the information without as much information. and supply some information. and information about each exam. it is easy to skim over the tables without paying attention to every detail. go to www.com. “Memory Table Answer Key. “Memory Tables. go to http://learningnetwork.” To access some of the features/resources. you can register for free. simply go to Cisco. 18 . To register. Memory Tables Like most Certification Guides from Cisco Press. It also exercises the memory connectors in your brain. You may have used some of or all these tools at the end of each chapter. contains the completed tables to check yourself.” lists partially completed versions of many of the tables from the book. This exercise can help you focus during your review. It can also be useful to use these tools again as you make your final preparations for the exam. For review. Chapter-Ending Review Tools Chapters 1 through 17 each have several features in the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section at the end of the chapter. If you do not have such a login. You can also just refer to the tables as printed in the book. Appendix C.” also a PDF located on the CD. you can attempt to complete the tables. learning video games.cisco. click Register at the top of the page. Study Plan With plenty of resources at your disposal. You can open Appendix C (a PDF on the CD that comes with this book) and print the appendix. Resources found here include sample questions. forums on each Cisco exam.com/ title/9781587144424. which forces a little more contemplation about the facts.

For multipoint calls. there are a number of sources for lab access. and any of the TC software-based endpoints. Cisco IM and Presence Service. Nothing beats handson experience. take advantage of it. you will see the command syntax and the sequence in which configuration commands should be entered. if you work for a Partner. memorize the definitions of important security terms. and definitions must be recalled to do well on the test. Using the Exam Engine The Pearson Cert Practice Test engine on the CD lets you access a database of questions created specifically for this book. At the least. you can review the key topics in each chapter and follow the example configurations in this book. but we cannot avoid the fact that hands-on experience means you need to get your hands on some gear. and Cisco Video Communication Server (VCS). If at all possible. and many other options. You might also have some Cisco equipment in a personal lab at home. you should try to gain access to some endpoints. The Pearson Cert Practice Test engine can be used either in study mode or practice exam mode. Practice Configurations The CCNA Collaboration exam includes an emphasis on practical knowledge. as follows: ■ Study mode: Study mode is most useful when you want to use the questions for learning and practicing. such as 8945 or 9971 IP Video Phones. I know that is a tall order. and recall the basic command syntax of configuration and verification commands. you can select options like randomizing the order of the questions and answers. Otherwise. You can refresh your memory and practice recalling information by reviewing the activities in the “Exam Preparation Tasks” section at the end of each chapter. CTS 500.388 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Recall the Facts As with most exams. including online rack rentals from trusted Cisco Partners and the Cisco Partner E-Learning Connection (PEC). Jabber Client and Jabber Video for TelePresence soft clients. testing on specific topics. If you have access to a lab provided by your company. In addition. you might have trouble remembering everything that might appear on the CCNA Collaboration exam. . concepts. For registering and placing calls. many facts. automatically viewing answers to the questions as you go. In study mode. DX series endpoint. You need to be familiar with switch features and the order in which configuration steps should be implemented. This means that hands-on experience is going to take you over the edge to confidently and accurately build or verify configurations (and pass the exam). If you do not work with security technologies and features on a daily basis. you need access to a Cisco TelePresence MCU and a Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS). you need access to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CM). These sections will help you study key topics.

Use study mode to study the questions by chapter. you can further choose the book chapters. you will likely start to remember the questions. and the usefulness of the exam database may go down. providing you with a more exam realistic experience. Consider upgrading to the Premium Edition of this book if you want to take additional simulated exams. after you have seen each question a couple of times. consider the following options when using the exam engine: ■ Use the question database for review. and then click the Use button. or both. 18 . The engine should display a window from which you can choose Study Mode or Practice Exam Mode. Select the exam you want to use from the list of available exams. click the My Products tab. not using it for review during your review of each book part. limiting the questions to those explained in the specified chapters of the book. However. So. they also help you simulate the time pressure that can occur on the actual exam. When in study mode. you can use study mode. To select the exam engine mode. It also restricts your ability to see your score as you progress through the exam and view answers to questions as you are taking the exam. Then. When doing your final preparation. use practice exam mode to simulate the exam. Save it until the end so that you will not have seen the questions before. These timed exams not only allow you to study for the actual 210-065 CIVND exam. just as with the other final review steps listed in this chapter. practice exam mode. ■ Save the question database.Chapter 18: Final Preparation 389 ■ Practice Exam mode: This mode presents questions in a timed environment.

.

B 3. B 2. A. A 6. A 4. D 7. A 3. B 4. C. B 8. C Chapter 6 . C 4. B 4. A 5. A 5. C 6. B. B 9. D 7. C 5. C 2. D 8. A. B 7. A Chapter 3 Chapter 5 1. B 3. A Chapter 2 1. B 2. B 1. A 3. B 10.APPENDIX A Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes Chapter 1 Chapter 4 1. B 5. B 1. C 2. C 5. B 4. D 5. A 3. C 8. A 7. D 4. A 1. C 6. B 2. A. D 9. D 3. C 6. C 2. B 9. D 8.

B . C 5. C 15. A 6. D 4. A 18. A 8. B 9. B 5. B 3. D 4. C Chapter 8 1. C 3. A 9. D 6. A 2. B 10. A 12. B 2. A 7. A 16. D 17. D Chapter 10 1. D 10. D 6. D 4. B 2. C Chapter 9 1. C 11. C. D 14. B 8. D 7. C 9. C 8. B 5. A 3. A 7. D 10. B 5. B 6. A 9. C 3. D 5. A 7. B Chapter 7 1. B 4. A 19. A 10. B 13. B 4.392 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide 6. C 9. C 2. B 10. C 7. C 8. D 3. C 20. D 2. C 8. C Chapter 11 1. B 6.

D 9. C 9. A 4.Appendix A: Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes 7. A 5. 10. A 2. B 2. A 1. B 5. A 4. C 6. D 3. C 6. A 5. D 4. A 8. A 10. D 4. C 6. C 9. D 4. B 7. C 10. A 3. B Chapter 17 1. B 6. D 7. C 8. B 4. B 6. C 6. D C 2. 10. B 5. C 3. B 1. C 9. D Chapter 13 3. A 10. A 2. B 7. D 393 A . C 7. D 2. C 8. D C 2. D 8. A Chapter 16 1. A 7. D Chapter 14 3. A 9. B 1. B 7. A 8. A 8. C 5. C Chapter 12 Chapter 15 1. A 5. C 3.

.

This appendix attempts to fill the void that occurs with any print book. at http://www.com/ title/9781587144424. given that the main purpose of this appendix is to be a living.ciscopress. reader feedback allows Cisco Press to gauge which topics give our readers the most problems when taking the exams. Download the latest “Appendix B” document. Website has a later version: Ignore this Appendix B in your book. To do so: Step 1. it is important that you look for the latest version online at the book’s companion website. To assist readers with those topics. the additional content about the exam is contained in a PDF document on this book’s companion website. Note Note that the downloaded document has a version number. However. Technical Content The current version of this appendix does not contain any additional technical coverage. Comparing the version of the print Appendix B (Version 1. This appendix is intended to provide you with updated information if Cisco makes minor modifications to the exam upon which this book is based. When Cisco releases an entirely new exam. changing document. As mentioned in the introduction. the changes are usually too extensive to provide in a simple update appendix. In those cases. you should do the following: Same version: Ignore the PDF that you downloaded from the companion website. . you might need to consult the new edition of the book for the updated content. Step 3.APPENDIX B CCNA Collaboration 210-065 (CIVND) Exam Updates Over time. the authors create new materials clarifying and expanding upon those troublesome exam topics. Browse to http://www. and read only the latest version that you downloaded from the companion website.ciscopress. this appendix does the following: Mentions technical items that might not have been mentioned elsewhere in the book Covers new topics if Cisco adds new content to the exam over time Provides a way to get up-to-the-minute current information about content for the exam Always Get the Latest at the Companion Website You are reading the version of this appendix that was available when your book was printed.0) with the latest online version of this appendix.com/title/9781587144424. Select the Appendix option under the More Information box. Step 2. In particular.

.

11a/b/g/n/ac Standards for wireless local-area network radio transmission and associated data rates.Glossary . Ad hoc Not scheduled. 2. 802.3at power available to function. 720p30 An abbreviation for video transmission at 720p resolution at 30 frames per second. 802. 802.11ac standards. Typically.323 RAS messaging. 802.3af PoE A standard for providing a maximum of 15. 23B+D A designation for an ISDN PRI (T1) implementation including 23 bearer channels and 1 data channel. . An abbreviation for video transmission at 1080p resolution at 30 frames per ACF Admission confirm. AGC Automatic gain control is used with audio equipment to help equalize the sound transmitting through speakers and microphones to help reduce the amount of echo and feedback heard. 1. and 802. Cisco defines an ad hoc conference as any conference where the participants joining the conference are not scheduled.11a. In this case.11b. Class 4 devices must have 802. 1080p30 second.4 watts of DC power to a PoEcapable device. devices with wireless network adapters will be listed as 802. Active Load The currently installed and running firmware version on a Cisco IP Phone. Class 4 devices require 802. part of the H. 802.11a/b/g/n/ac denotes support for 802.3at PoE A standard for providing a maximum of 25. Sent from the gatekeeper to an endpoint confirming call setup can proceed. 2B+D A designation for an ISDN BRI implementation including two bearer channels and one data channel.NET The Microsoft programming framework on which Internet Information Services (IIS) is built and operates. 802.3af standard defines only the use of Classes 0.3at. and 3. The 802. 720p60 An abbreviation for video transmission at 720p resolution at 60 frames per second.11g.11 capable followed by a list of the radios supported. 802. AD Active Directory (AD) is a Microsoft LDAP product that stores and shares information in environments that require high-availability access to user account information.5 watts of DC power to a PoEcapable device. 30B+D A designation for an ISDN PRI (E1) implementation including 30 bearer channels and 1 data channel. This is also known as PoE+.11n.

Analog terminal adapter (ATA) An IP telephony endpoint that enables the connection of analog-based stations. BNC Bayonet Neill-Concelman connectors are used on coaxial cable. Auto-registration A capability in CUCM that allows for phones to be connected to the network. and receive a directory number without any phone-specific administrative configuration. which auto attendants are often referred to as. It is also used in embedding shared content into a video stream during a video call or videoconference. Auto participants will hear an interactive voice response (IVR). BRI links have two B channels that support 64 kbps and one D channel that supports 16 kbps. . ARJ Admission reject. Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) A utility within CUCM that allows for mass modification of phones. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) A button defined on a phone for the express purpose of monitoring the line state of another phone. Basic rate access consists of a single 16-kbps D channel plus two 64-kbps B channels for voice or data. The code-line interface used by programmers and equipment administrators to issue advanced-level commands to the system.398 Allow Control of Device from CTI Allow Control of Device from CTI The CTI control service on the Cisco Unified CM allows a phone to be controlled by the Jabber soft client. part of the H. Sent from the gatekeeper to an endpoint confirming the call attempt failed.323 RAS messaging. and other devices. register. gateways. users. such as phones and fax machines. Artifact-removal technology Cisco provides computationally advanced filters to remove visual artifacts left by poor endpoints or low-bandwidth encoders (such as 3G devices) to provide improved images. Assent Cisco proprietary protocol that allows NAT and firewall traversal in a secure environment with use of only a few ports. directory numbers. BRI Basic Rate Interface. Auto attendants are used as a means for participants to choose what conference they want to join. Auto attendant A virtual receptionist feature available on MCUs. to the IP network. Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) Binary Floor Control Protocol is a protocol for controlling access to the media resources in a conference. Sent from an endpoint to the gatekeeper to request a call be established. the media and signaling is rerouted through the associated phone. Basic Rate Interface (BRI) BRI is an ISDN interface to basic rate access. ARQ Admission request.323 RAS messaging. part of the H. meaning when Jabber sends or receives a call request. API Application programming interface. They could be used in composite or component video connections.

and QoS information. per-port power management details. Call control An central or distributed entity that provides signaling. and other content to digital screens via Cisco digital media players. and other operations associated with call setup.Cisco Prime Collaboration 399 Call Admission Control (CAC) Call admission control refers to one of several techniques for monitoring the total remaining bandwidth available for voice traffic over a WAN link. route patterns. CDR Call detail record. resulting in very poor quality for all concurrent calls. Color levels and mixtures that are broken out when converting video to digital Cisco Audio Session Tunnel (CAST) Allows IP Phones and associated applications behind the phone to discover and communicate with the remote endpoints without requiring changes to traditional signaling components. and teardown in telephony or video infrastructure deployments. monitoring. CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol. or using gatekeeper routers. broadcast television. Cisco IPICS The Cisco Physical Access Manager appliance is a physical intrusion-detection solution using Cisco Physical Access Gateway devices to connect conventional wired sensors. primarily for surveillance and security purposes. destination route pattern lookup. The purpose of CAC is to prevent the transmission of voice traffic in excess of what the link can support without overflowing the QoS voice priority queue and causing voice packets to be dropped by the router. class of restriction. along with other physical-security elements through a converged IP network. Endpoints use CDP to communicate with the LAN switch regarding the ID of the voice/video VLAN. Directory numbers. Cisco Prime Collaboration A suite of products and capabilities that automate network management. Calling search space (CSS) Partitions can be seen as a collection of route patterns. A CSS is an ordered list of route partitions. Cisco CallManager CCMCIP A service that runs on Cisco Unified Communications Manager and retrieves a list of devices associated with each user. Chrominance format. Proprietary protocol used by Cisco devices to discover VLAN information from Cisco switches. Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) Cisco proprietary protocol created in 1994 to provide a mechanism for management systems to automatically learn about devices connected to the network. connection admission control. and translation patterns can all belong to specific partitions. Cisco Cast An subsystem component of the Cisco Digital Media Suite architecture that allows delivery of live and on-demand video. CAC can be implemented using the CUCM locations configuration within or between clusters. using RSVP. CCTV Closed-circuit television is a TV system in which signals are not publicly distributed but are monitored. and a CSS determines which partitions calling devices must search when they attempt to complete a call. and lifecycle to improve the voice and video collaborative experience . state change.

Class 4 is not specified by 802. Class 3 devices are classified Mid Power devices.49–12. storing.400 Cisco TelePresence Server (CTS) Cisco TelePresence Server (CTS) A scalable videoconferencing bridge that works with Cisco Unified Communications Manager to bring multiparty video to unified communications deployments. CMR Collaboration Meeting Rooms. Responsible for the recording. Cisco WebEx Meetings Server (CWMS) An on-premises instance of the WebEx Meeting Center platform. .95 watts / 26–30 mA. Class 2 PoE Power over Ethernet classification providing 3. and streaming Cisco Video Operations Manager Software Offers centralized administration of all the Cisco video-surveillance solution components and supports Cisco video surveillance endpoints.95–25. and web conferencing in a single solution. Class 1 devices are classified as Very Low Power devices. 802. defines Class 4. behind-the-firewall conferencing solution that combines audio.84–6.3af. Class 0 is currently referenced as unimplemented or reserved. video. video.49 watts / 17–20 mA. data.3af and therefore not supported by equipment supporting only 802. Class 1 PoE Power over Ethernet classification providing 0. CMR Cloud A Cisco CMR solution that can host WebEx users and video endpoints in the same collaboration meeting room hosted by WebEx Meeting Center. Class 2 devices are classified as Low Power devices. Cisco Video Media Server Software of video feeds. ClearVision Cisco ClearVision technology can take SD and ED video and reproduce the image at HD quality with no extra cost in bandwidth.94 watts / 0–4 mA.3at. Class 4 PoE Power over Ethernet classification providing 12. Cisco Video Virtual Matrix Software Supporting many layouts. Cisco’s term for virtual conference meeting rooms accessed either through an SaaS or on-premises server.84 watts / 9–12 mA.44–12. commonly known as PoE+. and mobility products and applications.50 watts / 36–44 mA. fully virtualized. Class 4 devices are classified as High Power devices. Cisco Unified Mobility A call mobility option on the Cisco Unified CM that allows multiple endpoints to ring when the alias of a singe endpoint is dialed. It offers a highly secure. Class 0 PoE Power over Ethernet classification providing 0. Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) An IP-based collaboration call control platform developed and sold by Cisco Systems for the purpose of delivering the right user experience to the right endpoint by integrating voice.44–3. Class 3 PoE Power over Ethernet classification providing 6. operators can choose a predefined layout of cameras and push it out to the displays of all users or choose to send different users various layouts with differing camera feeds.

ConferenceMe 401 CMR Hybrid A merger of the web-based CMR and on-premises Cisco TelePresence technologies that creates a single. Conference A virtual meeting space reserved for participants who are able to dial into it. For purposes of the exam. a camera. This is the resolution used by PAL (European) television systems. Voice over Frame Relay. voice. and capture media for contact recording and analysis. Cisco refers to conferences as CMRs. chrominance red. The computer must have a microphone. a CTI route point directs inbound calls to application services. For example. and chrominance yellow or green on separate copper connections. Computer Telephony Interface Quick Buffer Encoding (CTIQBE) Allows an extension to CTI for NAT/PAT. and a display monitor. respectively. such as a Unity Connection call handler or a Cisco Unified Contact Center Express or Enterprise IVR. Common Intermediate Format (CIF) An industry-standard video format representing a resolution of 288x352. Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) route point A virtual endpoint that. Collaboration Meeting Rooms (CMR) A WebEx cloud-based. or Collaboration Meeting Rooms. for DTMF purposes. Component video Component video takes the luminance and chrominance video data and sends out luminance. open Windows. Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) Computer Telephony Integration extends the rich feature set available on CUCM to third-party applications. a DSP software algorithm used to compress/decompress speech or audio signals. which are 144x176 and 576x704. seamless meeting experience whether attending via web or TelePresence endpoint. allowing telephony applications to function across a firewall. supports all out-of-band (OOB) methods and does not support RFC 2833. Codec In Voice over IP. CTI route points use CTI events to communicate with CTI-capable applications. it is the mechanism that provides a means of providing desk phone control from a software client. ConferenceMe Client application downloaded from an MCU that allows participants to join a conference from their computers. persistent collaborative workspace enabling everyone to meet using nearly any device. Composite video Composite video takes the luminance and chrominance video data and compresses it together to send across a singe copper connection. chrominance blue. At the desktop. and Voice over ATM. Cisco CTI enables third-party applications to make calls from within Microsoft Outlook. speakers. CIF is a 4:3 resolution full-screen. and content-sharing technologies. . provide automated caller services such as auto-attendant and interactive voice response (IVR). Related resolutions are QCIF (Quarter CIF) and 4CIFl. Cisco CTI-enabled server applications can intelligently route contacts through an enterprise network. such as Cisco Jabber. or start applications based on incoming caller ID and remotely track calls and contacts for billing purposes. for a business-quality video collaboration experience that combines video.

The device pool contains only device. CoS definitions are used by subarea nodes to determine the optimal route to establish a given session.402 CoS CoS Class of service. directly accessible to other ones. DHCPDISCOVER A client seeking DHCP services will broadcast a DHCPDISCOVER message on the local subnet to locate available DHCP server resources for that subnet. The device pool structure supports the separation of user and location information. DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a client/server protocol used to provide IP information to a device automatically. DHCP Request The acceptance of the IP information from the client that was offered by the DHCP server. a tool used to schedule TelePresence endpoints in a multipoint conference meeting through an MCU. CSS UCS Cisco Connected Safety and Security UCS Server. Digital Media Manager (DMM) A web-based media management application allowing scheduling and publication of digital media content to desktop and digital signage displays. you must configure a new security profile for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. The DHCPOFFER includes an available network address and any configured options. Device security profile To enable security features for a phone. In SNA subarea routing. CTMan Cisco TelePresence Manager. This does not yet configure the endpoint with this information. DAS Direct-attached storage is computer storage that is directly attached to one computer or server and is not. DHCPOFFER A message sent to an end station in response to that station’s broadcast of a DHCPDISCOVER message requesting DHCP services. DHCP Discovery Fist step in the DHCP process where a device requests IP information from a DHCP server. such as Option 150 TFTP Server for collaboration endpoints. Also called ToS. CTS Cisco TelePresence endpoint. A CoS definition consists of a virtual route number and a transmission priority field. . An indication of how an upper-layer protocol requires a lower-layer protocol to treat its messages. DHCP Offer The IP information a DHCP server sends to an endpoint as an offer. Digital Media Designer (DMD) An application component within the Cisco Digital Media System that allows formatting and layout of content to be displayed via Cisco DMP endpoints. DHCP Ack The permission sent from the DHCP server to the client authorizing the IP Information to be used. Device pool Device pools define sets of common characteristics for devices. Servers respond with a DHCPOFFER message. without special support.and location-related information. Only the security features that the selected device and protocol support display in the Security Profile Settings window.

distributed naming system for computers. In the case of Cisco PVDMs. The combination of the two creates a unique combination within CUCM. and other network resources. DVI-A (analog for SD video). could receive a DVI-D or DVI-A connection)._tcp. DNS servers are typically created for both internal and external naming services. and DVI-I (interlaced. and transcoding service for CUCM-based endpoints.com DNS SRV record would be used to point Internet-based Jabber endpoints to the Expressway-E address for firewall-traversal purposes. and delivery of video and application content to digital media player devices. For example. DSP Digital signal processing refers to various techniques for improving the accuracy and reliability of digital communications. DVI Digital Video Interface is a composite video connector that comes in three styles: DVI-D (digital for HD video). Domain Name Service (DNS) A network-based service that provides name resolution to IP address. provisioning. DNS architecture creates a hierarchical. They also provide for MTP. motion graphics. services. Digital Media System (DMS) A suite of applications allowing the management and delivery of video (live or on-demand) and dynamic application content to digital displays Digital signal processor (DSP) Specialized hardware microprocessors architecturally optimized for specific purposes. web pages. Directory number (DN) The phone number assigned to an endpoint. the _collab-edge. DNS SRV record A service locator DNS record that resolves to an application or protocol specific service handler.DVI Digital media player (DMP) IP-based hardware endpoints that play live or on-demand content. DMZ A demilitarized zone is a small network that exists between a main corporate network and the public Internet. 403 .domain. DN The directory number is the host part of the URI endpoints use when registering to the Cisco Unified CM. The DN is a construct consisting of the actual assigned number and the partition in which that number is placed. conferencing. DSCP Differentiated services code point. Digital Signs A subsystem component of the Cisco Digital Media Suite architecture that provides a central management portal for control. Dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF) A telecommunication signaling system using the tones generated at two frequencies within the voice-frequency band over telephone lines between telephone equipment and other communications devices and switching centers. It is used as an extra layer of security to prevent unauthorized users from accessing important data within an organization’s main corporate network. The domain is typically the IP address of the Cisco Unified CM but is unseen by users when calls are placed. DNS A record A DNS record that resolves to the IP address of a specific end host. these are optimized to deal with conversion of analog and digital signals to or from packetized voice. and other dynamic content to digital displays.

voice. Firmware The underlying operating system and software components of collaboration endpoints. External DNS DNS services located on the public Internet. FHD capacitive FHD stands for full high definition. and IM&P services to software clients and endpoints outside the firewall. presence. The frame rate can be switched from real time to time lapse to save disk space. EP The recording times on a VHS cassette up to triple the time length using Extended Play (EP). E1 CAS E1 Channel Associated Signaling uses bits within specific channels to convey framing. and IM&P services to software clients and endpoints outside the firewall. Cisco Expressway-C and Expressway-E form a secure traversal link to enable video. clocking. CRC4. By using LP or EP/SLP. resistive touchscreen technology has been used. One of the additional channels (0) is used for frame sync. voice. E1 primary rate access consists of a single 64-kbps D channel plus 30 B channels for voice or data. usually maintained by a service provider. DHCP is based on the Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP). Euroblock Audio connecter that uses a tap screw to attach raw audio wires.404 DVR DVR Digital video recorder is a security system device that records the video from up to 16 surveillance cameras on a hard disk. the already poor quality is reduced. XMPP is the underlying messaging protocol used by Cisco Jabber and numerous other IM clients. and more. and signaling information. Alternatively. . there are 32 channels. These services include IM. In E1 R2 implementations. Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) A standard protocol for messageoriented communications using an Extensible Markup Language (XML). adding the capability of automatic allocation of reusable network addresses and additional configuration options. Expressway-C The internal gateway component of the Cisco Expressway (Collaboration Edge) solution. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) As defined in RFC 2131. content. 30 are used for voice or data. Firewall traversal A mechanism offered by Cisco VCS and Expressway architectures that allows for VPN-less access to enterprise resources from authorized clients. and alarms. video. while the other (16) is used for signaling. Cisco Expressway-C and Expressway-E form a secure traversal link to enable video. FindMe An option on the Cisco VCS that allows multiple endpoints to ring when the FindMe ID is dialed. voice. E1 PRI E1 PRI is an ISDN interface to primary rate access. content. Capacitive is a technology used in touchscreen devices that allows for the device to respond more easily to touch. also known as Super Long Play (SLP). DHCP provides a framework for passing configuration information to hosts on a TCP/IP network. Expressway-E The external gateway component of the Cisco Expressway (Collaboration Edge) solution.

931 handshake between devices is complete. master/slave negotiations. and CIF (352x288) resolutions.320 standard for circuit-switched communication.245 is used for capabilities exchange. For example.323 entity that provides interoperability between the IP network and analog or digital endpoints. the URI address must qualify the domain being used against the SIP server before devices are allowed to register. H. Blu-ray. low-bit-rate video and often is used for Internet streaming.263 include SQCIF (128x96 pixels).323 was based on of the H. H. H. FQDN The fully qualified domain name is the domain on URI and URL addresses that must be qualified against a server.245 is also responsible for closing logical channels at the end of a call.com is the FQDN of the mail server for domain. The most common use of FQDNs is in conjunction with a DNS. Gateway An H. mail. Full HD Full high definition includes resolutions above 720p30. Standard image sizes specified by H.931 protocols for sending and receiving information. H.323 The IP communication standard created by the ITU (International Telecommunications Union) in circa 1984 for voice and video communication over IP. H. which includes its hostname and domain so that it can be resolved via DNS. in SIP environments.com. H. and numerous other purposes. Gatekeeper A call control and CAC mechanism most often associated with H. Most common full HD resolutions are 1080p30 and 720p60.H. HDTV.245 Once the Q. GRQ/GCF Gatekeeper Request is a RAS message used by endpoints to locate a gatekeeper to register to when discovery mode is configured as auto.323 fps Frames per second.265 Video-compression codec that offers a higher pixel saturation and better video communication using less bandwidth.264 Also known as MPEG4 Part 10 (AVC). it is a block-oriented. Gatekeeper Confirm is a RAS message used by the gatekeeper to send its IP address to the endpoint so that the endpoint can attempt to register to it. H. However. and opening logical channels (or ports).225 is the H. 405 .225 used RAS and Q. motion-compensationbased ITU-T standard format used in providing high-quality. Fully qualified domain name (FQDN) The designation of a unique end system. H. an HTTP GET message would issue a request to a web server for a specific web page.320 A general ITU-T recommendation for running multimedia over ISDN-based networks. H. GET A message type used by some protocols to request specific information from a network service.263 An ITU-T standard video compression format for low bit rate video communications.323 call setup communication sent between devices. For example.domain. QCIF (176x144). H. H.225 H.323 voice and video implementations.

When HTTP is not available. HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface connectors are used for high-definition composite video.19 The ITU standard for H.323 gatekeeper H. such as name servers and distributed object management systems. Inactive load A fallback firmware image kept on some Cisco collaboration endpoints in case of corruption or failure of the active load.18/. Inline power Cisco inline power is a prestandard solution to provide power to phones. IEEE Institute for Electrical and Electronic Engineers. IIS Internet Information Services is used by TMS to allow the user interface to be accessed through a web interface.323 gatekeeper The central call control server for H.3af standard was adopted in 2003. collaborative. HD High-Definition video is video of higher resolution and quality than standard definition. It is a generic. error codes. but any video image with considerably more than 576 horizontal lines is considered high definition. HTTP is an applicationlevel protocol for distributed. hypermedia information systems. with an aspect ratio of 16:9. IMTC International Multimedia Telecommunications Consortium. through extension of its request methods. HTTP is the foundation of data communication for the World Wide Web (WWW). HTTP can be used by newer endpoints to download configuration information and firmware in a similar fashion as is done with TFTP. HD resolutions start at 1280x720. an IETF NAT-traversal solution.323 firewall and NAT traversal. and so on prior to the ratification of the 802.323 devices.406 H. Hypertext is structured text that uses logical links (hyperlinks) between nodes containing text. HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) As defined in RFC 2616. IETF Internet Engineering Task Force. HTTPS Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol is the use of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) as a sublayer under regular HTTP application layering. collaborative. . IP Phones upgrade their firmware images using HTTP on port 6970 from TFTP services integrated into one or more call processing platforms. The Cisco VCS is the only gatekeeper in Cisco’s audio and video product line. ICANN Internet Cooperation for Assigned Names and Numbers. The 802.323 gatekeeper is often referred to as gatekeeper. stereo audio and sometimes power. the phones use TFTP. all carried over a singe cable. and headers. stateless protocol that can be used for many tasks beyond its use for hypertext.460. hypermedia information systems. H. ICE Interactive Connectivity Establishment.3 power standards. There is no standardized meaning for high definition. HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol is an application protocol for distributed. The H. access points. Cisco inline power was introduced in 2000 with the Catalyst line of switches.

or BRI lines. Instant Messaging & Presence (IM&P) CUCM IM&P. IEEE and its members inspire a global community through IEEE’s highly cited publications.LCD Instant Messaging (IM) Instant messaging is used for real-time communications via textbased chat. A Cisco Jabber client (desktop or mobile) that is configured to provide only Key Expansion Module (KEM) A Key Expansion Module provides button expansion for some Cisco IP Phone models through the addition of one or more sidecar modules. Jabber Full UC A Cisco Jabber client (desktop or mobile) that is configured to provide the full feature set available to Jabber users. JIDs take on a format of id@domain. conferences. technology standards. 407 . in addition to instant messaging services. calendar integration. video. desktop application. voice messaging. Jabber IM&P A Cisco Jabber client (desktop or mobile) that is configured to provide only IM and presence services. presence. Jabber ID (JID) The unique Jabber identifier of an end user.323 devices. and calendar integration. Interworking gateway The interworking gateway allows for calls to connect between SIP and H. Internal DNS A DNS implementation inside an enterprise network that may include businessspecific entries for name resolution not meant to be made available to external DNS services. PRI. Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) IMAP allows client-based email applications to access remote services and servers. Integrated Switch Digital Network (ISDN) A standard communications protocol for transmission of voice. Jabber phone voice service. including IM. formerly known as Cisco Unified Presence Server (CUPS). This includes not only email services but also voice messaging and numerous other applications. The Cisco VCS is an interworking gateway. LCD Liquid crystal display television has better quality than a cathode ray tube (CRT) TV. Cisco Jabber is a standards-based XMPP IM client. application integration. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) IEEE is the world’s largest professional association dedicated to advancing technological innovation and excellence for the benefit of humanity. desktop phone control. IP television (IPTV) Use of an IP-based internetwork for purposes of streaming live or on-demand content to network endpoints ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network is a form of communication over the circuitswitched network using V. voice. and professional and educational activities.com. is the component within the Cisco collaboration architecture that provides for XMPP-based network-based presence capabilities. In IM&P mode.35. and other capabilities. video. web integration. data. the Jabber desktop client is still capable of providing CTI control of a Cisco collaboration desktop endpoint. and other network services over traditional PSTN circuits.

burned-in address on a network adapter that provides a unique identifier to network interfaces for purposes of communication on the physical network segment. . longer lifetime. Luminance Shading and depth. voice bridges. provisioning. Media resource group list A collection of media resource groups. messaging.408 Light-emitting diode (LED) Light-emitting diode (LED) A two-lead semiconductor light source characterized by low power consumption. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) A client/server protocol meant to provide a mechanism for connecting to. MAC address Unique Identifier used by the Cisco Unified CM to identify the device when communication is initiated through the TFTP service. Media resource Any resource made available for call through the Cisco Unified CM. regardless of the following digits. Multicast Sends (data) across a computer network to several users at the same time (one-tomany communication). Mobile and Remote Access (MRA) A core component of collaboration edge architecture (Expressway). MCU Multipoint control unit. It defines how a switch transitions from LLDP to LLDP-MED if an endpoint is detected. searching. LLDP-MED is closely related to CDP and contains similar features and functions. Popular media resources include music-on-hold (MOH). and video bridges (or MCUs). LP Protocol used for VLAN discovery when the node. Informs the VCS to route calls to the MCU that begin with this prefix. and small size. or both are not Cisco Long Play extends the recording time on a VHS cassette by double the time. improved resilience. call control. MRA allows Cisco Jabber and other endpoints VPN-less registration. and presence services. LLDP-MED devices. Media Access Control (MAC) address A physical. Multiplex Media Technology used in TIP to compress multiple RTP and RTCP packets into a single stream. MCU is an industry-wide term referring to a device that bridges multiple participants together within a single call. MCU service prefix Registers to the VCS. Media resource group A collection of media resources. Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED) An IEEE standard protocol built specifically for voice applications. This includes transcoding and transrating capabilities. and modifying Internet directories. LLDP-MED is an extension of LLDP. LLDP-MED reports VLAN and power information but contains the ability to specify additional capabilities beyond those reported by CDP. Media Experience Engine (MXE) A network appliance deployed in an enterprise video architecture that provides media-transformation and -adaptation services for recorded and live content. switch.

0 and later. A NAS device contains a slimmed-down operating system and file system and processes only I/O requests by supporting the popular file-sharing protocols. Multiway Call escalation to an MCU when a third participant is added to a call. Multipoint control unit (MCU) A mission-specific hardware-based or software-based entity used for providing videoconferencing and audio conferencing bridging resources. It is recommended that there be at least three other immersive endpoints in a single call before one table mode is used. NAT Network Address Translation. That is.Phone load name Multipoint Any conference that consists of three or more participants. OSD The onscreen display is the monitor display on endpoint. 409 . the VCS processes only OBTP One button to push. Who the owner of a phone is can be specified under the owner user ID. A list of partitions is parsed in a calling search space when an endpoint dials a number or URI. you can assign one of these templates to the phones or create a new template. Option 150 An optional parameter configured within a DHCP scope that provides a TFTP server address to endpoints on the subnet served by that scope. and more for IP telephony calls. Multisite The option key on an endpoint that enables native multipoint conferences. NAS Network-attached storage is a file server that connects to the network. conference bridging. A Cisco feature that enables users and endpoints to join a collaboration meeting room by a single click of a button. One table mode A layout used on Cisco TelePresence servers that allows up to four participants in one immersive endpoint room to be displayed on a single monitor while in a call with another immersive endpoint. Owner user ID This setting identifies who the owner is of this phone. transcoding. Any call that is not a traversal call. primarily CIFS for Windows and NFS for UNIX. Phone button template When adding phones. Partition A logical grouping of directory numbers. The partition coupled with the number itself creates a unique DN for the endpoints. PAT Port Address Translation. Only numbers/URIs contained in a partition within the collective calling search space available to the device may be called from a given endpoint. Nontraversal Call signaling traffic. or this setting can be changed to Anonymous (Public/Shared Space). Packet Voice Digital Module (PVDM) A module containing a varied density of DSP resources that is installed into an Integrated Services Router to provide media services such as packetization. Phone load name This setting is used to identify a specific firmware version the TFTP server is to use when a device tries to register. Creating and using templates provides a fast way to assign a common button configuration to a large number of phones. an owner of a phone must be identified. MTP. Owner In Cisco Unified CM 10.

3at.168.255.255.31. dedicated bandwidth. tilt.3af and 802. PKI Private Key Infrastructure is a method of an encryption handshake between two devices so that information can be sent securely between them. .410 PIP PIP Picture-in-picture is a small picture used to display a local endpoint’s camera image within the OSD of the far-end image that is being displayed.255. Q. Q.0. POTS is voice-grade telephone service employing analog signal transmission over copper loops. They have 30 B channels that use 64 kbps and 2 D channels that use 64 kbps. PRI T1 Primary Rate Interface. PRI links are divided into two categories. PSTN Public switched telephone network is the world’s collection of interconnected voiceoriented public telephone networks. Private Class B network 176. PTZ Pan. Q.255. operating over circuit-switched technologies. Quality of service (QoS) The capability of a network to provide differentiated services to specific types of network traffic to provide prioritization. PRI links are divided into two categories.931 exchanges source and destination IP addresses and any crypto-hash tokens between the devices. There are two standards for PoE available today: 802. E1 PRIs are used all over the world except for North America and Japan.255. T1 PRIs are used in North America and Japan. but they are also more prone to burn-in.255. typically provided by the manufacturer of said PBX. both commercial and government owned. Plasma Plasma TVs get their name because they use small cells of electrically charged gases. This is a great tool for adjusting the near-end camera so that participants are centered in the frame. Private branch exchange (PBX) An on-premises telephone switch providing telephony services to analog or digital handsets.0.0–192. Prefix for MCU registration Differentiates between aliases assigned to conferences from aliases assigned to endpoints.931 is the H. and improved loss characteristics while ensuring that the prioritization does not cause one or more other traffic flows to fail. PoE Power over Ethernet is a Cisco-developed technology (standardized by the IEEE) for wired Ethernet LANs that allows the electrical current necessary for the operation of each device to be carried by the data cables rather than by power cords.0–10. Plasma TVs offer better quality pictures than LCD TVs. controlled jitter and latency.Q.168. Private Class A network 10.255.0.323 call setup communication sent between devices. Private Class C network 192. zoom reflects the movement options of the camera.931 H.16. PRI E1 Primary Rate Interface. They have 23 B channels that use 64 kbps and 1 D channel that uses 64 kbps.0. POTS Plain old telephone network.0–176.931 also handles the alerting and connect messages sent from the destination device.

RTCP Real-time Transport Control Protocol. Rich Media Session (RMS) A Cisco Expressway license required for concurrent calls to/ from any endpoint or application not registered to Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Jabber guest. 1080p. 4K UHDTV. These connectors are ungrounded for audio and composite for video. SDES Secure Description is a protocol used to encrypt UDP media packets over RTP. Sent from the gatekeeper to an endpoint confirming registration was successful. SaaS Software-as-a-service is a software distribution model in which applications are hosted by a vendor or service provider and made available to customers over a network. RTP Real-time Transport Protocol. SAN Storage-area network is a dedicated high-speed network (or subnetwork) that interconnects and presents shared pools of storage devices to multiple servers. sequence numbering. SD Standard definition is a resolution that is not considered to be either high-definition television (1080i.264 AVC to H. RRJ Registration Reject. such as audio. RTP provides such services as payload type identification. 1440p. RRQ Registration Request.323 RAS messaging. Sent from the gatekeeper to an endpoint confirming registration was unsuccessful. Status are communication messages sent between devices and an H. part of the H. and interworked calls (for example. Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) Remote Desktop Protocol is used to control Microsoft Windows-based PCs and servers from remote destinations. time stamping. RTP is designed to provide end-to-end network transport functions for applications transmitting real-time data. video. H. used to send signaling packets over IP. 411 .323 gatekeeper. SDP Session Description Protocol is the process created by the IETF that allows devices to exchange their capabilities and desired ports for communication during call setup.323 RAS messaging. and they should not be used for distances that exceed 6 feet. part of the H. Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) A standard for using UDP to transport real-time data.SDP RAS Registration. Low quality is to be expected when they are used. RCF Registration Confirm. RCA RCA derives from Radio Corporation of America.264 SVC). such as interactive voice/video over data networks. over multicast or unicast network services. Admission.323 RAS messaging. typically the Internet. H. and delivery monitoring to real-time applications. Commonly used with IP networks. Sent from an endpoint to the gatekeeper to request registration. and 8K UHD) or enhanced-definition television (EDTV 480p). or simulation data. ROI Return on investment. part of the H. This includes business-to-business calls.323 to SIP. Cisco Collaboration Meeting Rooms.

SLA Service level agreement. The Cisco Unified CM and the Cisco VCS are both SIP servers. Contact TAC for further assistance. SIP Session Initiation Protocol. Skinny Call Control Protocol (SCCP) A Cisco proprietary line-side signaling protocol designed for use with Cisco IP Phones. The IP communication protocol created by the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) circa 1985. SIP profiles can be configured with rules to add. Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) A messaging protocol that allows for disparate system communications via HTTP. storage. Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) An IETF standard for multimedia calls over IP. calls signaling between two endpoints. who was bought by Cisco in 2010. SLP Super Long Play.412 Secure Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP) Secure Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP) An implementation of RTP intended to provide encryption. remove. message authentication and integrity. It was first used for VoIP calling in 1998 when Selcious came out with their Call Manager. Secure Shell password Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) uses Secure Shell for troubleshooting and debugging. SIP server The central call control server for SIP devices. copy. SIP profile SIP profiles change SIP incoming or outgoing messages so that interoperability between incompatible devices can be ensured. SIP 200 OK A message returned as part of a SIP call setup indicating that a particular request was accepted. A table is created mapping the SIP URI with the endpoint’s IP address. SIP defines both line-side and trunk-side protocol specifications. same thing as EP. which are functions of the SIP server. Secure Shell user Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) uses secure shell for troubleshooting and debugging. and protection from replay of RTP data. management. SIP was first used for video communication circa 2006 by TANDBERG. . and publication/distribution. Show and Share A network-based application solution for video content authoring. Smart Scheduler Tool accessed through TMS used to manage FindMe templates and schedule conferences. SIP Register A message sent by an endpoint requesting registration with a SIP registrar. Contact TAC for further assistance. They were bought by Cisco in 1999. or proxy. SIP was originally created as a less-chatty way of sending IP packets across the internet before broadband and high-speed Internet was introduced. or modify the SIP Session Description Protocol (SDP). The SIP server is sometimes referred to as the SIP proxy or SIP registrar. The application is intended for nontechnical employees within an organization. SIP proxy The function of a SIP server used to connect. SIP registrar The function of a SIP server used to register endpoints to the SIP server.

Super resolution enhancement MCUs are able to generate higher-resolution images from SD and ED sources. SQL Structured Query Language. SPAN is a feature that is available on switches based on Cisco IOS and NX-OS software that allows traffic received on a port or VLAN to be copied to another port for analysis. SPAN Switched Port Analyzer. subnet mask. used to carry media data packets across a network. Static Assigning IP information to an endpoint manually. uses bits within individual channels to convey framing and clocking information. and default gateway address must be provided at a minimum. Protocol that provides a secure remote connection to a router through a TCP application. It does not separate the blue. but is not near as good as component video. also known as robbed-bit signaling or in-band signaling. such as Cisco Jabber. is a hybrid of composite and component video. T1 PRI T1 PRI is an ISDN interface to primary rate access. The CLI allows access to important log information and allows administrators to issue certain commands for testing. and troubleshooting DX endpoints. also known as S-Video. or port. 413 . but it does separate the luminance from the chrominance. Software development kit (SDK) Software development Kits are used in open development clients/applications. SSH access must be enabled for administrators to access the CLI of DX endpoints. The SDK can be used to create a highly version of the client for use in environments with special use cases or needs. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that packets will be delivered in the same order in which they were sent. IETF NAT-traversal solution. configuring. and Y/C. TCS TelePresence Content Server.TelePresence Content Server (TCS) SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is used by TMS to manage systems. SRTP Secure Real-time Transport Protocol is the encrypted channel. It is also referred to as port mirroring. In T1 implementations. T1 primary rate access consists of a single 64-kbps D channel plus 23 B channels for voice or data. greatly improving the clarity and detail of SD and ED sources in a call. S-Video Separate Video. TelePresence Content Server (TCS) A network appliance used for recording and live streaming of video content. T1 CAS T1 Channel Associated Signaling. SSH Secure Shell Protocol. STUN Session Traversal Utilities for NAT. SSH access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. there are 24 such channels for voice or data. Therefore S-Video generally has better resolution than composite video. Read/write database used by TMS to manage systems. An IP address. TCP Transmission Control Protocol is used as a Layer 4 communication protocol that enables two hosts to establish a connection and exchange streams of data. Recording and streaming server. red. Super-Video. without using DHCP. and green primary colors.

UCS Unified Computing System is an (x86) architecture data center server platform composed of computing hardware. The address of the server is provided to the endpoint by the DHCP Option 150 parameter in the DHCP scope for the voice/video VLAN. IETF NAT-traversal solution. and management software. TMSXE TMS Exchange integration allows conferences to be scheduled through Microsoft Outlook.414 TelePresence Management System (TMS) TelePresence Management System (TMS) A network-based tool for provisioning. UC Unified communications. UDP User Datagram Protocol is commonly used for media and signaling after a call has been set up. Traversal call Any call requiring VCS to pass call media and signaling. and it allows the use of the Smart Scheduler tool. TURN Traversal Using Relays around NAT. TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is a file transfer protocol used to exchange information between systems. . FindMe templates to be provisioned. This also includes any interworking calls (H. any calls passing inbound on one LAN port and outbound on another for the same VCS (dual NIC). TIP TelePresence Interoperability Protocol is used to multiplex audio and video streams into a single RTP and RTCP port. TMSPE TMS Provisioning Extension is an applet used by TMS to allow devices and users to be provisioned. Unicast Transmission of a data package or an audiovisual signal to a single recipient (one-to-one communication). virtualization support. and all encrypted calls. switching fabric. managing. Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) TCP/IP protocol suite. The connection-oriented transport protocol in the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) A suite of protocols that allow for transmission of packets across an internetwork. this tool is used to send endpoint configuration files to endpoint within a LAN network from the Cisco Unified CM. TLS Transport Layer Security is a protocol used to encrypt TCP data packets. This might be a call from the inside of the network to the outside or vice versa. Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) A UDP-based file transfer protocol that requires no authentication. Cisco IP Phones use TFTP to download their firmware and configuration files. TMS TelePresence Management Suite is management application software that runs on a Windows Server and manages TelePresence devices in a VCS-centric environment. UDP is a one-way communication. and maintaining video endpoints and the scheduling and management of videoconference resources.323 <-> SIP or IPv4 <-> IPv6) calls wherein the endpoints are on opposite sides of a NAT implementation. In a TelePresence environment.

VCS Video Communications Server is a call control server for H.com). call treatment. speed dials. and multichannel contact management over an IP infrastructure. The SIP URI format is similar to that of an email address in that it includes both a unique user ID and a domain name (for example. This serial interface allows for communication between Data Communication Equipment (DCE) and Data Terminal Equipment (DTE). comprehensive contact management.0 and later. subscribed services. 415 . which are variables in specific fields that fill in information (such as an employee name) automatically. and much more from the Unified Communications configuration database. V. Universal device template (UDT) Templates that define all device-related settings in one simple interface and can be applied to any device. Universal Resource Identifier (URI) An standard alphanumeric identifier used for dialing SIP endpoints rather than dialing via traditional telephone numbers. URI Uniform Resource Identifier. user@cisco.35 V. Universal Resource Locator (URL) The generic term for all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the World Wide Web. Universal Port technology Cisco TelePresence MCU technology that allows each virtual port to be encoded and decoded independently. Type of formatted identifier that encapsulates the name of an Internet object and labels it with an identification of the name space. Unified Contact Center Express (UCCX) A sophisticated single-server (or dual with HA) customer contact solution that delivers call routing.VCS Unified Contact Center Enterprise (UCCE) A customer contact solution that delivers intelligent contact routing. Universal line template (ULT) Templates that allow application of predefined settings that would normally be applied to a directory number.35 is a high-speed serial interface the supports speeds in excess of 20 kbps. It combines multichannel automatic call distributor (ACD) functionality with IP telephony in a unified solution that allows for scaling into the thousands of agents. thus producing a member of the universal set of names in registered name spaces and of addresses referring to registered protocols or name spaces (RFC 1630). The VCS comes in two platforms: the VCS Control and the VCS Expressway. and proactive customer service capabilities for up to 400 agents. User Data Services (UDS) A REST-based set of operations that provide authenticated access to user resources and entities such as user’s devices.323 and SIP centered around video TelePresence. UDS is available with CUCM 10. interactive voice response. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) The connectionless transport protocol in the TCP/IP protocol suite. network-to-desktop computer telephony integration (CTI). UDTs use tokens. reporting.

tablet. WebEx Meetings Server An slightly scaled-down. device. or other presentations that need to allow thousands of attendees with seamless platform. audio. Meeting Center provides a shared workspace accessible from any Mac. Video Communications Server (VCS) Control A Cisco video call control element that provides flexible and extensible video calling/conferencing capabilities to endpoints within an enterprise. decouples network traffic so that quality of service can be implemented. such as Town Hall. and TelePresence compatibility. on-premises version of the WebEx Meeting Center experience. VSM The Cisco Video Surveillance Manager (VSM) is the management and control plane for the Cisco video-surveillance solution components. VTC Video telecommunication. Web Access must be enabled for administrators to access the web interface of DX endpoints. WebEx Support Center A WebEx cloud-based platform designed to allow companies to offer remote technical support and live. . such as the Internet. It peers with the VCS Control to provide firewall-traversal capabilities for endpoints on the outside of the firewall needing to call endpoints on the inside of the enterprise network. VLAN Virtual local-area network. It peers with VCS Expressway to provide firewall-traversal capabilities for endpoints on the inside of the firewall needing to call endpoints outside of the enterprise network. WebEx Event Center A WebEx cloud based solution designed for large scale virtual events. personalized assistance for their customers. smartphone. It uses magnetic tape 1/2 inch (1. PC. or even TelePresence endpoint. Video Communications Server (VCS) Expressway A Cisco video call control element that provides flexible and extensible video calling/conferencing capabilities to endpoints outside of an enterprise. and content sharing. WebEx One-Click An ad hoc option that allows you to launch a WebEx meeting with a single click of a button. Web access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. VoIP Voice over IP is a methodology and group of technologies for the delivery of voice communications and multimedia sessions over Internet Protocol (IP) networks.27 cm) in width. and videoconferencing. The web interface allows access to important log information. Virtual TelePresence Server (VTS) A software-based videoconferencing bridge used with CUCM to enable multiparty audio/videoconferencing.416 VHS VHS Video Home System is a widely adopted videocassette recording ( VCR ) technology that was developed by Japan Victor Company (JVC) and put on the market in 1976. WebEx Meeting Center A WebEx cloud based solution for web. Webinar.

online training.YPrPb 417 WebEx Training Center A WebEx cloud based solution aimed at providing an interactive. The primary green is provided through an algorithm based on how much blue and red are used. Pr and Pb are the primary red and primary blue chrominance of a video feed. or other learning events. . XLR A grounded audio connector commonly used with commercial and professional equipment. WSVGA Wide-screen VGA offers resolutions of 1024x600 and 1024x576 to what would normally be a composite VGA connection. YPrPb Y is the luminance of a digital video feed. highly customizable training platform for large scale online courses.

.

73-74 scheduling. 10 unified communications.323 calls. 9-10. 265 Unified Mobility. 42 business-to-business video. 66-70 PBX infrastructure. 62 ARJ (Admission Reject). TC software-based endpoints. 71-72 gateways. 67 ATEX (Atmospheres Explosibles).323 gatekeepers. configuring for IP phones. 189-192 call control. 235 auto attendant. 120. 8 applications. Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice. 133-134 B backing up Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. 263 FindMe. 25-28 applications page. 65 call control. 86 audio. 263 call processing H. 223 Assent. 256 ATAs (analog terminal adapters). 9-10 collaboration edge. 224 ARQ (Admission Request). 236-239 CTS software-based endpoints. 134-137 Betamax. 264 user portal. manual. 202 architecture Cisco collaboration solution. 222-223 . 59 H. 263 configuring. 67. 59 hybridized topologies. 298 Bluetooth. 75 Cisco video architecture. TC software-based endpoints. 59 call mobility configuring. 164-165 CAC (call admission control). 62 calibrating Cisco TC software-based endpoints audio input. 223-225 SIP calls. 40 BFCP (Binary Floor Control Protocol). 10-11 endpoints. 276 BAT (Bulk Administration Tool). 11-12 conferencing. 206 Booking menu (TMS). 66-70 endpoints. 323 auto-registration. calibrating for Cisco. 7-8 C C series endpoints. 60-61 in Cisco collaboration solution. 360-364 box cameras. Cisco DX series endpoints. 235 video input. 149-150 audio input and output components. tuning on Cisco Jabber. 56 BroadWare Technologies. IP phones. 28-29 MXE. 12 call control. 222 CAD (Cisco Agent Desktop). 72-73 media. creating ad hoc conferences.DMPs. 44 BRI (Basic Rate Interface).

40-41 CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol). 61 Cisco Digital Signs. 206 TFTP. 206 enhanced mode. 381 Cisco collaboration desktop endpoints Cisco DX650. 295 Cisco Cast. 150 Status Messages screen. 203 simple mode. 280 dome cameras. 151 Phone Information screen. 151 Cisco Artifact Removal technology. features. 205 Cisco Intelligent. 242 call scenarios for Cisco TC softwarebased endpoints. 62-65 technology categories. 202 capabilities. 29-30 Cisco DX650 endpoint. 201 registering to CUCM. 152 cameras box cameras. 21. 201 configuring. 162 CAST (Cisco Audio Session Tunnel). 101-105 Cisco 8961 IP Phone. 200 keyboard. 242-243 Call Statistics screen. 131. 203 features. 210-212 resetting. 44 Cisco IP cameras. 109-110 Cisco 9971 IP phone. 152 Ethernet Statistics screen. 61 infrastructure. 96-97 Cisco 8831 IP Phone. 73-74 scheduling and. 204 certificates for Unified Communications Mobile and Remote. 136-137 Call Statistics screen. 72-73 media services. 108-109 Cisco 9951 IP Phone. 259 CIF (Common Interchange Format). 97 Cisco 8841/8851/8861 IP Phone. 295 Cisco CMR Cloud. 132 CCTV (closed-circuit television) DVRs. 116-117 Cisco EX60. 207. Cisco 9971 IP phone. 110-112. 203 . 201 of CTS endpoints. 285 Cisco DX series endpoints applications page. 294-300 technology. 112-114 Cisco EX90. 114-115 Cisco collaboration solutions architecture. 75 HCS. 21. 57 Cisco 8811 IP Phone. 66-70 endpoints. 71-72 gateways. 97-101 Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phone. 116-117 Cisco DX650 Problem Reporting Tool. 42 magnetic tape recording devices. 44 capabilities of Cisco DX series endpoints. 204-205 security. 65 call control.420 call rate call rate. 43 daisy chaining. 41-42 IP cameras. 30-31 Cisco ClearVision technology. 40 multiplexers.

83 7800 series. 7 Cisco Show and Share. 112-114 Cisco EX90 endpoint. 294 Cisco Physical Access Manager appliance. 295 Cisco TCS (Cisco TelePresence Content Server). 141 DNS SRV records. 109-110 Cisco 9971 IP Phone. 85 7925G/7925G-EX. 140-142 CSF. 22-23 Cisco TC software-based endpoints audio input and output. 140 deployment modes. 114-115 Cisco Expressway. 285-286 Cisco Learning Network. 168-169 Cisco Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice. 206 Cisco Intelligent Proximty. 148-149 service discovery. 95 Cisco 8811 IP Phone. 86-87 7942G/7962G IP Phones . 231-234 user accounts. 97-101 Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phones. 168 Cisco IP Phones 3900 series. 146 JID. 204 user interface. 139 registering with CUCM. comparing. 235 call scenarios. 242-243 corporate directories. 244-245 video input and output. 82 features. 83 MWI. viewing. 106-109 9900 series Cisco 9951 IP Phone. 120 Cisco Jabber for iPad. 204 Cisco EX60 endpoint. 88 8800 series. 143 login and registration. 68-70 Cisco Intelligent Proximity. 241-242 network settings. 92-95 7900 series IP Phones. 43 Cisco multipoint solutions. 97 Cisco 8841/8851/8861 IP Phones. 6 configuring. 167 Cisco Remote Expert. 105-106 Cisco 8961 IP Phone. 96-97 Cisco 8831 IP Phone. 142 manual configuration. 42 Cisco Precision HD 1080p cameras. 262-263 Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence. configuring. 140 Cisco Jabber. 387 Cisco Medianet. 144 external DNS records. 147 registering. 148 Cisco Jabber for Android. 101-105 8900 series Cisco 8945 IP Phone. features. 120 Cisco Jabber for Windows. 118-120 Cisco Jabber Guest. 149-150 UC Service Profile. troubleshooting. 84 7900 series. 110-112 MAC address. 239-241 registering with CUCM. 143-147 tuning. 137.Cisco TC software-based endpoints 421 supported protocols. 236-239 . 88-92 7945G/7965G/7975G IP Phones. 7926 IP Phones. 21 Cisco Super Resolution Enhancement technology.

295 Cisco Super Resolution Enhancement. 317-318 prefixes. 12 call control. 310 layouts. 295 upgrading to Cisco TelePresence. 281-282 Cisco TelePresence MCU. 299 system logs. 382 software-based endpoints collecting. 339 Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints backing up. 311-314 registering to CM. 11-12 conferencing. 345 network settings. 299 screen licenses. 327-330 Health menu options.422 Cisco TelePresence CTS Cisco TelePresence CTS CMR Hybrid. 330-332 Network options. configuring. 324 features. 299 segment-switched mode. 45 Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server. 301 Cisco TelePresence omnidirectional microphone. configuring. 229 Cisco Touch 12. 296 ad hoc conferences. 314-315 MCU service. 276-277 Cisco Touch 8. managing. 316 SIP registration. 338-340 panel-switched view. 300 Cisco TelePresence multiway. 231-234 Cisco video architecture. 294 4500 series appliances. 318 troubleshooting. creating. 45 . 296-297 MSE 8000 series appliances. 325-326 scheduling. 341-342 conferences. 343-345 configuring for Cisco VCS. 294. 300 room-switched mode. 47 Cisco Video Surveillance Encoder. 184 Cisco Unified Mobility. 275 upgrading. 294 initial setup. 319-322 registering to VCS. 276 collecting. registering Cisco TC software-based endpoints. configuring. 8 applications. 295 Cisco ClearVision technology. 345 troubleshooting. 272-274 maintenance. 323 Cisco Artifact Removal technology. registering 500-32 endpoints. 263 Cisco VCS. 340-341 installing. 10-11 endpoints. 9-10 collaboration edge. interacting with TC software-based endpoints. 296 network settings. 296 5300 series appliances. 338 layout options. 295 conferences. 332 Universal Port technology. 311 installing. 298 communication with CUCM. 10 Cisco Video Management and Storage System Module. 167 Cisco TelePresence Server. 298 Cisco TelePresence multisite. 345-346 web interface. configuring.

276 xStatus Diagnostics. 6 managing. 374-375 Cisco CMR Cloud. 376 ports. 161 iLBC. 11-12 firewall traversal. 53. 283 xconfiguration. 47 Cisco Video Surveillance Storage System. 47 storage. 217. 6 meet-me. 50 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 323 configuring on Cisco TelePresence Server. 338 static. 43-45 interactive view. 381 CMR Hybrid. 363 . 378 Cisco WebEx product line. 10 conference bridging. 294 components in Cisco video architecture applications. 272 interacting with TC software-based endpoints. 381-382 codecs H. 12 video collaboration. 45 Cisco Video Surveillance Virtual Matrix. 310 status. 11-12 conferencing. 88 Codian. 45-49 Cisco video-surveillance solution input and output devices. 281-282 commands show network eth0. 376 recording meetings. 47 Cisco. 374 CLI. 257 Mobile and Remote Access. 278 comparing Cisco multipoint solutions. 364-365 conferences. adding in TMS. 310. 380 Whiteboard feature.256. 50 for. 10 CMR Hybrid. 10-11 endpoints. 46 Cisco Video. 12 call control. 307 collaboration Cisco Prime Collaboration. 9-10 collaboration edge. 283 shutdown. 45-46 service domains. 6. 379 sharing content.conferences 423 Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager. 377-378 transferring files. 272 utils service list. 272 CMR (Cisco Collaboration Meeting Rooms). 11 participants. 46-47 module cards. 364-365 meeting room. 6. 228 status commands. 10-11 ad hoc. 63. 381-382 features. 53. 46. 257-261 collaboration endpoints. 343-345 immersive systems. 64-65 collecting logs on Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints. 58 Conference Control Center (TMS). 325-326. 53 collaboration edge architecture. 48-49 management.

205 Cisco Intelligent. 160-161 setup. 264 Unified Mobility. 9-10 500-32 endpoints. 134-137 TC software-based endpoints. 182-183 Cisco DX series endpoints. 377-378 control device. 162-163 multiplexing media process. 192-193 CTS 3000. 360-364 statistics. 63-64 configuring call mobility. 162 configuring. 311-314 VCS registration. subscribing to. 231 communication with Cisco TelePresence Server. 257 CUCM (Cisco Unified Communications Manager). 319-322 network settings. 53 scheduled. 133-134 MAC address. 210-212 Cisco TC software-based endpoints. 147 Cisco TelePresence MCUs CM registration. 182 corporate directories. 182 DX endpoints. 205-207. 186-189 IP phones auto-registration. 182-184 calibrating. CTS. 53 scheduling. 20 content sharing. 182 500-32 endpoints.424 conferences personal. 186-189 control device. troubleshooting on Cisco TelePresence MCU. 338-340 CTS software-based endpoints. 314-318 Cisco TelePresence Server communication with CUCM. 365-367 conferencing. 206 TFTP. 10. limitations. 230. 160 First-Time Setup Wizard. 332 content portals in legacy environments. 140-142. 343-345 network settings. 160 CUBE (Cisco Unified Border Element). configuring. 263 FindMe. registering. 206 Cisco Jabber. 133 manual configuration. 185-186 user accounts. 132 CTIQBE (Computer Telephony Interface Quick Buffer Encoding). 241-242 creating ad hoc conferences.x. 140 CSR (Collaboration System Release) 10. 12 CSS (Cisco Connected Safety and Security) UCS Platform. 341-342 . 46 CSX (Capture Transform Share). registering. 161 ports. 132 CTS (Cisco TelePresence System). 190 software-based endpoints. 184 500-32 endpoints. 160. 323 CSF (Client Services Framework). 32-33 CTI (Computer Telephony Interface). 263 Cisco DX series endpoints. displaying in TMS. registering. 341-342 conferences. registering. 189-192 capabilities. 324. 220-221 connectivity.

335 Chapter 16. 144 “Do I Know This Already?” quizzes. 62 CWMS (Cisco WebEx Meetings Server). 3-4 Chapter 2. 351-353 Chapter 17. 269-271 Chapter 13. 200 encoders. 131. 273 deployment modes for Cisco Jabber. 9 customer collaboration. 44 downloading PCPT. 291-293 Chapter 14. 23 DMM (Cisco Digital Media Manager). 359 DHCP. 37-39 Chapter 4. 371-373 dome cameras. 169-174 CUPS (Cisco Unified Presence Server). 21-22 Cisco TCS. 386 dropped packets. 21. 137. 28 Electronic Hookswitch. 29-30 modular components. 280 debug. 179-181 Chapter 9 . 33 Edge 300 DMP. 28 Edge 340 DMP. 45 endpoints. Jabber Video for TelePresence. 28-29 DMS (Digital Media Suite). 41-42 DX endpoints.endpoints 425 registering Cisco IP phones with. 162-163 E E1 circuits. 43 Cisco Cast. 116-117 Cisco EX60. 356. 146 SRV records. 28-29 MXE. 54-55 Chapter 5. 57 DSPs (digital signal processors). 157-159 Chapter 8. 114-115 . 42. 25-28 SnS. turning off. 79-81 Chapter 6. adding to TMS. 140 CUCS. 125-129 Chapter 7. 278 DSL (digital subscriber link). 10 Cisco collaboration desktop endpoints Cisco. 23-24 DMPs (digital media players). 217-219 Chapter 11. 84 EM (Extension Mobility). 23-24 DMPs. 31-32 DNS external DNS records. 197-199 Chapter 10. 30-31 Cisco Digital Signs. 15 Chapter 3. 307-309 Chapter 15. 45 DVRs (digital video recorders). 249-251 Chapter 12. 204 DMD (Cisco Digital Media Designer). 112-114 Cisco EX90. 64 D daisy chaining cameras. 22-23 DMM. 56 ECDS (Enterprise Content Delivery System). 141 devices.

202 capabilities.232 call processing. 182-184 C series endpoints. 229 interacting with using CLI. viewing. 162-163 EX endpoints.426 endpoints Cisco DX series endpoints applications page. 236-239 Cisco TelePresence CTS softwarebased endpoints. 135 IX5000. 95 KEM. 261 enhanced mode. 101 . 329-330 evolution of videoconferencing call control. 164 user accounts. 327 TX9000. 221-222 network. 192-193 collaboration endpoints. 64-65 firmware upgrades. 182 DX endpoints. 60-61 PBX. 59 hybridized. 165 expansion modules Cisco 7916 expansion module. 203 Ethernet Statistics screen. 165 multiplexing media. 56 EX endpoints. 244-245 video input. 204-205 security. 272-275 audio input. 207. Cisco 9971 IP phone. 58 point-to-point video. 200 keyboard. 220-221 H. 162 configuring. 161 ports. 226-227 MX endpoints. 235 call scenarios. 201 registering to CUCM. 223-225 interacting with using Cisco Touch. 161 MCU endpoints logs. 228 interacting with using TRC6 remote. 161 for Unified Communications Mobile and Remote. Cisco TelePresence MCU. 189-192 capabilities. 203 supported protocols. 242-243 configuring. 151 Event log.323. 204 user interface. Cisco DX series endpoints. 185-186 user accounts. 203 simple mode. 204 Cisco TC software-based endpoints. 281-285 500-32 endpoints. 59 H. 160-161 setup. 222-223 SX endpoints. 59 multipoing conferencing. 166-167 registering with Cisco VCS. 164-165 calibrating. 239-241 periperal devices. ISDN. 231-234 SIP call processing. 205-206 enhanced mode. 203 features. 57 transport. 167-168 registering. 201 configuring. 186-189 control device. 329-330 statistics. 210-212 resetting. viewing.

59 logging. 264 user portal. 382 recording meetings.256 codec. 358 FullHD. 83 of Cisco 7800 series IP Phones. 58 call processing on TC software-based endpoints. adding in TMS. 72-73 global phonebooks. 91-92 of Cisco 7945G/7965G/7975G IP Phones. 11-12 Expressway-E. 243 FindMe. adding to TMS. 95 of Cisco 3900 series IP Phones. 258-261 Mobile and Remote Access. 273 registering TC software-based endpoints with Cisco. 11-12 Expressway-E. 357-358 F families of Cisco TelePresence MCUs. 257 Mobile and Remote.323. 257 collaboration edge. 378 FECC (Far End Camera Control). 257-261 firmware upgrades. 223-225 gatekeepers. 11-12 Expressway series products. 380 Whiteboard feature. 40 video communications to teleworkers. 381 CMR Hybrid. 294 of Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. H. 11-12 Expressway series products. 376 Cisco CMR Cloud. 6-7 external DNS records. 200 of Cisco TelePresence MCU. 135 First-Time Setup Wizard (CTS)s. 255-256 firewall traversal Cisco VCS solution. 265 firewalls. 108-109 of Cisco DX series endpoints. 103-105 of Cisco 8961 IP Phones. 84 of Cisco 7900 series IP Phones. 171 GRQ (Gatekeeper Request). 242 groups. 257-258 extending VHS recording time.323. Cisco Jabber.H. 10 G Gatekeeper menu (4500 series MCUs).323 Expressway-C. 88 of Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phones. 190 folders. 222 H H. endpoints. 161 H. 263 configuring. 11 Expressway-C. 146 External MCU Usage in Routing setting. 379 transferring files. 314 gatekeepers. 221-222 427 . 59 gateways in Cisco collaboration solution architecture. 296-297 features of 7942G/7962G IP phones.

132 immersive systems. 131 HTTPS Reverse Proxy. 252 ICE (Interactive Connectivity Establishment). 338 Pearson Cert Practice Test engine.460. 168. Cisco video-surveillance solution. 96-97 Cisco 8831 IP Phone. 256 HCS (hosted collaboration service). 42 IP phones auto-registration. 138 input devices. configuring. 83 MWI. 92-95 Cisco 8800 series. 256 H. 88 IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol). 226-227 interactive view. 109-110 Cisco 9971 IP Phone. 97 Cisco 8841/8851/8861 IP. 310 Cisco TelePresence Server. Cisco TelePresence MCU. 120 IP cameras. 95 Cisco 8811 IP Phone. 253 IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers). 6 initial setup.17. 83 Cisco 7800 series. 229 using CLI. 106-109 Cisco 9900 series Cisco 9951 IP Phone. 7926 IP Phones. 136-137 Cisco 9971 IP phone Call Statistics screen. 43-44 installing Cisco TelePresence MCUs.428 H. 47-50 iPad. 42-44 iPhones. 97-101 Cisco 8845/8865 IP Phones. 101-105 Cisco 8900 series Cisco 8945 IP Phone. 330-332 HTTP.460. 252 IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force).460. 252 iLBC (Internet low bit rate codec).17 H. 385 Intelligent Proximity for Content Sharing. Cisco Jabber for iPhone. 84 Cisco 7900 series.18. 256 H. 82 features. 228 using TRC6.460. 110-112 Cisco 9971. 60-61 I ICANN (Internet Cooperatrion for Assigned Names and Numbers). 121-122 IPICS (Cisco IP Interoperability and Collaboration System). 88-92 7945G/7965G/7975G IP Phones. 338-340 inline power. 61 Health menu. 151 . Cisco TelePresence Server. 260 hybridized topologies. 230 Intelligent Proximity for Mobile Voice. Cisco Jabber for iPad.19. 105-106 Cisco 8961 IP Phone. 86-87 7942G/7962G IP Phones. 85 7925G/7925G-EX. 152 Ethernet Statistics screen. 168 interacting with TC software-based endpoints using Cisco. 133-134 Cisco 3900 series.

201 L layout options Cisco TelePresence MCU. 20 streaming video. 133 manual configuration. 286 registration issues. 285 media quality issues. 132 legacy digital media architecture. 364-365 manual configuration Cisco Jabber. 296 . 148-149 logs for Cisco TelePresence MCU. 147 IP phones. 272-274 Lync 2013. 275 managing conferences. 118-120 maintenance. 274 login and registration. 20 IPv4. 345 layout template (Cisco TCS). 169-174 JID (Jabber ID). 262-263 Jabber Video for TelePresence. 278 K KEM (key expansion modules). 6 troubleshooting. 150 Status Messages screen. 56 IX5000 endpoint. 294 4500 series appliances. 329-330 collecting on Cisco TelePresence CTS software-based endpoints. 131 logging. 161 J Jabber. 58. 101 keyboard Cisco DX series endpoints. 18 content portals. Cisco Jabber for Mac. 134-137 MCUs (multipoint control units). 291 Cisco TelePresence MCUs. 142 jitter. 296-297 Cisco TelePresence Server. 19-20 limitations of 500-32 endpoints. 133 viewing on Cisco IP phones. 23 LDAP. Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. 252 ISDN (Integrated Switch Digital Network). 73 M MAC address configuring for IP phones. 184 LLDP-MED (Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint). 285 Jabber Guest. 134-137 IPTV in legacy environments.MCUs (multipoint control units) 429 Phone Information screen. 296 5300 series appliances. 281-282 on Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. Cisco Jabber. 252 private IP addresses. 252 public IP addresses. 151 firmware upgrades. 135 MAC address. SIP. 325-326. 139 Mac operating system.

310 layouts. 320 media resource process (CM). 295 Cisco Super Artifact Removal. 258 connections. Cisco ISR-G2. 28-29 MXE. 21-22 Cisco TCS. 325-326. 294 4500 series. 47 modules in Cisco video architecture applications. 295 conference. creating.430 MCUs (multipoint control units) ad hoc conferences. configuring. 324 conferences. 284-285 media resource group lists. 317-318 media quality issues. 6. 259 components. 296 network settings. 57 MRA (Mobile and Remote Access). 6 meetings. 23-24 DMPs. creating for MCU registration. troubleshooting on Cisco Jabber Video. CTS software-based endpoints. 40-41 multiplexing media process. 311-314 registering to CM. 257-258 certificates. 294 initial setup. 280-281. 259 supported endpoints. 11 memory tables. 294 layouts. 325-326 features. 296 Cisco. 161 multipoint conferencing ad hoc multipoint conferences. 323 Cisco ClearVision technology. 300 multipoint solutions Cisco TelePresence MCU. 295 features. 169 MPLS. 318 troubleshooting. 295 Cisco Super Resolution. 286 on Cisco TelePresence. 296-297 MSE 8000. 319-322 registering to VCS. 9-10 collaboration edge. 10 monitoring conferences. 295 service prefix. scheduling. 296 Universal Port. 295 Cisco Super. 327-332 Universal Port technology. 10-11 endpoints. 167 Mobile and Remote Access. 295 . 70 MSE 8000 series appliances (Cisco TelePresence MCU). 364-365 Movi. 261 modular components for DMS. 387 microphones. Cisco TelePresence omnidirectional microphones. 295 Cisco Artifact. 296 multiplexers. 314-318 SIP registration. 73-74 meeting room. 12 call control. 296 5300 series. 22-23 DMM. 311 installing. 320-322 media services in Cisco collaboration solution. 6 meet-me conferences. 25-28 module cards. managing. 296-297 MSE 8000 series appliances. 302-303 Cisco TelePresence multisite. 11-12 conferencing.

29 PoE (Power over Ethernet). 354 global phonebooks. 12 PCP (Prime Collaboration Provisioning). 299 segment. 300 participants. 255 STUN. 42 placing calls with Cisco TC softwarebased endpoints. 166-167 N NAT (Network Address Translation).PoE (Power over Ethernet) 431 Cisco TelePresence Server. 242 subscribing to. 388-389 peripheral devices for TC softwarebased endpoints. 44 P panel-switched view (Cisco TelePresence Server). 298 panel. 12 PCD (Prime Collaboration Deployment). 83 MXE (Cisco Multimedia Experience Engine). 242-243 playout architecture (DMPs). 138 . 332 network settings configuring on Cisco TelePresence MCUs. adding to conferences in TMS. 294. 239-241 nontraversal calls. 253 Network Connectivity tool. Cisco TelePresence MCU. 299 screen. 10 personal conferences. 12 Pearson Cert Practice Test engine. 150 physical intrusion detection. 249. 300 room. 253 TURN. Cisco Physical Access Manager. 252 PBX infrastructure. 379 MX endpoints. 311-314 on Cisco TelePresence Server. 241-242 Phone Information Screen. 53 phonebooks. 294 multiway. 300-302 MWI (Message Waiting Indicator). 43 Cisco Video Surveillance Encoder. 59 PCA (Prime Collaboration Assurance). 253 ICE. 374 operating systems. Cisco 9971 IP phone. 45 IP cameras. 363 PAT (Port Address Translation). 69 O OBTP (One Button to Push). 42. Cisco Jabber for Windows. 10. 338-340 validating on Cisco TC softwarebased. 118-120 Windows. 385. 118-120 output devices. 167-168 persistent conferences. Cisco Jabber for Mac. 253 Symmetric NAT. 299 comparing. 355 Mac. 382 One-Click features (Cisco WebEx). 25-28. 294. 255 UDP transmissions.

creating for MCU registration. 170-174 self provisioning. 32 PVDM (Packet Voice Digital Module). 256 RMS (Rich Media Sessions). 70 room-switched mode (Cisco TelePresence Server). 388 prefixes. 143-147 tuning. 365-367 resetting Cisco DX series endpoints. 210-212 Cisco IP phones with CUCM. 148-149 service discovery. 360-364 . 324. 56 private IP addresses. 355 ports CTS software-based endpoints. Cisco TelePresence Server. 137. 184 to CUCM. 149-150 Cisco TC software-based endpoints with CUCM. 376 POTS (plain old telephone system). 231-234 Cisco TelePresence MCUs to CM. 138 Ridgeway Systems and Software. 342 RRQ (Registration Request). 222 RTCP (Real-time Transport Control Protocol). 131 scheduled conferences. 40 public IP addresses. 57 portal page (TMS).432 point-to-point video architecture point-to-point video architecture. 314-318 registration issues. 131 S SaaS (software-as-a-service). 230 PSTN. troubleshooting Cisco Jabber Video. 143 login and registration. 252 Protocols log. 160-161 on TMS. 53 scheduling conferences. 379 registering 500-32 endpoints to Cisco Touch 12. 74 Q-R recording meetings with Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 221-222. 140 Cisco Jabber. 204-205 resistive detection. 374 SCCP (Skinny Call Control Protocol). 205-207. 354-355 used by Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 283-284 rendezvous conferences. 182-183 Cisco DX series endpoints to CUCM. 285 Cisco TelePresence. 252 Pulse Analytics. 291 Practice configurations. 28. 345 provisioning Jabber Video for TelePresence. 11. 278-279. 302 reporting tool (TMS). 57 PTZ (pan tilt zoom). 67. 299 route patterns. 297 RTP. 169 Proximity for Content Sharing. 316 PRI (Primary Rate Interface). 134 TMSPE. 319-322 to VCS.

Cisco DX series endpoints. 65 call control. 162-163 multiplexing media process. 143-147 service domains. 163 C series endpoints. 67 simple mode. 189-192 capabilities. 338 signage. 310. 223-225 . 165 H. 221 URI. 226-227 using web interface. 272-274 EX endpoints. 164-165 collecting. 161 ports. 229 using CLI. 5 smartphones. 222-223 Cisco TelePresence MCU registration. 185-186 user accounts. 255-256 firewall traversal Cisco VCS solution. 160-161 setup. 257-261 segment-switched mode (Cisco TelePresence Server). 379 SOAP. 203 firewalls. 29-30 signaling. Cisco Jabber for iPhone. 10 setup Cisco TelePresence MCUs. 318 logging. 377-378 show network eth0 command. 47 Cisco collaboration solution. 257 Expressway series products . 121-122 SnS (Cisco Show and Share). 75 screen licenses. 299 SDP (Session Description Protocol). 40 service discovery. 222 security. 182 500-32 endpoints. 182 DX endpoints. 75 sessions. 273-274 registering TC software-based endpoints with Cisco VCS. See also video surveillance Cisco DX series endpoints.323. 131 software-based endpoints CTS. 192-193 TC. 203 SIP (Session Initiation Protocol). Cisco Jabber. 264 self-provisioning. 182-184 calibrating. 311 CTS software-based endpoints. 31-32. 73-74 scheduling. Cisco Digital Signs. 162 configuring. 228 using TRC6 remote. 160.software-based endpoints 433 scheduling and management service domain. 228 sharing content with Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 186-189 control device. 283 shutdown command. 131. 299 Self Care Portal. 72-73 media. 253 call processing on TC software-based endpoints. 185-186 TC software-based endpoints using Cisco Touch 8 or. 71-72 gateways. 134 serial cable. 66-70 endpoints.

viewing. Cisco 9971 IP phone. Cisco TelePresence Server. Cisco video-surveillance solution Cisco Video. 228 MX endpoints. 223-225 interacting with using Cisco. 204 surveillance. 224 Ticketing Service page (TMS). 272 Status Messages screen. 19 STUN (Session Traversal Utilities for NAT). 6-7 TFTP.434 software-based endpoints maintenance. 222-223 SX endpoints. 164 SRTP. 229-230 using CLI.323 call processing. 253 system logs. 151 storage. 11 static command. 359 . 43 threat response. 335 tablets Cisco Jabber for Android. 164 Symmetric NAT. 327 status commands. 226-227 using web. 365-367 MCU endpoint statistics. 120 Cisco Jabber for iPad. 253 subscribing to corporate directories . 252 TC software-based endpoints C series endpoints. 131 static bridges. 206 threat detection. 165 H. video as extension of. 56 T3 Immersive Room Solution. 220-221 EX endpoints. 275 MX endpoints. 222-223 SX endpoints. 43 three-way handshake. 40 SX endpoints. 40 TCP/IP. 228 using TRC6. 5-6 teleworkers. 241-242 supported protocols. 221-222 SIP call processing. 164 technology categories for Cisco collaboration solutions. 310 statistics displaying for conferences in TMS. 43 threat monitoring. 164-165 configuring. 120 TAC (Cisco Technical Assistance Center). 61-65 telephony. Cisco DX series endpoints. 46-47 module cards. 272 tape cassettes for video surveillance. See video surveillance. extending video communications to. 167-168 SIP. 345 T T1 circuits. 130 TCP (Transmission Control Protocol). 131 configuring on Cisco DX series endpoints. 166-167 peripheral devices. 47 streaming video in legacy environments. 167-168 registering with Cisco VCS. 166-167 peripheral devices.

327-330 Health menu options. 257 traversal calls. interacting with TC software-based endpoints. 68 Unified Mobility. 363 scheduling.upgrading 435 TIP (TelePresence Interoperability Protocol). 357-358 folders. adding. 351 adding devices. 277-281 tuning Cisco Jabber. 295 upgrading Cisco TelePresence MCU to Cisco TelePresence. 62 Unified Communications Mobile and Remote Access. 355 ports used by. 148 UDP (User Datagram Protocol). 360-364 External MCU Usage in Routing setting. 171 TMSPE (TMS Provisioning Extension). adding. 335 TMS (Cisco TelePresence Management Suite). 62 UCCX (Cisco Unified Contact Center Express). 283-285 Cisco TelePresence MCU. 226-227 troubleshooting Cisco Jabber Video for TelePresence. 330-332 Network. 253 turning off debug. 169. 354-355 reporting tool. 62 UCS (Cisco Unified Computing System). 345-346 Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. 276-277 URI (Uniform Resource Identifier). 69 TRC6 remote. 298 UC Service Profile. 148 unified communications. 273 TX9000 endpoint. 355 topology-aware CAC. 68 topology-unaware CAC. 258-259 components. 355 Ticketing Service page. 360-364 conferences managing. 56 Traversal Call License. 263 Universal Port technology. 12. 285-286 Cisco TelePresence CTS softwarebased. 358 phonebooks. 297. 364-365 participants. 354 portal page. 258 supported. 161 U UCCE (Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise). 68 transferring files with Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 298 Cisco TelePresence TC software-based endpoints. 380 transport in videoconferencing. adding. 149-150 TURN (Traversals Using Relays around NAT). 261 unified dial plan. 359 users and groups. 356. 359 Booking menu. 355 TMSXE (TMS Exchange Integration). 365-367 supported operating systems. 253 UDS (User Directory Services). 332 Cisco TelePresence Server. 5 use cases .

283 V validating Cisco TC software-based endpoint network. 43 IP. 6 multipoint conferencing technologies. adding to TMS. 6-7 video as extension of telephony. 314-315 MCU service. 45-50 Cisco video-surveillance solution input. 6 evolution of. 40 Cisco end-to-end solution. 40-41 tape cassettes. 59-61 point-to-point video. 318 firewall traversal. 257 nontraversal calls. 171 utils service list command. FindMe. 7-8 extending video communications to. 42 multiplexers. registering. 6 meet-me. 58 video contact center. 42 Cisco video-surveillance. 58 videoconferencing ad hoc.436 URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) business-to-business video. Cisco DX series endpoints. 69 VCS-C (VCS Control). 7 video input and output components. 58 versus video calls. 44 DVRs. 7-8 extending video communications to teleworkers. 32-33 video surveillance CCTV. calibrating for Cisco. 265 users. 69 traversal calls. 19 video calls versus conferences. 317-318 prefixes. 244-245 CTS software-based endpoints. 236-239 video streaming. 68 VCS-E (VCS Expressway). streaming video in legacy environments. 6 meeting room. 7 video meetings and conferences. 316 SIP registration. 239-241 VCS (Cisco Video Communication Server). 57 immersive systems. 68-70. 6-7 . 40 video. 40 video use cases business-to-business video. 294 Cisco TelePresence MCUs. 6 minimum requirements. 43 Cisco Physical Access Manager appliance. 6 user accounts Cisco TC software-based endpoints. 56 call control. 41-42 IP cameras. 5-6 video contact center. 192-193 user interface. 68 VHS (Video Home System). 204 user portal.

379 sharing. 327 view modes of Cisco TelePresence MCUs. 376 recording. 63. 131 xStatus Diagnostics command. 381-382 features. 7 viewing Health menu. 376 ports. 296-297 W WebEx product line. 329-330 MAC address of Cisco IP phones. 139 statistics. 378 Windows operating system. MCU endpoint statistics.xStatus Diagnostics command 437 meetings and conferences. 276 XMPP (Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol). 278 . Cisco Jabber for Windows. 377-378 transferring. SnS. 228 web portals. 380 Whiteboard. 6 video as extension of telephony. MCU logs. Cisco TelePresence MCU. 330-332 logs. 374 ad hoc conferences. 378 web interface Cisco TelePresence Server. 374-375 Cisco CMR. 5-6 video contact center. 339 interacting with TC software-based endpoints. 381 CMR Hybrid. 118-120 X-Y-Z xconfiguration command. Cisco WebEx Meeting Center. 31-32 Whiteboard feature. 374 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center.

.

.

2-GHz single core 1.6-GHz dual core Storage 4GB compact flash 32GB on-board 4GB Flash 32GB SSD and SD Port USB Ports 2 2 4 4 Processor Memory Ethernet Wireless PoE Chapter 3 Table 3-3 Video-Surveillance Software Functions Video-Surveillance Software Video-Surveillance Software Functions Responsible for the recording. and streaming of video feeds Offers centralized administration of all the Cisco video-surveillance solution components and supports Cisco video-surveillance endpoints Supports many layouts. or choose to send different users various layouts with different camera feeds . storing.5-GHz single core 667-MHz single core 1.APPENDIX C Memory Tables Chapter 2 Table 2-2 Cisco DMP Model Summary 4400G 4310 300 340 1. and so operators can choose a predefined layout of cameras and push it out to the displays of all users.

South America E1 CAS Europe.4 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 3-4 Cisco Storage Options Cisco Storage Device Storage Capacity Type of Storage Available Cisco Video Surveillance Multiservices Platform Cisco Integrated Services Router Generation 2 Chapter 4 Table 4-2 Type Transport Circuit Options Data Channels Special Channels Geography BRI Global T1 PRI North America. Japan E1 PRI Europe. Australia. Japan T1 CAS North America. South America Chapter 5 Table 5-2 Cisco 3905 IP Phone Features Feature/Function Characteristics Integrated switch Display 128x32 monochrome LCD Speakerphone Yes Line keys Programmable soft keys Fixed feature keys 8 MWI Yes XML support Headset port Signaling protocol PoE class No . Australia.

5.1 and later 8.3af PoE class CUCM version Table 5-4 Cisco 7900 Wireless IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7925G 7925G-EX 7926G Display 2-inch 176x220pixel color 2-inch digital.5. Java MIDlet capabilities.5.1 and later Signaling protocol 802.Appendix C: Memory Tables 5 Table 5-3 Cisco 7800 Series Phone Features Feature/Function 7821 7841 7861 Integrated switch Display 396x162-pixel 396x162-pixel backlit backlit monochrome monochrome 396x162-pixel backlit monochrome Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys 2 4 16 Programmable soft keys 4 4 4 Fixed feature keys 11 11 11 Advanced features Multicall per line Multicall per line Multicall per line Wideband audio Wideband audio Wideband audio EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) Gigabit Ethernet Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8. 16-bit graphical TFT color 2-inch digital.1 and later 8. Java MIDlet capabilities Bluetooth v2. push-to-talk via XML. 16-bit graphical TFT color Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys N/A N/A N/A Fixed feature keys 5 5 5 Advanced features Bluetooth v2. 2D barcode scanner Programmable soft keys C . ATEX Zone 2 certification Bluetooth v2. push-to-talk via XML. pushto-talk via XML. Java MIDlet capabilities.

speed dials. speed dials.1 and later Signaling protocol .1 and later 4. or programmable line keys) 4 soft keys.3af Yes Yes PoE class Class 2 Class 2 CUCM version 4. 6 line keys (can be lines.11a/b/g Yes Yes Yes XML support CUCM version Table 5-5 Cisco 7942G and 7962G IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7942G 7962G Display 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale Speakerphone Yes Yes Programmable soft keys 4 soft keys.6 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/Function 7925G 7925G-EX 7926G Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) SCCP SCCP 802. or programmable line keys) Fixed feature keys 10 10 Advanced features High-resolution screen High-resolution screen Application integration capabilities Application integration capabilities Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Integrated switch Line keys Up to 2 7915 expansion modules Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes 802. 2 line keys (can be lines.

backlit color.6-inch 320x240 16-bit color.1 and later Signaling protocol 802.1 and later 4.Appendix C: Memory Tables 7 Table 5-6 Cisco 7945G. or programmable line keys) 5 soft keys. speed dials.1 and later 4. 8 line keys (can be lines. backlit touchscreen Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Programmable soft keys 4 soft keys.3af PoE class CUCM version Table 5-7 Feature/ Function Integrated switch Wireless capability Cisco 8800 Series IP Phone Features 8811 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 C . 6 line keys (can be lines. backlit 5. 2 line keys (can be lines. or programmable line keys) 4 soft keys. and 7975G IP Phone Features Feature/ Function 7945G 7965G 7975G Integrated switch Display 5-inch 320x240 16-bit 5-inch 320x240 16-bit color. or programmable line keys) Fixed feature keys 10 10 10 Advanced features High-resolution screen High-resolution screen Line keys High-resolution screen Application Application integration Application integration integration capabilities capabilities capabilities Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Up to 2 7915 or 7916 expansion modules Up to 2 7915 or 7916 expansion modules Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4. speed dials. 7965G. speed dials.

80-deg FoV.264 AVC. privacy shutter Yes – 720p HD. 80-deg FoV.8 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/ Function Display 8811 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 4 4 4 4 4 9 12 12 12 12 12 No No No No Yes – 720p HD. H.264 AVC. privacy shutter Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5-inch 800x480 backlit monochrome Yes Speakerphone Line keys Program. H.3af PoE class . 25-deg vertical tilt.4 mable soft keys Fixed 12 feature keys Integrated No video 8831 Advanced features Handsfree MWI XML support Signaling protocol 802.

5(1) and later 8.1(3) and later Integrated switch Line keys Advanced features Signaling protocol 802.5(1) and later 8.5(1) and later 8845 8865 Cisco 8900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 8945 8961 Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT.1(5) and later later Table 5-8 8831 8841 8851 8861 8.Appendix C: Memory Tables 9 Feature/ Function 8811 CUCM version 8.1(5) and later 7. 24-bit color 5-inch 640x480 TFT. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Programmable soft keys 4 4 Fixed feature keys 13 12 Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Yes 7.3af PoE class CUCM version C .5(1) and 7.

263+ H. 24-bit color 5.1(3)su1 and later 7. 170-degree viewing angle.261 H. 1920x1200.263+ H.264 H.6-inch 640x480 TFT.1(3)su1 and later Line/session keys Advanced features Signaling protocol 802. 160-degree viewing angle.5-inch LCD with LED backlight.3af PoE class CUCM version Table 5-10 Cisco EX Series Endpoint Features Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Display 21. 5-ms response 24-inch LCD with LED backlight. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Programmable soft keys 4 4 Fixed feature keys 12 12 Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Yes 7. 1920x1080.263 H.10 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 5-9 Cisco 9900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 9951 9971 Integrated switch Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT.264 Integrated switch Camera Video standards .261 H.263 H. 5-ms response Speakerphone Yes Yes H.

44–12.50W High-power devices .49W Low-power devices 6.84W Very low-power devices 3.94W Default classification 0.49–12.1(5) and later Chapter 6 Table 6-3 Class PoE Classes and Power Levels Wattage at PSE Wattage at PD Description 0.95W Mid-power devices 12.44–3.6(2) and later 8.264 AVC Resolution C WSVGA 1024x600 Signaling protocol CUCM version 7.Appendix C: Memory Tables 11 Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Resolution 1920x1080 (16:9) 1920x1200 (16:10) 8.6(2) and later Signaling protocol TelePresence software version CUCM version Table 5-11 Cisco DX650 Features Feature/Function DX650 Integrated switch Display 7-inch diagonal.95–25. backlit WSVGA capacitive touchscreen LCD with 1024x600-pixel resolution Speakerphone Yes Camera Video standards SIP only H.84–6.

12 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 6-4 Cisco Jabber Deployment Modes Mode IM Presence Telephony Video IM only Phone Full UC Table 6-5 Cisco Jabber DNS SRV Records DNS SRV Record DNS Resolves To _cisco-uds.domain._tcp._tls._tcp.domain.com _collab-edge.com _ cuplogin.com Chapter 7 Table 7-2 Endpoint Name CTS Endpoint Capabilities Purpose CTS 500 Personal office system CTS 1100 Multipurpose room system TX1300 Multipurpose room system TX9000 Immersive system IX5000 Immersive system Number of Participants Platform Options Mounting Options .domain.

1 TI OMAP 4470 1.1.1 TI OMAP 4470 1.5 GHz DX80 Highdefinition video Android 4.1.1.1 TI OMAP 4470 1.5 GHz DX70 Highdefinition video Android 4.Appendix C: Memory Tables 13 Table 7-3 Endpoint Name DX Series Endpoint Capabilities Front Camera Operating System DX650 Highdefinition video Android 4.5 GHz Table 7-4 Endpoint Name SX10 Display Multisite Audio Inputs Audio Outputs 1 HDMI 1 4-pin minijack 1 minijack mic input 1 HDMI 2 minijack mic input 1 minijack line in SX80 Storage Current SX Endpoint Capabilities 1 built-in mic SX20 Processor 8 microphones EuroBlock connector 4 line-level EuroBlock 3 HDMI in (minijack) 1 minijack line out 6 line-level EuroBlock connector 2 HDMI Video Inputs Video Outputs C .

14 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 7-5 Endpoint Name Current C Series Endpoint Capabilities Multisite Audio Inputs Audio Outputs C40 Video Inputs Video Outputs 2 HDMI 1 HDMI 1 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 1 composite C60 C90 2 HDMI 1 HDMI 2 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 1 composite 1 composite 4 HDMI 2 HDMI 4 HD-SDI 2 DVI-I 2 DVI-I 1 composite 2 YPbPr 1 S-video 1 composite Table 7-6 Endpoint Name EX60 EX90 Current EX Endpoint Capabilities Screen Size/ Resolution Multisite DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs Integrated Audio .

Appendix C: Memory Tables 15 Table 7-7 Endpoint Current MX200 and MX 300 Endpoint Capabilities Video Quality Screen Size / Resolution / Contrast Ratio MX200 DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs 1 (PC) 0 Multisite Options 0 (second source) MX200G2 1 (PC) 1 2 (second source) MX300 1 (PC) 0 0 (second source) MX300G2 1 (PC) 1 2 (second source) Table 7-8 Endpoint Name MX700 MX800 Current MX700 and MX800 Endpoint Capabilities Screen Size/ Resolution Multisite DVI and DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs Audio Inputs C .

or this setting can be changed to anonymous (public/shared space). an owner of a phone must be identified. you can assign one of these templates to the phones or create a new template. Calling search space (CSS) Partitions can be seen as a collection of route patterns. Phone button template When adding phones. Owner user ID This setting identifies who the owner is of this phone. Creating and using templates provides a fast way to assign a common button configuration to a large number of phones. The device pool structure supports the separation of user and location information. the media and signaling is rerouted through the associated phone. Owner In Cisco Unified CM Version 10. you must configure a new security profile for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. The device pool contains only device. Who the owner of a phone is can be specified under the owner user ID. and they determine which partitions calling devices must search when they attempt to complete a call. and translation patterns can all belong to specific partitions. Calling search spaces are an ordered list of route partitions. Device security profile To enable security features for a phone. DNs. Only the security features that the selected device and protocol support display in the Security Profile Settings window. meaning that when Jabber sends or receives a call request. Device pool Device pools define sets of common characteristics for devices.and location-related information. Allow control of device from CTI The Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) control service on the Cisco Unified CM allows a phone to be controlled by the Jabber soft client. Required for Registration (Yes or No) .16 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Chapter 9 Table 9-3 Phone Configuration Settings on the Cisco Unified CM Phone Configuration Setting Description MAC address Unique identifier used by the Cisco Unified CM to identify the device when communication is initiated through the TFTP service.0 and later. Phone load name This setting is used to identify a specific firmware version the TFTP server is to use when a device tries to register. route patterns.

configuring. Mode. Video Input Source Input Channel. Mute on Inactive Video.Appendix C: Memory Tables 17 Phone Configuration Setting Required for Registration (Yes or No) Description SIP profile SIP profiles change SIP incoming or outgoing messages so that interoperability between incompatible devices can be ensured. copy. Mute on Inactive Video. Mode. Level. or modify the SIP Session Description Protocol (SDP). Mute on Inactive Video. remove. SSH access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. Type. Equalizer ID and Mode. and troubleshooting DX endpoints. Video Input Source Output Level. Echo Control De-Reverberation Mode and Noise Reduction. Mode . Contact TAC for further assistance. Secure Shell password Cisco TAC uses secure shell for troubleshooting and debugging. Web access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. The web interface allows access to important log information. Secure Shell user Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) uses Secure Shell for troubleshooting and debugging. Video Input Source Input Level. Mute on Inactive Video. Loop Suppression. Web access must be enabled for administrators to access the web interface of DX endpoints. Video Input Source Input Level. Contact TAC for further assistance. The CLI allows access to important log information and allows administrators to issue certain commands for testing. Mode. SIP profiles can be configured with rules to add. Equalizer ID and Mode. C Chapter 10 Table 10-2 Connector C90 Audio Calibration Options Section Options Unspecified Default Volume Unspecified Microphone Mute Enabled Unspecified Volume Input Level. Mode Output Level. SSH access must be enabled for administrators to access the command-line interface (CLI) of DX endpoints. Mode.

Level. Off Local Layout Family Layout . Mischief. Quality. Off Self-View Position Unspecified Upper Left. Sunrise. Name. Digital.18 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Connector Table 10-3 Section Options Output Channel. Delight. Optimal Definition Profile. Equalizer ID and Mode Sounds and Alerts On. Ringer. Dual Presentation Only. Lower Left Lower Right Wallpaper Unspecified None. Waves. Playful. Dual. Type (Auto Detect. Off HDMI1–4 RGB Quantization Range Input Input RGB Quantization Range. Reflections. Type. Growing. Mode. Upper Right. Blue Duration CamCtrlPip CallSetup 1–60 Mode CamCtrlPip CallSetup On. Vibes Sounds and Alerts 0–100 C90 Video Calibration Options Menu Section Options Allow Web Snapshots Unspecified On. Evolve. Camera ID. Upper Center. Center Right. Threshold 60 fps Disable Disconnected Local Outputs Layout On. Center Left. Mode. Calculation. Triple Presentation Only. Off Sounds and Alerts Ascent. Custom. Triple. Analog RGB. Type. Mellow. Quadruple Self-View Unspecified On. Analog YPbPr) Source 1–5 Input Connector. Ripples. Off (Can only be configured from the remote control or CLI with a serial connection) Default Presentation Source Unspecified 1–5 Main Video Source Unspecified 1–5 Monitors Unspecified Auto Single. Presentation Selection. Visibility. Summer Sky.

1-4 Today’s Bookings OSD Virtual Keyboard OSD User Selectable. Cyrillic Composite 5 Output Monitor Role. Monitor Role. Location Vertical Offset C . Over-Scan Level. Location Horizontal Offset. Resolution. Over-Scan Level. Off My Contacts Expanded OSD On. Off Auto Select Presentation Source OSD On. Off Input Method Cyrillic OSD On. Always Off Language Selection OSD On. Location Vertical Offset DVI 2 and 4 Output Monitor Role. Off Menu Startup Mode OSD Home. Location Horizontal Offset. Resolution.Appendix C: Memory Tables 19 Menu Section Options Presentation Default View Layout Default. Off Output OSD Auto. Off Login Required OSD On. Off Input Language OSD Latin. Always On. Off Call Settings Selection OSD On. Minimized. Over-Scan Level. Location Horizontal Offset. Off Encryption Indicator OSD Auto. Closed Missed Calls Notification OSD On. Always On Wallpaper Selection OSD On. Off Mode OSD On. Resolution. RGB Quantization Range. Maximized Remote Layout Family Layout Scale to Frame Layout Scale to Frame Threshold Layout 0–100 Scaling Layout On. Location Vertical Offset HDMI 1 and 3 Output CEC Mode.

Lower Left.245 (TCP port) RTP (UDP port) RTCP (UDP port) Table 11-3 Certificate Types Used in an Expressway Edge Solution Certificate Type Core Edge Comments Public or enterprise certificate authority (CA) certificate chain to sign Expressway Core certificate Required to establish traversal zone connection Public or enterprise CA certificate chain to sign Expressway Edge certificate Required to establish traversal zone connection Cisco Unified CM Tomcat certificates or CA chain Only required when Expressway Core configured to use TLS verify mode on Cisco Unified CM discovery Cisco Unified CM CallManager certificates or CA chain Only required when Cisco Unified CM is in mixed mode for end-to-end TLS . Upper Center.460.460. Upper Left. On Mode Self-View Default Current. Upper Right. Off. Lower Right Chapter 11 Table 11-2 Assent and H.19 RAS (UDP port) Q. Center Right. Upper Right.20 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Menu Section Options PIP Current.460. Center Right. Upper Right. Lower Left Lower Right PIP Current. Lower Left Lower Right Full Screen Mode Self-View Default Current.18 and H. Center Left.18/. On On Monitor Role Self-View Default Self-View Default Current. Center Left.19 Ports Needed Protocol Assent H. Center Right.931 (TCP port) H. Off. Upper Left. Upper Center. Upper Center. Center Left. Upper Left.

Appendix C: Memory Tables 21 Certificate Type Core Edge Comments Cisco Unified CM IM and Presence Tomcat certificates or CA chain Only required when Expressway Core configured to use TLS verify mode on IM and Presence discovery Cisco Unified CM CAPF certificate or certificated Only required when remote endpoints authenticate with a locally significant certificate (LSC) Chapter 12 Table 12-2 Audio and Video Components Audio Input Devices Audio Output Devices Video Input Devices Video Output Devices C Table 12-3 Cisco TelePresence Codec C90 Video Input Ports Video Input 1 Video Input 2 Video Input 3 Video Input 4 Video Input 5 Chapter 13 Table 13-2 Cisco Multipoint Solution Options Cisco Multipoint Platform Call Control Deployment Option Cisco TelePresence MCU Cisco Unified CM Cisco VCS Cisco TelePresence Server Cisco Unified CM Cisco VCS Primary Characteristics .

Families.22 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 13-3 Cisco TelePresence MCU Layouts. and View Modes Family Description View Mode Family 1: Gives prominence to one participant over others Family 2: Displays a single participant Family 3: Displays the four most active participants without seeing them scaled down to a small size if there are many other participants Family 4: Gives equal prominence to up to 20 conference contributors and is useful for a “role call” of active participants Family 5: Gives prominence to two participants in the center of the view while showing smaller panes of other participants above and below Table 13-4 Feature Comparison Chart for TelePresence Servers and TelePresence MCUs Virtual TelePresence Server 310/320 7010 8710 TelePresence TelePresence TelePresence 4500 Server Server Server MCU MSE 8510 5300 Media 2 MCU MCU Autoattendant Cascading WebExenabled TelePresence support Optimized conferencing TIP Chapter 14 Table 14-2 MCU Participant Statistics Information Audio Media Statistics Video Media Statistics Content Media Statistics Control Received Received Received Received Receive Stream Receive Stream Receive Stream RTCP Receive Address Receiver Reports Encryption Encryption Encryption Packet Loss Reported .

The unique identifier used for dialing in to the conference.323 ID. . PIN Enter the unique PIN for the conference. Whether to register the conference with the numeric ID with the SIP registrar. Conference Locked Locks a conference. Whether to register the conference with the numeric ID as the H. Encryption Whether encryption is optional or required for this conference.Appendix C: Memory Tables 23 Audio Media Statistics Received Energy Video Media Statistics Content Media Statistics Control Channel Bit Rate Channel Bit Rate Sender Reports Received Bit Rate Received Bit Rate Other Delay Applied for Lipsync Packets Received Packets Received Packets Received Frame Rate Transmit Frame Rate Frame Errors Transmit Transmit Transmit RTCP Transmit Address Transmit Address Transmit Address Transmit Address Encryption Encryption Encryption Packets Sent Channel Bit Rate Channel Bit Rate Transmit bit Rate Transmit bit Rate Packets Sent Packets Sent Temporal / Spatial Temporal / Spatial Packets Sent C Chapter 15 Table 15-2 TelePresence Server Conference Configuration Options Field Field Description Name The name of the conference.

24 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Field Field Description If your multiscreen endpoints support the one table feature. Disabled. the content is able to support an additional video stream. Enabled. sent potentially to all connected endpoints. Content Channel If enabled. TCP 57 x Telnet PLCM TCP 24 x FTP TCP SNMP UDP 161 x x SNMP traps UDP 162 x x SMTP TCP 25 LDAP TCP LDAPS TCP 636 x x TMS Agent TCP Polycom GAB TCP 3361 x Polycom TCP 3601 Polycom TCP 5001 TMS Agent Admin TCP x x . Controls the AGC setting for this conference. Options include Disabled. Such presentation data can be sourced by an endpoint specifically contributing a separate content video stream. Options include Use Default. 4 Person Mode. This content video is typically highdefinition. intended for showing content video. low-frame-rate data such as a presentation formed of a set of slides. you can select whether to use one table mode automatically when the correct combination of endpoints or endpoint groups is in a conference (3 or 4 one table endpoints plus less than 6 other endpoints or endpoint groups). Chapter 16 Table 16-2 Ports Used by TMS Service Protocol Port Direction (Relative to TMS) IN Out TCP HTTPS TCP Telnet TCP Telnet Chal.

and so on. Call Detail Records All Endpoints and MCUs Endpoints MCUs Content server Gateway Gatekeeper and VCS User CDR Shows which billing codes are applied to conferences. type.Appendix C: Memory Tables 25 Table 16-3 Main Menu Option Reports Available on Cisco TMS Submenu Options Purpose The Bridge Utilization page contains reporting information on how much Cisco TMS-managed bridges are being used. Events Scheduling Interface Bridging Methods System C Ticketing Log Feedback Log Connection Error System Connection Authentication failure Boot FTP Audit Low Battery on Remote Control Network Packet Loss Log Packet Loss Conference Bandwidth Usage Network History Return on Investment Return on Investment Global Return on Investment Local Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment. The data is gathered from direct-managed TelePresence Servers and TelePresence MCUs only. Conferences Conference Statistics Resources Tracks conferences per user. .

and instant messaging through the WebEx cloud All the features of WebEx Meeting Center plus breakout sessions.26 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Main Menu Option Submenu Options C02 Savings Purpose Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment. and an attentiveness tool All the features of WebEx Meeting Center plus a scheduling and follow-up tool and support for up to 3000 participants Full technical support with a quicker fault-resolution time using all the features of WebEx Meeting Center Table 17-3 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center Features with Descriptions Feature Description Uses port 80 over HTTP and port 443 over HTTPS. remote desktop control A client-based application running on a PC that offers audio. . emoticons. or share your desktop through WebEx. content sharing. Anyone in the meeting who holds the “WebEx ball” can share a file. Once participants share their desktops.264 video codec for high-quality 720p30 HD video at low bandwidth rates. share an application. HD video at 720p30. file transfer. Up to 500 participants can join a fully licensed WebEx Meeting Center session. polling. Chapter 17 Table 17-2 Cisco WebEx Products and Features Cisco WebEx Product Cisco WebEx Feature Audio. content sharing. Any search can be stored and reused as a template. Uses the H. another participant can take control of the desktop in a secure fashion after permissions have been granted. HD video at 720p30.

After the meeting has ended.Appendix C: Memory Tables 27 Feature Description Meetings can be recorded over WebEx. C . Files and applications can be transferred to all participants within a WebEx session for download. the recording can be streamed for playback or downloaded and played back on-demand.

.

3af — 802. storing.11 a/b/g/n PoE — 802.APPENDIX D Memory Table Answer Key Chapter 2 Table 2-2 Cisco DMP Model Summary 4400G 4310 300 340 Processor 1. 4x 10/100 downlinks 10/100/1000 Wireless 802.11 b/g N/A 802.5-GHz single core 667-MHz single core 1. or choose to send different users various layouts with different camera feeds .3af Chapter 3 Table 3-3 Video-Surveillance Software Functions Video-Surveillance Software Video-Surveillance Software Functions Cisco Video Surveillance Media Server Responsible for the recording. and streaming of video feeds Cisco Video Surveillance Operations Manager Offers centralized administration of all the Cisco video-surveillance solution components.11 b/g/n 802. and so operators can choose a predefined layout of cameras and push it out to the displays of all users. and supports Cisco video-surveillance endpoints Cisco Video Surveillance Virtual Matrix Supports many layouts.2-GHz single core 1.6-GHz dual core Memory 1 GB 512 MB 2 GB 2 GB Storage 4GB compact flash 32GB on-board 4GB Flash 32GB SSD and SD Port USB Ports 2 2 4 4 Ethernet 10/100/1000 10/100 1x 10/100/1000 uplink.

South America Chapter 5 Table 5-2 Cisco 3905 IP Phone Features Feature/Function Characteristics Integrated switch 10/100 Display 128x32 monochrome LCD Speakerphone Yes Line keys 1 Programmable soft keys 0 Fixed feature keys 8 MWI Yes XML support No Headset port No Signaling protocol SIP PoE class Class 1 . South America E1 CAS 30 x 64 kbps 2 x 64 kbps (framing and signaling) Europe. Japan T1 CAS 24 x 64 kbps — (in-band signaling) North America. Australia.4 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 3-4 Cisco Storage Options Cisco Storage Device Storage Capacity Type of Storage Available Cisco Video Surveillance Multiservices Platform Up to 24 TB DAS Cisco Integrated Services Router Generation 2 Up to 1 TB DAS Chapter 4 Table 4-2 Transport Circuit Options Type Data Channels Special Channels Geography BRI 2 x 64 kbps (B) 1 x 16 kbps (D) Global T1 PRI 23 x 64 kbps (B) 1 x 64 kbps (D) North America. Australia. Japan E1 PRI 30 x 64 kbps (B) 2 x 64 kbps (framing and D) Europe.

pushto-talk via XML.5.3af Yes Yes Yes PoE class Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 CUCM version 8.1 and later Table 5-4 Cisco 7900 Wireless IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7925G 7925G-EX 7926G Display 2-inch 176x220pixel color 2-inch digital. push-to-talk via XML.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Table 5-3 5 Cisco 7800 Series Phone Features Feature/Function 7821 7841 7861 Integrated switch 10/100 10/100/1000 10/100 Display 396x162-pixel 396x162-pixel backlit backlit monochrome monochrome 396x162-pixel backlit monochrome Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys 2 4 16 Programmable soft keys 4 4 4 Fixed feature keys 11 11 11 Advanced features Multicall per line Multicall per line Multicall per line Wideband audio Wideband audio Wideband audio EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) EHS support (AUX port) Gigabit Ethernet Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol SIP SIP SIP 802. ATEX Zone 2 certification Bluetooth v2. Java MIDlet capabilities Bluetooth v2. Java MIDlet capabilities.1 and later 8. push-to-talk via XML. Java MIDlet capabilities.1 and later 8. 16-bit graphical TFT color 2-inch digital. 2D barcode scanner D . 16-bit graphical TFT color Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys N/A N/A N/A Programmable soft keys 2 2 2 Fixed feature keys 5 5 5 Advanced features Bluetooth v2.5.5.

1 and later Table 5-5 Cisco 7942G and 7962G IP Phone Features Feature/Function 7942G 7962G Integrated switch 10/100 10/100 Display 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale 5-inch 320x222 4-bit grayscale Speakerphone Yes Yes Line keys 2 (lighted) 6 (lighted) Programmable soft keys 4 soft keys.1 and later 4.1 and later 4. 2 line keys (can be lines. speed dials.1 and later 4.3af Yes Yes PoE class Class 2 Class 2 CUCM version 4. speed dials. 6 line keys (can be lines.1 and later . or programmable line keys) 4 soft keys. or programmable line keys) Fixed feature keys 10 10 Advanced features High-resolution screen High-resolution screen Application integration capabilities Application integration capabilities Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Up to 2 7915 expansion modules Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Signaling protocol SCCP or SIP SCCP or SIP 802.6 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/Function 7925G 7925G-EX 7926G Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) SCCP SCCP 802.11a/b/g Yes Yes Yes CUCM version 4.

8 line keys (can be lines. speed dials.1 and later Table 5-7 Feature/ Function 7 D Cisco 8800 Series IP Phone Features 8811 Integrated 10/100/ switch 1000 Wireless No capability 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 N/A 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 Yes – 802.1 and later 4. speed dials.3af Yes Yes Yes PoE class Class 3 Class 3 Class 3 CUCM version 4.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Table 5-6 Cisco 7945G. 7965G.1 and later 4. backlit touchscreen Speakerphone Yes Yes Yes Line keys 2 (lighted) 6 (lighted) 8 (lighted) Programmable soft keys 4 soft keys. or programmable line keys) 4 soft keys. or programmable line keys) Fixed feature keys 10 10 10 Advanced features High-resolution screen High-resolution screen High-resolution screen Application Application integration Application integration integration capabilities capabilities capabilities Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Headset hookswitch control Up to 2 7915 or 7916 expansion modules Up to 2 7915 or 7916 expansion modules Hands-free Yes Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Yes Signaling protocol SCCP or SIP SCCP or SIP SCCP or SIP 802. speed dials.6-inch 320x240 16-bit color. 2 line keys (can be lines. or programmable line keys) 5 soft keys. and 7975G IP Phone Features Feature/ Function 7945G 7965G 7975G Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 5-inch 320x240 16-bit 5-inch 320x240 16-bit color. backlit color. 6 line keys (can be lines. backlit 5.11a/b/ g/n/ac 10/100/ 1000 No 10/100/ 1000 Yes – 802.11a/b/ g/n/ac No .

wideband audio Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone). 80-deg FoV.264 AVC. privacy shutter Advanced Gig features Ethernet. H.8 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Feature/ Function Display 8811 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 WVGA Color 5-inch 800x480 backlit monochrome Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 4 1 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 12 9 12 12 12 12 12 No No No No No Yes – 720p HD. Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone).264 AVC. H. USB smartphone charging Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SIP SIP SIP SIP SIP SIP SIP Yes Class 2 Yes Class 3 Yes Class 2 Yes Class 3 Yes Class 4 Yes Class 2 Yes Class 4 Speakerphone Line keys Programmable soft keys Fixed feature keys Integrated video . USB smartphone and tablet charging Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone). 25-deg vertical tilt. USB smartphone and tablet charging Handsfree MWI XML support Signaling protocol 802. daisychain configuration Gig Ethernet. privacy shutter Yes – 720p HD. 80-deg FoV. wideband audio Wired or wireless microphone kit.3af PoE class Yes Yes Yes Intelligent Proximity (Bluetooth hands-free pairing with smartphone).

Bluetooth for headset connection Gigabit Ethernet.5.5.1.6.6. 9.2 and later HCS: 8. 9.3af Yes Yes PoE class Class 2 Class 4 CUCM version 7.0 and later 9 Bus.6.1 (nonsecured mode).1(5) and later later 8831 8841 8851 8861 8845 8865 8.1. wideband audio.2. 8.2. 10. 8.6.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Feature/ Function 8811 CUCM version 8. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Line keys 4 5 Programmable soft keys 4 4 Fixed feature keys 13 12 Advanced features Integrated camera.6.0 and later CUCM: 8. 9. XML/MIDlet support Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Signaling protocol SCCP or SIP SIP 802.5(1) and later 8.1 (nonsecured mode).6.2. Edition: 8. 10.2.1. 9. 10.1(5) and later 7.0 and later Bus.2.2. 24-bit color 5-inch 640x480 TFT.5(1) and later CUCM: 8.2. 10.1(3) and later D .5(1) and 7.1.2.5(1) and later 8.2 and later Table 5-8 Cisco 8900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 8945 8961 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT. Edition: 8.0 and later HCS: 8.

privacy shutter.6-inch 640x480 TFT. KEM support H.1 mp. document camera mode. 50-degree horizontal / 29-degree vertical field of view PrecisionHD.263 H. document camera mode. 1/3-inch 2. 45-to 65-degree horizontal / 40.263+ H. 1/3-inch 2. 1920x1080. 1920x1200. 160-degree viewing angle. 24-bit color 5. WiFi Hands-free Yes Yes MWI Yes Yes XML support Yes Yes Signaling protocol SIP SIP 802. KEM support. 5-ms response 24-inch LCD with LED backlight. optical motorized zoom.to 27-degree vertical field of view Video standards H. Bluetooth for headset.3af Yes Yes PoE class Class 4 Class 4 CUCM version 7. 24-bit color Speakerphone Yes Yes Line/session keys 10 12 Programmable soft keys 4 4 Fixed feature keys 12 12 Advanced features H.264 video.263+ H. 5-ms response Speakerphone Yes Yes Camera PrecisionHD.261 H.1(3)su1 and later Table 5-10 Cisco EX Series Endpoint Features Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 21. Bluetooth for headset.264 .1(3)su1 and later 7. privacy shutter.263 H. USB for headset.10 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 5-9 Cisco 9900 Series IP Phone Features Feature/Function 9951 9971 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Display 5-inch 640x480 TFT. USB for headset.1 mp.261 H.264 video.5-inch LCD with LED backlight.264 H. 170-degree viewing angle.

95–25.84–6.1 or TE6.50W High-power devices .4W 6.3at) 12.264 AVC Resolution WSVGA 1024x600 Signaling protocol SIP CUCM version 7.6(2) and later 8.4W 0.0 CUCM version 8. 75-degree vertical / 67.6(2) and later Table 5-11 11 Cisco DX650 Features Feature/Function DX650 Integrated switch 10/100/1000 Display 7-inch diagonal.0 TC3.0 or TE6.49W Low-power devices 3 Up to 15.49–12. privacy shutter.1(5) and later D Chapter 6 Table 6-3 PoE Classes and Power Levels Class Wattage at PSE Wattage at PD Description 0 Up to 15.4-degree horizontal field of view Video standards SIP only H.44–12.323 VCS: SIP/H.94W Default classification 1 Up to 4W 0.95W Mid-power devices 4 Up to 30W (802.44–3. backlit WSVGA capacitive touchscreen LCD with 1024x600-pixel resolution Speakerphone Yes Camera 1080p.323 TelePresence software version TC4.84W Very low-power devices 2 Up to 7W 3.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Feature/Function EX60 EX90 Resolution 1920x1080 (16:9) 1920x1200 (16:10) Signaling protocol CUCM: SIP CUCM: SIP VCS: SIP/H.

domain._tls.domain.12 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 6-4 Cisco Jabber Deployment Modes Mode IM Presence Telephony Video IM only Yes Yes No No Phone No No Yes Yes Full UC Yes Yes Yes Yes Table 6-5 Cisco Jabber DNS SRV Records DNS SRV Record DNS Resolves To _cisco-uds.com Internal CUCM FQDN _ cuplogin._tcp._tcp.com External VCS-E or Expressway-E FQDN Chapter 7 Table 7-2 Endpoint Name CTS 500 CTS Endpoint Capabilities Purpose Personal office system Number of Participants Platform Options Mounting Options 1 1 32-inch monitor Pedestal 1 manual camera Tabletop Wall mount CTS 1100 TX1300 TX9000 Multipurpose room system 2 Multipurpose room system 6 Immersive system 6 to 18 1 65-inch monitor Wall mount 1 manual camera 1 65-inch monitor Wall mount 3 manual cameras in cluster 3 65-inch monitors 1 42-inch monitor Purpose-built room 3 manual cameras in cluster IX5000 Immersive system 6 to 18 3 70-inch monitors 3 auto cameras in cluster Any-room system .com Internal IM&P server FQDN _collab-edge.domain.

full high definition (FHD) definition capacitive touchscreen video LCD with 1920x1080 pixel resolution Android 4.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Table 7-3 Endpoint Name DX Series Endpoint Capabilities Display Front Camera Operating System Processor Storage DX650 7-inch backlit. Widescreen Super Video Graphics Array (WSVGA) capacitive touchscreen liquid crystal display (LCD) with 1024x600 pixel resolution Highdefinition video Android 4.5 GHz 2 GB RAM Table 7-4 Current SX Endpoint Capabilities Endpoint Name Multisite Audio Inputs Audio Outputs Video Inputs Video Outputs SX10 No 1 HDMI 1 4-pin minijack 1 HDMI 1 HDMI 1 minijack mic input 1 HDMI 1 VGA D 1 built-in mic SX20 576p 1+3 2 minijack mic input 1 minijack line in SX80 13 1+4 at 720p30 8 microphones EuroBlock connector 1+3 at 1080p30 4 line-level EuroBlock 3 HDMI in (minijack) 1 minijack line out 1 HDMI 6 line-level EuroBlock connector 3 HDMI 2 HDMI 1 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 2 HDMI 2 HDMI 1 DVI-I 1 BNC connector .1 TI OMAP 4470 1.1.1 TI OMAP 4470 1.1 TI OMAP 4470 1.5 GHz 1 GB RAM DX70 High14-inch backlit.1. FDH capacitive touchscreen definition LCD with 1920x1080 video pixel resolution Android 4.5 GHz 2 GB RAM DX80 High23-inch backlit.1.

14 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 7-5 Current C Series Endpoint Capabilities Endpoint Name Multisite Audio Inputs Audio Outputs Video Inputs Video Outputs C40 576p 1+3 2 XLR 2 RCA/phono 2 HDMI 1 HDMI 2 RCA/phono 1 HDMI 1 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 1 HDMI C60 720p 1+3 1 composite 4 XLR 2 RCA/phono 2 HDMI 1 HDMI 2 RCA/phono 1 HDMI 2 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 1 composite 1 Composite 1 HDMI C90 1080p 1+3 8 XLR 2 XLR 4 HDMI 2 HDMI 4 RCA/phono 4 RCA/phono 4 HD-SDI 2 DVI-I 2 HDMI 2 HDMI 2 DVI-I 1 composite 2 YPbPr 1 S-video 1 composite Table 7-6 Current EX Endpoint Capabilities Endpoint Name Screen Size/ Resolution Multisite DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs EX60 21.5 inch No 1 (PC) None 1920x1080 EX90 24 inch 1920x1200 0 (second source) 1080p 1+3 1 (PC) 1 (second source) Integrated Audio 1 integrated microphone 2 integrated front speakers Dual display 1 integrated option. audio microphone input and 2 integrated front output speakers and subwoofer .

Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Table 7-7 Current MX200 and MX 300 Endpoint Capabilities Screen Size / Resolution / Contrast Ratio Endpoint Video Quality MX200 1080p30/720p60 42 inch 1920x1080 2500:1 MX200G2 1080p60/720p60 42 inch 1920x1080 1300:1 MX300 1080p30/720p60 55 inch 1920x1200 5000:1 MX300G2 1080p60/720p60 55 inch 1920x1200 4000:1 Table 7-8 DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs Multisite Options 1 (PC) 0 No 1 1+4 at 720p30 0 (second source) 1 (PC) 2 (second source) 1 (PC) 1+3 at 1080p30 0 No 1 1+4 at 720p30 0 (second source) 1 (PC) 2 (second source) 1+3 at 1080p30 Current MX700 and MX800 Endpoint Capabilities Endpoint Name Screen Size/ Resolution Multisite DVI and DVI and HDMI Inputs HDMI Outputs Audio Inputs MX700 2x 55-inch 4+1 at 720p30 3 HDMI 3 HDMI 15 1920x1080 3+1 at 1080p30 1 DVI-I 1 DVI-I 70-inch 4+1 at 720p30 3 HDMI 3 HDMI 1920x1200 3+1 at 1080p30 1 DVI-I 1 DVI-I MX800 15 D 15 .

or this setting can be changed to anonymous (public/shared space). Yes Owner user ID This setting identifies who the owner is of this phone.0 and later. an owner of a phone must be identified. The device pool structure supports the separation of user and location information. Allow control of device from CTI The Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) control service No on the Cisco Unified CM allows a phone to be controlled by the Jabber soft client. and translation patterns can all belong to specific partitions. Calling search space (CSS) Partitions can be seen as a collection of route patterns. Who the owner of a phone is can be specified under the owner user ID. The device pool contains only device. No Phone load name This setting is used to identify a specific firmware version No the TFTP server is to use when a device tries to register. Yes Device pool Device pools define sets of common characteristics for devices. Device security profile To enable security features for a phone. you can assign one of these templates to the phones or create a new template.and location-related information.16 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Chapter 9 Table 9-3 Phone Configuration Settings on the Cisco Unified CM Phone Configuration Setting Description Required for Registration (Yes or No) MAC address Unique identifier used by the Cisco Unified CM to identify the device when communication is initiated through the TFTP service. meaning that when Jabber sends or receives a call request. Only the security features that the selected device and protocol support display in the Security Profile Settings window. DNs. No Phone button template Yes When adding phones. Creating and using templates provides a fast way to assign a common button configuration to a large number of phones. No Owner In Cisco Unified CM Version 10. and they determine which partitions calling devices must search when they attempt to complete a call. Calling search spaces are an ordered list of route partitions. the media and signaling is rerouted through the associated phone. Yes . you must configure a new security profile for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. route patterns.

Type. Loop Suppression. Mode HDMI3 Output Level. SSH access must be enabled for administrators to access the command-line interface (CLI) of DX endpoints. Contact TAC for further assistance. Contact TAC for further assistance.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Phone Configuration Setting 17 Required for Registration (Yes or No) Description SIP profile Yes SIP profiles change SIP incoming or outgoing messages so that interoperability between incompatible devices can be ensured. No SSH access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. Echo Control De-Reverberation Mode and Noise Reduction. or modify the SIP Session Description Protocol (SDP). Mode. Video Input Source HDMI4 Input Level. The CLI allows access to important log information and allows administrators to issue certain commands for testing. and troubleshooting DX endpoints. Mute on Inactive Video. configuring. Equalizer ID and Mode. copy. remove. SIP profiles can be configured with rules to add. Secure Shell user Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) uses Secure No Shell for troubleshooting and debugging. Mute on Inactive Video. Mode D . Video Input Source HDMI1 Output Level. Equalizer ID and Mode. Video Input Source Line 1–4 (RCA) Input Channel. Mode. Mode. Secure Shell password Cisco TAC uses secure shell for troubleshooting and debugging. No Chapter 10 Table 10-2 C90 Audio Calibration Options Connector Section Options Unspecified Default Volume Unspecified Microphone Mute Enabled Unspecified Volume HDMI3 Input Level. Web access must be enabled for administrators to access the web interface of DX endpoints. Video Input Source Microphone 1–8 Input Level. Mute on Inactive Video. Mute on Inactive Video. Level. No Web access This setting is specific to the DX series endpoints. Mode. The web interface allows access to important log information.

Mode. Waves. Sunrise. Reflections. Level. Center Right. Dual. Type (Auto Detect. Custom. Type. Lower Left Lower Right Wallpaper Unspecified None. Mode. Calculation. Prominent. Threshold 60 fps Disable Disconnected Local Outputs Layout On. Off Local Layout Family Layout Auto. Off Self-View Position Unspecified Upper Left. Delight. Camera ID. Overlay. Triple. Center Left. Quadruple Self-View Unspecified On. Upper Right. 5 Input RGB Quantization Range. Full Screen. Off (Can only be configured from the remote control or CLI with a serial connection) Default Presentation Source Unspecified 1–5 Main Video Source Unspecified 1–5 Monitors Unspecified Auto Single. Off HDMI1–4 RGB Quantization Range Input Auto. Digital. Presentation Small Speaker. Vibes Ring Volume Sounds and Alerts 0–100 Table 10-3 C90 Video Calibration Options Menu Section Options Allow Web Snapshots Unspecified On. Presentation Selection. Quality. Mischief. Ringer. Blue Duration CamCtrlPip CallSetup 1–60 Mode CamCtrlPip CallSetup On. Presentation Large Speaker. Visibility. Off Ring Tone Sounds and Alerts Ascent. Single . Upper Center. Dual Presentation Only. Playful. Ripples. Equalizer ID and Mode Key Tones Mode Sounds and Alerts On. Triple Presentation Only. Analog YPbPr) Source 1–5 Input Connector. Mellow. Equal.18 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Connector Section Options Line 1–4 (RCA) Output Channel. Type. Limited DVI 3. Growing. Analog RGB. Full. Summer Sky. Optimal Definition Profile. Evolve. Name.

Full Screen. Resolution. Off Input Method Cyrillic OSD On. Off Mode OSD On. Off Virtual Keyboard OSD User Selectable. Location Vertical Offset 19 D . Over-Scan Level. Location Horizontal Offset. Off Login Required OSD On.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Menu Section Options Presentation Default View Layout Default. Always On. Resolution. RGB Quantization Range. Prominent. Off Input Language OSD Latin. Monitor Role. Location Horizontal Offset. Single Scale to Frame Layout Manual. Presentation Large Speaker. Over-Scan Level. Off Auto Select Presentation Source OSD On. Always On Wallpaper Selection OSD On. Cyrillic Composite 5 Output Monitor Role. Off Call Settings Selection OSD On. Off My Contacts Expanded OSD On. Maximized Remote Layout Family Layout Auto. Equal. Maintain Aspect Ratio. Stretch to Fit Scale to Frame Threshold Layout 0–100 Scaling Layout On. Resolution. Over-Scan Level. Always Off Language Selection OSD On. Overlay. Off Menu Startup Mode OSD Home. Closed Missed Calls Notification OSD On. Location Vertical Offset DVI 2 and 4 Output Monitor Role. Location Vertical Offset HDMI 1 and 3 Output CEC Mode. Off Output OSD Auto. Presentation Small Speaker. Off Encryption Indicator OSD Auto. Location Horizontal Offset. Minimized. 1-4 Today’s Bookings OSD On.

Lower Left. Second. Current.460.18 and H. Center Left.460.18/. Fourth PIP Position Self-View Default Current. Third. Lower Left Lower Right Full Screen Mode Self-View Default Current.20 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Menu Section Options Active Speaker Default PIP Value Position Current. Lower Left Lower Right Presentation Default Value Position PIP Current. Upper Right. Center Right. On Mode Self-View Default Current. Upper Right. Center Right. Upper Center. Upper Right. Lower Right Chapter 11 Table 11-2 Assent and H.19 RAS (UDP port) 1719 1719 Q. On On Monitor Role Self-View Default First. Off. Upper Left.245 (TCP port) 2777 RTP (UDP port) 2776 2776 RTCP (UDP port) 2777 2777 Table 11-3 Certificate Types Used in an Expressway Edge Solution Certificate Type Core Edge Comments Public or enterprise certificate authority (CA) certificate chain to sign Expressway Core certificate Y Y Required to establish traversal zone connection Public or enterprise CA certificate chain to sign Expressway Edge certificate Y Y Required to establish traversal zone connection Cisco Unified CM Tomcat certificates or CA chain Y N Only required when Expressway Core configured to use TLS verify mode on Cisco Unified CM discovery Cisco Unified CM CallManager certificates or CA chain Y N Only required when Cisco Unified CM is in mixed mode for end-to-end TLS .19 Ports Needed Protocol Assent H. Upper Center. Center Left.460. Upper Left.931 (TCP port) 2776 1720 H. Center Left. Upper Center. Upper Left. Off. Center Right.

DVD.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Certificate Type Core Edge Comments Cisco Unified CM IM and Presence Tomcat certificates or CA chain Y N Only required when Expressway Core configured to use TLS verify mode on IM and Presence discovery Cisco Unified CM CAPF certificate or certificated N Y Only required when remote endpoints authenticate with a locally significant certificate (LSC) 21 Chapter 12 Table 12-2 Audio and Video Components Audio Input Devices Audio Output Devices Video Input Devices Video Output Devices Microphones Speakers (free standing) Cameras TVs Active amplifiers Computers Monitors Mixers Passive amplifiers Document camera Projectors Echo cancellation Speakers (built in to monitor) Video-playback device (MIC level) Microphones (Line level) Table 12-3 (DVR. Blu-ray) Cisco TelePresence Codec C90 Video Input Ports Video Input 1 Video Input 2 Video Input 3 Video Input 4 Video Input 5 HDMI 1 HDMI 2 HDMI 3 HDMI 4 HDMI 5 HD-SDI 1 HD-SDI 2 HD-SDI 3 HD-SDI 4 Composite 5 YPrPb 1 YPrPb 2 DVI 3 — YC 5 Chapter 13 Table 13-2 Cisco Multipoint Solution Options Cisco Multipoint Platform Call Control Deployment Option Primary Characteristics Cisco TelePresence MCU Cisco Unified CM Hardware video bridge for nonimmersive endpoints Cisco VCS Cisco TelePresence Server Cisco Unified CM Cisco VCS Hardware or software bridge for immersive and nonimmersive endpoints D .

22 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Table 13-3 Cisco TelePresence MCU Layouts. and View Modes Family Description View Mode Family 1: Gives prominence to one participant over others Enhanced Continuous Presence Family 2: Displays a single participant Active Speaker Family 3: Displays the four most active participants without seeing them scaled down to a small size if there are many other participants Enhanced Continuous Presence Family 4: Gives equal prominence to up to 20 conference contributors. Families. and is useful for a “role call” of active participants Continuous Presence Family 5: Gives prominence to two participants Enhanced Continuous Presence in the center of the view while showing smaller panes of other participants above and below Table 13-4 Feature Comparison Chart for TelePresence Servers and TelePresence MCUs Virtual TelePresence Server 310/320 7010 8710 4500 TelePresence TelePresence TelePresence MCU Server Server Server 5300 MSE 8510 MCU Media 2 MCU Autoattendant Yes Yes Yes Cascading Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes WebExenabled TelePresence support Yes Yes Optimized Yes conferencing Yes Yes Yes TIP Yes Yes Yes Yes Chapter 14 Table 14-2 MCU Participant Statistics Information Audio Media Statistics Video Media Statistics Content Media Statistics Control Received Received Received Received Receive Stream Receive Stream Receive Stream RTCP Receive Address Receive Address Receive Address Receive Address Receiver Reports Encryption Encryption Encryption Packet Loss Reported .

Register Numeric ID with H. PIN Enter the unique PIN for the conference.323 ID.323 Gatekeeper Whether to register the conference with the numeric ID as the H. Conference Locked Locks a conference.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Audio Media Statistics Video Media Statistics Content Media Statistics Control Received Jitter Channel Bit Rate Channel Bit Rate Sender Reports Received Energy Received Bit Rate Received Bit Rate Other Packets Received Received Jitter Received Jitter Packet Errors Delay Applied for Lipsync Packets Received Frame Errors Packets Received Packet Errors Packet Errors Frame Rate Frame Rate Frame Errors 23 Frame Errors Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Stream Transmit Stream Transmit Stream RTCP Transmit Address Transmit Address Transmit Address Transmit Address Packets Sent Encryption Encryption Encryption Packets Sent Channel Bit Rate Channel Bit Rate Transmit bit Rate Transmit bit Rate Packets Sent Packets Sent Frame Rate Frame Rate Temporal / Spatial Temporal / Spatial D Chapter 15 Table 15-2 TelePresence Server Conference Configuration Options Field Field Description Name The name of the conference. Encryption Whether encryption is optional or required for this conference. Numeric ID The unique identifier used for dialing in to the conference. . Register Numeric ID with SIP registrar Whether to register the conference with the numeric ID with the SIP registrar.

Chapter 16 Table 16-2 Ports Used by TMS Service Protocol Port Direction (Relative to TMS) IN Out HTTP TCP 80 x x HTTPS TCP 443 x x Telnet TCP 23 x Telnet Chal. This content video is typically high definition. sent potentially to all connected endpoints. Such presentation data can be sourced by an endpoint specifically contributing a separate content video stream. intended for showing content video. 21 x SNMP UDP 161 x x SNMP traps UDP 162 x x SMTP TCP 25 LDAP TCP 389 x x TMS Agent TCP 8989 x x Polycom GAB TCP 3361 x Polycom TCP 3601 x Polycom TCP 5001 x TMS Agent Admin TCP 4444 x x x . Options include Use Default. TCP 57 x Telnet PLCM TCP 24 x FTP TCP 20. Automatic Gain Control Controls the AGC setting for this conference. Disabled. Enabled. 4 Person Mode. the content is able to support an additional video stream. Options include Disabled. low-frame-rate data such as a presentation formed of a set of slides.24 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Field Field Description Use One Table Mode When Appropriate If your multiscreen endpoints support the one table feature. you can select whether to use one table mode automatically when the correct combination of endpoints or endpoint groups is in a conference (3 or 4 one table endpoints plus less than 6 other endpoints or endpoint groups). Content Channel If enabled.

Events Scheduling Interface Bridging Methods System Ticketing Log Feedback Log Catches errors and other events from systems. Bandwidth Usage Network History Return on Investment Return on Investment Global Return on Investment Local Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment. The data is gathered from direct-managed TelePresence Servers and TelePresence MCUs only. type. and so on. All Endpoints and MCUs Endpoints Tracks the frequency and duration of calls in your TelePresence deployment. D Connection Error System Connection Authentication Failure Boot FTP Audit Low Battery on Remote Control Network Packet Loss Log Packet Loss Conference Statistics reports on network and bandwidth usage.Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Table 16-3 Main Menu Option Reports Available on Cisco TMS Submenu Options Bridge Utilization Call Detail Records 25 Purpose The Bridge Utilization page contains reporting information on how much Cisco TMS-managed bridges are being used. . MCUs Content server Gateway Gatekeeper and VCS User CDR Billing Code Statistics Conferences Shows which billing codes are applied to conferences. Conference Statistics Resources Tracks conferences per user.

HD video at 720p30. Content sharing Anyone in the meeting who holds the “WebEx ball” can share a file. or share your desktop through WebEx. polling. remote desktop control WebEx Connect IM A client-based application running on a PC that offers audio.264 video codec for high-quality 720p30 HD video at low bandwidth rates. emoticons. . Remote desktop control Once participants share their desktops.26 CCNA Collaboration CIVND 210-065 Official Cert Guide Main Menu Option Submenu Options Purpose C02 Savings Return on Investment and C02 Savings calculate return on investment and environmental savings for your video equipment. file transfer. HD video Uses the H. and support for up to 3000 participants WebEx Support Center Full technical support with a quicker fault-resolution time using all the features of WebEx Meeting Center Table 17-3 Cisco WebEx Meeting Center Features with Descriptions Feature Description TCP communication Uses port 80 over HTTP and port 443 over HTTPS. and instant messaging through the WebEx cloud WebEx Training Center All the features of WebEx Meeting Center plus breakout sessions. Chapter 17 Table 17-2 Cisco WebEx Products and Features Cisco WebEx Product Cisco WebEx Feature WebEx Meeting Center Audio. Reporting Template Any search can be stored and reused as a template. HD video at 720p30. content sharing. content sharing. share an application. Participant capacity Up to 500 participants can join a fully licensed WebEx Meeting Center session. another participant can take control of the desktop in a secure fashion after permissions have been granted. and an attentiveness tool WebEx Event Center All the features of WebEx Meeting Center plus a scheduling and follow-up tool.

Appendix D: Memory Table Answer Key Feature Description Recording Meetings can be recorded over WebEx. or downloaded and played back on-demand. File transfer Files and applications can be transferred to all participants within a WebEx session for download. After the meeting has ended. the recording can be streamed for playback. 27 D .

Introduction to Cisco Video Communications 1 . Describing Cisco Video Surveillance Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 3 in practice test software Goal Date Task First Date Completed Second Date Completed (Optional) Notes .Introduction to Cisco Video Communications Practice Test 2. Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 2 in practice test software 3. Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery Practice Test Reading Labs and Exercises Video Task Read Introduction Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 1 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms 2.Appendix E Study Planner Element Introduction 1. Describing Cisco Video Surveillance 3. Describing Cisco Video Surveillance Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms 3. Describing Cisco Video Surveillance 3. Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 2. Cisco Digital Media and Content Delivery 2.Introduction to Cisco Video Communications 1 .

and Jabber Overview Complete memory tables 5. Describing Cisco TelePresence in Appendix C for this Endpoint Characteristics chapter . Describing Cisco TelePresence Review Key Topics Endpoint Characteristics 7. Desk in Appendix C for this Endpoints.4. Cisco Collaboration Overview Read Foundation Topics 4. Describing Cisco TelePresence Define Key Terms Endpoint Characteristics Complete memory tables 7. and Jabber Overview chapter Practice Test 6. Cisco IP Phones. Cisco IP Phones. and Jabber Overview 5. Cisco IP Phones. Desk Read Foundation Topics Endpoints. Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 6 in practice test software 7. Describing Cisco TelePresence Endpoint Characteristics 7. Desk Define Key Terms Endpoints. Cisco Collaboration Overview Review Key Topics 4. Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 6. Cisco Collaboration Overview Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this 4. Cisco IP Phones. Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber 6. Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones and Cisco Jabber Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 5 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms 6. and Jabber Overview 5. Cisco Collaboration Overview chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 4 in practice test software 5. Desk Review Key Topics Endpoints.

Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 10. Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS SoftwareBased Endpoints 8. Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 9. Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS SoftwareBased Endpoints 8. Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 10 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms . Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 10. Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 11.Practice Test 8. Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 7 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 8 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms 9. Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints Practice Test 11. Configuring Cisco TelePresence TC Software-Based Endpoints 10. Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 9 in practice test software 10. Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture 11. Configuring Cisco DX Series Endpoints 9. Configuring Cisco TelePresence CTS SoftwareBased Endpoints Practice Test 9.

Cisco TelePresence Server . Cisco TelePresence MCUs Review Key Topics 14. Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 12. Cisco Multipoint Solution Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter 13. Cisco Multipoint Solution Read Foundation Topics 13. Cisco TelePresence MCUs Read Foundation Topics 14. Cisco TelePresence Server Read Foundation Topics 15. Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 12. Cisco TelePresence MCUs Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter 14. Cisco TelePresence Server Review Key Topics 15. Cisco Legacy Edge Architecture Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 11 in practice test software 12. Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 12 in practice test software 13. Cisco TelePresence MCUs Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 14 in practice test software 15. Cisco Multipoint Solution Review Key Topics 13. Operating and Troubleshooting Cisco TelePresence Endpoints 12. Cisco Multipoint Solution Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 13 in practice test software 14.11. Cisco TelePresence Server Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter 15.

Final Preparation 18. Final Preparation Complete all memory tables from Appendix C 18. Final Preparation Take practice test in practice exam mode using Exam Bank #2 questions for all chapters . Cisco WebEx Solutions Read Foundation Topics 17. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 15 in practice test software Read Foundation Topics Review Key Topics Define Key Terms 16. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter Practice Test Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 16 in practice test software 17. Cisco WebEx Solutions Review Key Topics 17. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) 16. Final Preparation Take practice test in study mode using Exam Bank 1 questions for Chapter 17 in practice test software Read Chapter Take practice test in study mode for all Book Questions in practice test software Review all Key Topics in all chapters 18.Practice Test 16. Cisco WebEx Solutions Practice Test 18. Cisco WebEx Solutions Define Key Terms Complete memory tables in Appendix C for this chapter 17. Final Preparation Take practice test in practice exam mode using Exam Bank #1 questions for all chapters 18. Final Preparation 18. Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) 16.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful

Master Your Semester with Scribd & The New York Times

Special offer for students: Only $4.99/month.

Master Your Semester with a Special Offer from Scribd & The New York Times

Cancel anytime.